SEC Filing | Investor Relations | WillScot Holdings Corporation

sv4
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 26, 2007.
Registration No.                     
 
 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Form S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
Mobile Mini, Inc.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
         
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation or organization)
  7359
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  86-0748362
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
 
CO-REGISTRANTS AND SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS
                 
A Royal Wolf Portable Storage, Inc.
  California     7359     94-3043884
Mobile Mini I, Inc.
  Arizona     7359     86-0748363
Delivery Design Systems, Inc.
  Arizona     7359     86-0682170
Mobile Mini Holdings, Inc.
  Delaware     7359     86-1048592
Mobile Mini Texas Limited Partnership, LLP
  Texas     7359     52-2362031
Mobile Mini, LLC
  California     7359     86-0748362
Mobile Mini, LLC
  Delaware     7359     86-0748362
Mobile Mini of Ohio, LLC
  Delaware     7359     86-0748362
Temporary Mobile Storage, Inc.
  California     7359     94-3151288
             
Mobile Mini, Inc.
  A Royal Wolf Portable Storage, Inc.   Mobile Mini I, Inc.   Delivery Design Systems, Inc.
7420 South Kyrene Road
  7420 South Kyrene Road   7420 South Kyrene Road   7420 South Kyrene Road
Suite 101
  Suite 101   Suite 101   Suite 101
Tempe, Arizona 85283
  Tempe, Arizona 85283   Tempe, Arizona 85283   Tempe, Arizona 85283
(480) 894-6311
  (480) 894-6311   (480) 894-6311   (480) 894-6311
 
           
Mobile Mini Holdings, Inc.
  Mobile Mini Texas Limited
Partnership, LLP
  Mobile Mini, LLC
(a California limited liability
company)
  Mobile Mini, LLC
(a Delaware limited liability
company)
7420 South Kyrene Road
  7420 South Kyrene Road   7420 South Kyrene Road   7420 South Kyrene Road
Suite 101
  Suite 101   Suite 101   Suite 101
Tempe, Arizona 85283
  Tempe, Arizona 85283   Tempe, Arizona 85283   Tempe, Arizona 85283
(480) 894-6311
  (480) 894-6311   (480) 894-6311   (480) 894-6311
 
           
 
  Mobile Mini of Ohio, LLC   Temporary Mobile Storage, Inc.    
 
  7420 South Kyrene Road   7420 South Kyrene Road    
 
  Suite 101   Suite 101    
 
  Tempe, Arizona 85283   Tempe, Arizona 85283    
 
  (480) 894-6311   (480) 894-6311    
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
 
     
    Copy to:
Larry Trachtenberg
Executive Vice President
7420 South Kyrene Road
Suite 101
Tempe, Arizona 85283
(480) 894-6311
  Joseph P. Richardson, Esq.
Christopher J. Miner, Esq.
Squire, Sanders & Dempsey L.L.P.
40 North Central, Suite 2700
Phoenix, Arizona 85004
(602) 528-4000
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of agent for service)
 
     Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
     If the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box. o
     If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
     If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
                             
 
  Title of Each Class of           Proposed Maximum     Proposed Maximum        
  Securities to Be     Amount to Be     Offering Price Per     Aggregate Offering     Amount of  
  Registered     Registered     Unit (1)     Price (1)     Registration Fee  
 
6 7/8% Senior Notes due 2015(2)
    $150,000,000     100%     $150,000,000     $4,605  
 
(1)   Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.
 
(2)   Including the guarantees of the 6 7/8% Senior Notes due 2015. Pursuant to Section 457(n) of the Securities Act, no separate registration fee for the guarantees is payable.
 
     The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 
 

 


Table of Contents

Prospectus
Offer to Exchange
6 7/8% Senior Notes due 2015
(Registered under the Securities Act of 1933)
for all outstanding
6 7/8% Senior Notes due 2015 issued pursuant to an
Offering Memorandum dated April 23, 2007
($150 million aggregate principal amount outstanding)
of
(MOBILE MINI, INC. LOGO)
(All Notes Guaranteed by Subsidiary Guarantors)
The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2007, unless extended.
    The exchange notes are being registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and are being offered in exchange for the original notes that were previously issued in an offering exempt from the registration requirements under the federal securities laws. The terms of the exchange offer are summarized below and more fully described in this prospectus.
 
    We will exchange all original notes that are validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to the expiration of the exchange offer.
 
    You may withdraw tenders of original notes at any time prior to the expiration of the exchange offer.
 
    The terms of the exchange notes will be substantially identical to the terms of the original notes, except that the exchange notes are registered under the Securities Act and the transfer restrictions and registration rights applicable to the original notes will not apply to the exchange notes.
 
    Our restricted material domestic subsidiaries guaranteed the original notes and will guarantee the exchange notes.
 
    We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.
 
     See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 19 for a discussion of the risks that should be considered by holders prior to tendering original notes.
     Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
The date of this prospectus is                     , 2007

2


 

     You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. We have not authorized any person to provide you with any information or represent anything about us or this offering that is different. If given or made, any such other information or representation should not be relied upon as having been authorized by us. We are not making an offer to exchange the exchange notes for the original notes in any jurisdiction where such an offer is not permitted.
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page
    4  
    4  
    5  
    5  
    6  
    7  
    19  
    26  
    27  
    28  
    31  
    38  
    40  
    71  
    73  
    77  
    77  
    79  
    79  
 EX-1
 EX-4.1
 EX-5
 EX-12
 EX-23.1
 EX-25
 EX-99.1
 EX-99.2
 EX-99.3
 EX-99.4
 EX-99.5
 
NOTICE TO NEW HAMPSHIRE RESIDENTS
     NEITHER THE FACT THAT A REGISTRATION STATEMENT OR AN APPLICATION FOR A LICENSE HAS BEEN FILED UNDER CHAPTER 421-B OF THE NEW HAMPSHIRE REVISED STATUTES ANNOTATED, 1955, AS AMENDED, WITH THE STATE OF NEW HAMPSHIRE NOR THE FACT THAT A SECURITY IS EFFECTIVELY REGISTERED OR A PERSON IS LICENSED IN THE STATE OF NEW HAMPSHIRE CONSTITUTES A FINDING BY THE SECRETARY OF STATE THAT ANY DOCUMENT FILED UNDER RSA 421-B IS TRUE, COMPLETE AND NOT MISLEADING. NEITHER ANY SUCH FACT NOR THE FACT THAT AN EXEMPTION OR EXCEPTION IS AVAILABLE FOR A SECURITY OR A TRANSACTION MEANS THAT THE SECRETARY OF STATE HAS PASSED IN ANY WAY UPON THE MERITS OR QUALIFICATIONS OR RECOMMENDED OR GIVEN APPROVAL TO, ANY PERSON, SECURITY, OR TRANSACTION. IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE, OR CAUSE TO BE MADE, TO ANY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASER, CUSTOMER, OR CLIENT ANY REPRESENTATION INCONSISTENT WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THIS PARAGRAPH.
MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA
     Some of the market and industry data contained in or incorporated by reference into this prospectus are based on independent industry publications or other publicly available information. Although we believe that these independent sources are reliable, we have not independently verified and cannot assure you as to the accuracy or completeness of this information. As a result, you should be aware that the market and industry data contained in or incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and our beliefs and estimates based on such data, may not be reliable.

3


Table of Contents

DISCLOSURE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
     Some of the information included in this prospectus, including information incorporated by reference, (as well as information included in oral statements or other written statements made or to be made by us or our representatives) contains or may contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). These statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts and may include the words “may,” “could,” “should,” “would,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan” or other words or expressions of similar meaning. We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations about future events. The forward-looking statements include statements that reflect management’s beliefs, plans, objectives, goals, expectations, anticipations and intentions with respect to our financial condition, results of operations, future performance and business, including statements relating to our business strategy and our current and future development plans. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations, or “cautionary statements,” are disclosed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus or in the documents we incorporate by reference containing a similar heading, including, without limitation, in conjunction with the forward-looking statements included in or incorporated by reference into this prospectus. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us, or persons acting on our behalf, are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements.
     From time to time, oral or written forward-looking statements are also included in our reports on Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K, Schedule 14A, press releases and other materials released to the public. Although we believe that at the time made, the expectations reflected in all of these forward-looking statements are and will be reasonable, any or all of the forward-looking statements in this prospectus, our reports on Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K, Schedule 14A and any other public statements that are made by us may prove to be incorrect. This may occur as a result of inaccurate assumptions or as a consequence of known or unknown risks and uncertainties. Many factors discussed in this prospectus, certain of which are beyond our control, will be important in determining our future performance. Consequently, actual results may differ materially from those that might be anticipated from forward-looking statements. In light of these and other uncertainties, you should not regard the inclusion of a forward-looking statement in this prospectus or other public communications that we might make as a representation by us that our plans and objectives will be achieved, and you should not place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements.
     We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. However, your attention is directed to any further disclosures made on related subjects in our subsequent reports filed with the Commission on Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K and Schedule 14A.
INCORPORATION OF DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
     We are incorporating by reference into this prospectus the documents we file with the SEC. This means that we are disclosing important information to you by referring you to those documents. The information incorporated by reference is an important part of this prospectus, and information that we file later with the SEC will automatically update and supersede the information contained in this prospectus. We are incorporating by reference the following documents.
    Our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006, filed with the SEC on March 1, 2007;
 
    Our Proxy Statement on Form 14A filed with the SEC on April 30, 2007;
 
    Our Period Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2007 filed with the SEC on May 10, 2007;
 
    Our Current Reports on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 10, 2007, May 8, 2007 and May 10, 2007; and
 
    All documents filed by us with the SEC pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act after the date of this prospectus and prior to the completion of the offering made pursuant to this prospectus.
     Any statement contained in a document incorporated by reference in this prospectus shall be deemed to be modified or superseded for the purposes of this prospectus to the extent that a statement contained in this prospectus or in any other subsequently filed document that is also incorporated by reference in this prospectus modifies or supersedes such statement. Any such statement so modified or superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this prospectus. Information that we file with the SEC after the date of this prospectus will automatically modify and supersede the information included or

4


Table of Contents

incorporated by reference in this prospectus to the extent that the subsequently filed information modifies or supersedes the existing information.
     We will provide without charge, upon written or oral request, a copy of any or all of the documents that are incorporated by reference into this prospectus, other than exhibits to such documents unless such exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference in such documents. To obtain timely delivery, you must request a copy of these documents no later than on                      at the following address and telephone number:
Mobile Mini, Inc.
7420 South Kyrene Road, Suite 101
Tempe, Arizona 85283
Attention: Investor Relations
telephone: (480) 894-6311
WHERE YOU CAN OBTAIN ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
     We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. You can inspect and copy, at prescribed rates, these reports, proxy statements and other information at the public reference facilities of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on its public reference room. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC at http:/ /www.sec.gov. You can also inspect reports and other information that we file at the office of the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005.
     We have filed a registration statement on Form S-4 with the SEC, of which this prospectus is a part, covering the exchange notes offered by this prospectus. As allowed by SEC rules, this prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement and the related exhibits. We refer you to the registration statement and related exhibits for further information, and this prospectus is qualified in its entirety by such other information.

5


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
     This summary highlights selected information contained in or incorporated by reference into this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in the notes. We urge you to read carefully this entire prospectus, all documents incorporated by reference, including the financial statements and the notes to the financial statements, and the “Risk Factors” section before making an investment decision. Unless the context requires otherwise, references in this prospectus to “we,” “our” and “us” refers to Mobile Mini, Inc. and its subsidiaries, unless the context indicates a different meaning.
Our Company
General
     We were founded in 1983 and we believe we are the largest provider of portable storage solutions in the United States through our total lease fleet of 149,600 portable storage and portable office units at December 31, 2006. We offer a wide range of portable storage products in varying lengths and widths with an assortment of differentiated features such as our proprietary security systems, multiple doors, electrical wiring and shelving. At December 31, 2006, we operated through a network of 54 branches located in the United States, one in Canada, six in the United Kingdom, and one in The Netherlands. Our portable units provide secure, accessible temporary storage for a diversified client base of over 91,000 customers, including large and small retailers, construction companies, medical centers, schools, utilities, distributors, the U.S. and U.K. military, hotels, restaurants, entertainment complexes and households. Our customers use our products for a wide variety of storage applications, including retail and manufacturing inventory, construction materials and equipment, documents and records and household goods. Based on an independent market study, we believe our customers are engaged in a vast majority of the industries identified in the four-digit SIC (Standard Industrial Classification) manual published by the U.S. Bureau of the Census. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2006, we generated revenues of approximately $273.4 million and EBITDA (as calculated in note (1) to “— Summary of Financial Data”) of approximately $116.8 million.
     Since 1996, we have followed a strategy of focusing on leasing rather than selling our portable storage units. We believe this leasing model is highly attractive because the vast majority of our fleet (determined by unit count) consists of steel portable storage units which:
    provide predictable, recurring revenues from leases with an average duration of approximately 23 months;
 
    have average monthly lease rates that recoup our current unit investment within an average of 34 months;
 
    have long useful lives exceeding 25 years, low maintenance and high residual values; and
 
    produce incremental leasing operating margins of approximately 54%.
     Since 1996, we have increased our total lease fleet from 13,600 units to 149,600 units, for a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 27.1%. As a result of our focus on leasing, we have achieved substantial increases in our revenues, margins and profitability. Our annual leasing revenues have increased from $17.9 million in 1996 to $245.1 million in 2006, representing a CAGR of 29.9%. In addition to our leasing operations, we sell new and used portable storage units and provide delivery, installation and other ancillary products and services.
     Our fleet is primarily comprised of refurbished and customized steel portable storage containers, which were built according to the standards developed by the International Organization for Standardization (“ISO”), and other steel containers that we manufacture. We refurbish and customize our purchased ISO containers by adding our proprietary locking and easy-opening door systems. We maintain our steel containers on a regular basis. This maintenance consists primarily of repainting units every two to three years, essentially keeping them in the same condition as when they entered our fleet. Repair and maintenance expense for our fleet has averaged 3.5% of lease revenues over the past three fiscal years and is expensed as incurred.
     Our assets are characterized by low risk of obsolescence, extreme durability, long useful lives and a history of high-value retention. We believe our historical experience with leasing rates and sales prices for these assets demonstrates their high-value retention. We are able to lease our portable storage containers at similar rates, without regard to the age of the container. In addition, we have sold containers and steel offices from our lease fleet at an average of 148% of original cost from 1997 through 2006. Appraisals on our fleet are conducted on a regular basis by an independent appraiser selected by our banks, and the appraiser does not

6


Table of Contents

differentiate in value based upon the age of the container or the length of time it has been in our fleet. Our most recent fair market value and orderly liquidation value appraisals were conducted in December 2006. This fair market value appraisal appraised our lease fleet at a value in excess of net book value. At December 31, 2006, based on these appraisals, the fair market value of our lease fleet was approximately 114.7% of our lease fleet net book value; and the orderly liquidation value appraisal, on which our borrowings under our revolving credit facility are based, appraised our lease fleet at approximately $571.8 million, which equates to 82.0% of the lease fleet net book value.
Industry Overview
     The storage industry includes two principal segments, fixed self-storage and portable storage. The fixed self-storage segment consists of permanent structures located away from customer locations used primarily by consumers to temporarily store excess household goods. We do not participate in the fixed self-storage segment.
     The portable storage segment, in which our business operates, brings the storage solution to the customer’s location providing immediate access to the storage unit. The advantages of portable storage include convenience, immediate accessibility, better security and lower price. In contrast to fixed self-storage, the portable storage segment is primarily used by businesses. This segment of the storage industry is highly fragmented and remains local in nature with only a few national participants. We believe the portable storage business in the United States exceeds $1.5 billion in revenue annually. Historically, portable storage solutions included containers, van trailers and roll-off units. We believe portable storage containers are achieving increased market share compared to the other options because they provide ground level access and protect against damage caused by wind or water. As a result, containers can meet the needs of a diverse range of customers. Portable storage containers such as ours also provide improved aesthetics compared with certain other portable storage alternatives such as van trailers. Although there are no published estimates of the size of the portable storage segment, we believe the size of the segment is expanding due to increasing awareness of the advantages of portable storage.
     Our products also serve the mobile office industry. This industry provides mobile offices and other modular structures and is estimated by us to exceed $3 billion in revenue annually in the United States. We offer combined storage/office units and mobile offices in varying lengths and widths, with lease duration in North America averaging approximately 20 months.
     We also offer portable record storage units and many of our regular storage units are used for document and record storage. The documents and records storage industry is experiencing significant growth as businesses continue to generate substantial paper records that must be kept for extended periods.
     Our goal is to continue to be the leading U.S. provider of portable storage solutions and to successfully introduce our operating methods into the United Kingdom. We believe our competitive strengths and business strategy will enable us to achieve these goals.
Competitive Strengths
     We believe that our competitive strengths, as outlined below, enable us to be the nation’s leading provider of portable storage solutions.
     Market Leadership. We believe that we are the largest provider of portable storage solutions in a majority of our U.S. markets. At December 31, 2006, we maintained a total fleet of approximately 155,000 units, comprised of approximately 149,600 units held for lease and approximately 5,400 units held for sale. We believe we are creating brand awareness and the name “Mobile Mini” is associated with high quality portable storage products, superior customer service and value-added storage solutions. We have achieved significant growth in new and existing markets by capturing market share from competitors and by creating demand among businesses and consumers who were previously unaware of the availability of our products to meet their storage needs.
     Superior, Differentiated Products. We offer the industry’s broadest range of portable storage products, with many customized features that differentiate our products from those of our competition. We design and manufacture our own portable storage units in addition to restoring and modifying used ocean-going containers. These capabilities allow us to offer a wide range of products and proprietary features to better meet our customers’ needs, charge premium lease rates and gain market share from our competitors, who offer more limited product selections. Our portable storage units vary in size from 5 to 48 feet in length and 8 to 10 feet in width. The 10-foot wide units we manufacture provide 40% more usable storage space than the standard eight-foot-wide ocean-going containers offered by our competitors. The vast majority of our products have a proprietary locking system and multiple door options. In addition, we offer portable storage units with electrical wiring, shelving and other customized features.

7


Table of Contents

     Geographic and Customer Diversification. From our 62 branches of which 54 are located in 31 states in the United States, one in Canada, six in the United Kingdom, and one in The Netherlands, we served over 91,000 customers from a wide range of industries in 2006. Our customers include large and small retailers, construction companies, medical centers, schools, utilities, distributors, the U.S. and U.K. militaries, government agencies, hotels, restaurants, entertainment complexes and households. Our diverse customer base demonstrates the broad applications for our products and our opportunity to create future demand through targeted marketing. In 2006, our largest and our second-largest customers accounted for 2.1% and 0.5% of our leasing revenues, respectively, and our twenty largest customers accounted for approximately 5.3% of our leasing revenues. During 2006, approximately 45.1% of our customers rented a single unit. We believe this diversity also reduces our susceptibility to economic downturns in our markets or in any of the industries in which our customers operate. The fact that our business continued to grow during the economic downturn of 2002 and 2003, although at a slower than historic pace, demonstrates a measure of resistance to recession in our business model.
     Customer Service Focus. We believe the portable storage industry is particularly service intensive and essentially local. Our entire organization is focused on providing high levels of customer service, and our salespeople work out of our branch locations to better understand local market needs. We have trained our sales force to focus on all aspects of customer service from the sales call onward. We differentiate ourselves by providing flexible lease terms, security, convenience, product quality, broad product selection and availability, and competitive lease rates. We conduct on-going training programs for our sales force to assure high levels of customer service and awareness of local market competitive conditions. Our customized enterprise resource planning system also increases our responsiveness to customer inquiries and enable us to efficiently monitor our sales force’s performance. Due to our orientation towards customer service, 63.9% of our 2006 leasing revenues were derived from repeat customers.
     Sales and Marketing Emphasis. We target a diverse customer base and, unlike most of our competitors, we have developed sophisticated sales and marketing programs enabling us to expand market awareness of our products and generate strong internal growth. We have nearly 400 dedicated commissioned salespeople, and we assist them by providing them with our highly customized contact management system and intensive sales training programs. We monitor our salespersons’ effectiveness through our extensive sales monitoring programs. Yellow pages and direct-mail advertising are integral parts of our sales and marketing approach. In 2006, our total advertising costs were $8.6 million, and we mailed approximately 8.0 million product brochures to existing and prospective customers.
     Customized Enterprise Resource Planning System. We made significant investments in improving and developing a new (ERP) Enterprise Resource Planning system during the past three years, and in 2006, we underwent a conversion from our then existing ERP system in North America to a more sophisticated and robust technology that enhanced our reporting processes obtained under our previous environment. These investments and the subsequent conversion of our ERP system enable us to further optimize fleet utilization, control pricing, capture detailed customer data, easily control credit approval while approving it quickly, audit by exception reports, gain efficiencies in internal control compliance and support our growth by projecting near-term capital needs. Our ERP system allows us to carefully monitor, on a daily basis, the size, mix, utilization and lease rates of our lease fleet by branch on a real time basis. Our systems also capture relevant customer demographic and usage information, which we use to target new customers within our existing and new markets. Our Tempe, Arizona corporate headquarters and each North America branch are linked through a scaleable Windows-based wide area network that provides real-time transaction processing and detailed reports on a branch-by-branch basis. We intend to continue this investment during 2007 to further optimize the reporting features of this new system and to bring our European operations onto this same platform to take advantage of our sophisticated reporting environment.
Business Strategy
     Our business strategy consists of the following:
     Focus on Core Portable Storage Leasing Business. We focus on growing our core leasing business because it provides predictable, recurring revenue and high margins. We believe that we can generate substantial demand for our portable storage units throughout North America and in Europe. Our leasing revenues have grown from $17.9 million in 1996 to $245.1 million in 2006, reflecting a CAGR of 29.9%.
     Generate Strong Internal Growth. We focus on increasing the number of portable storage units we lease from our existing branches to both new and repeat customers. Historically, we have been able to generate strong internal growth within our existing markets through sophisticated sales and marketing programs aimed to increase brand recognition, expand market awareness of the uses of portable storage and differentiate our superior products from our competitors. We define internal growth as growth in lease revenues on a year-over-year basis at our branch locations in operation for at least one year, without inclusion of leasing revenue attributed to same-market acquisitions. The internal growth rate has remained positive every quarter, but in 2002 and 2003 had fallen

8


Table of Contents

to single digits, from over 20% prior to 2002. In 2005, our internal growth rate accelerated to an average of 25.3% for the year, reflecting a continued improvement in both economic and market conditions. During 2006, our internal growth rate averaged 19.9% for the year. In our eight oldest markets, all of which we have operated in for at least eleven years, we achieved an internal growth rate of 14.8% in 2006, demonstrating that we can continue to achieve significant growth in our most mature markets.
     Branch Expansion. We believe attractive opportunities exist for geographic expansion, and we have developed a new market entry strategy, which we replicate in each new market in the United States. We typically enter a new market by acquiring the lease fleet assets of a small local portable storage business to minimize start-up costs and then overlay our business model onto the new branch. Our business model consists of significantly expanding the fleet inventory with our differentiated products, introducing our sophisticated sales and marketing program supported by increased advertising and direct marketing expenditures, adding experienced Mobile Mini personnel and implementing our customized ERP system. As a result of implementing our business model, our new branches typically achieve very strong organic growth during their first several years.
     Continued Enhancement of Product Offerings. We continue to enhance our existing products to meet our customers’ needs and requirements. We have historically been able to introduce new products and features that expand the applications and overall market for our storage products. For example, in 1998 we introduced a 10-foot wide storage unit that has proven to be a popular product with our customers. In 1999, we completed the design of a records storage unit, which provides highly secure, on-site, easily accessible storage. We market this unit as a records storage solution for customers who require easy access to archived business records close at hand. In 2000, we added wood mobile offices as a complementary product to better serve our customers. In 2001, we redesigned and improved our security locking system, making it easier to use, especially in colder climates. In 2003, we were issued patents in connection with the new locking system design and other improvements made. One patent application was extended and issued in 2006. In 2006, we applied for several patents for improvements or modifications to our locking systems. These applications, all of which are still pending, were filed in the United States, Europe and China. In 2002, we added a 10-by-30-foot steel combination storage/office unit to complement the various other sizes we have in our fleet. Currently, the 10-foot-wide unit, the record storage unit and the 10-by-30-foot steel combination storage/office unit are exclusively offered by Mobile Mini. We believe our design and manufacturing capabilities increase our ability to service our customers’ needs and expand demand for our portable storage solutions.
The Refinancing
     In connection with, and as a condition to, the consummation of the offering of the original notes, we made a tender offer with respect to our outstanding 91/2% Senior Notes Due 2013, which we call the 2013 Notes. In conjunction with the tender offer, we solicited consents to make certain proposed amendments to the indenture governing the 2013 Notes (the “2013 Notes Indenture”). Approximately 97% of the holders of the 2013 Notes tendered their notes and gave consent to an amendment to the 2013 Notes Indenture removing substantially all of the restrictive covenants contained therein.
     The tender offer and consent solicitation was financed with the net proceeds of the original notes offering. The total amount of funds required to purchase all of the outstanding 2013 Notes pursuant to the tender offer and pay the consent payment pursuant to the consent solicitation was approximately $106.3 million.
     Concurrently with the offering of the original notes, we amended our existing senior secured revolving credit facility. Under our amended senior secured revolving credit facility with a group of banks, we may borrow up to $425.0 million (subject to restrictions based on borrowing base availability, as defined in the credit facility agreements). At May 31, 2007, we had $191.5 million of borrowings outstanding under the facility, and approximately $230.3 million of additional borrowings available to us. See “Description of Amended and Restated Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility.”
     We incur charges to our results of operations for the full year as a result of these transactions.
Headquarters
     Our principal executive offices are located at 7420 South Kyrene Road, Suite 101, Tempe, Arizona 85283, and our telephone number is (480) 894-6311. Our web site is located at www.mobilemini.com. Information on our web site does not constitute part of this prospectus.
     We currently file periodic and other reports with the SEC. Information filed with the SEC is available on the SEC website at http://www.sec.gov. Such information, however, is not incorporated into or otherwise a part of this prospectus.

9


Table of Contents

The Exchange Offer
     On May 7, 2007, we completed the private offering of $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6 7/8% Senior Notes due 2015. As part of that offering of original notes, we agreed to undertake an exchange offer for the original notes. The following summary contains basic information about the exchange offer. It may not contain all the information that is important to you. For a more complete understanding of the exchange offer, we encourage you to read this entire prospectus and the other documents to which we refer.
     
Securities Offered
  $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of new 6 7/8% Senior Notes due 2015, which have been registered under the Securities Act. The form and terms of these exchange notes are identical in all material respects to those of the original notes. The exchange notes, however, will not contain transfer restrictions and registration rights applicable to the original notes.
 
   
The Exchange Offer
  We are offering to exchange $2,000 principal amount and any integral multiple of $1,000 principal amount of our new 6 7/8% Senior Notes due 2015, which have been registered under the Securities Act, for $2,000 principal amount and each integral multiple of $1,000 principal amount of our outstanding 6 7/8% Senior Notes due 2015.
 
   
 
  In order to be exchanged, an original note must be properly tendered and accepted. All original notes that are validly tendered and not withdrawn will be exchanged. As of the date of this prospectus, there is $150.0 million in aggregate principal amount of original notes outstanding.
 
   
Expiration Date
  5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2007 unless we extend the expiration date.
 
   
Accrued Interest on the Exchange Notes and Original Notes
  The exchange notes will bear interest from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the original notes, or if no interest has been paid on the original notes, from the date of issue of the original notes.
 
   
Conditions to the Exchange Offer
  The exchange offer is subject to customary conditions. We may assert or waive these conditions in our sole discretion. If we materially change the terms of the exchange offer, we will resolicit tenders of the original notes. See “The Exchange Offer — Conditions to the Exchange Offer” for more information regarding conditions to the exchange offer.
 
   
Procedures for Tendering Original Notes
  Except as described under the heading “The Exchange Offer — Guaranteed Delivery Procedures,” a tendering holder must, on or prior to the expiration date:
 
   
 
 
     transmit a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal, together with all other documents required by the letter of transmittal, to Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas at the address listed in this prospectus; or
 
   
 
 
     if original notes are tendered in accordance with the book-entry procedures described in this prospectus, the tendering holder must transmit an agent’s message to the exchange agent at the address listed in this prospectus.
 
   
 
  See “The Exchange Offer — Procedures for Tendering.”
 
   
Special Procedures for Beneficial Holders
  If you are the beneficial holder of original notes that are registered in the name of your broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee, and you wish to tender original notes in the exchange offer, you should promptly contact the person in whose name your original notes are registered and instruct that person to tender on your behalf. See “The Exchange Offer — Procedures for Tendering.”

10


Table of Contents

     
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures
  If you wish to tender your original notes and you cannot deliver your original notes, the letter of transmittal or any other required documents to the exchange agent before the expiration date, you may tender your original notes by following the guaranteed delivery procedures under the heading “The Exchange Offer — Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.”
 
   
Withdrawal Rights
  Tenders of original notes may be withdrawn at any time before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.
 
   
Acceptance of Original Notes and Delivery of Exchange Notes
  Subject to the conditions stated under the heading “The Exchange Offer — Conditions to the Exchange Offer,” we will accept for exchange any and all original notes that are properly tendered in the exchange offer before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. The exchange notes will be delivered promptly after the expiration date. See “The Exchange Offer — Terms of the Exchange Offer.”
 
   
United States Federal Income Tax Considerations
  We believe that your exchange of original notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer will not result in any gain or loss to you for U.S. federal income tax purposes. See “United States Federal Income Tax Considerations.”
 
   
Exchange Agent
  Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas is serving as exchange agent in connection with the exchange offer. The address and telephone number of the exchange agent are listed under the heading “The Exchange Offer — Exchange Agent.”
 
   
Use of Proceeds
  We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of exchange notes in the exchange offer. We will pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer. See “Use of Proceeds.”

11


Table of Contents

The Exchange Notes
The form and terms of the exchange notes and the original notes are identical in all material respects, except that transfer restrictions and registration rights applicable to the original notes will not apply to the exchange notes. The exchange notes will evidence the same debt as the original notes and will be governed by the same indenture. Where we refer to “notes” in this prospectus, we are referring to both the original notes and the exchange notes.
     
Issuer
  Mobile Mini, Inc.
 
   
Securities Offered
  $150,000,000 principal amount of 67/8% Senior Notes due 2015.
 
   
Maturity
  May 1, 2015.
 
   
Interest Rate
  67/8% per year (calculated using a 360-day year).
 
   
Interest Payment Dates
  Each May 1 and November 1, beginning on November 1, 2007. Interest will accrue from the issue date of the notes.
 
   
Ranking
  The notes and the guarantees will be our or our subsidiaries’ unsecured senior obligations and will rank equally with all of our and our subsidiary guarantors’ existing and future senior unsecured debt and senior to any future subordinated debt. As of May 31, 2007, we and our subsidiaries had $149.9 million of senior unsecured debt. The notes will effectively rank junior to any of our and the guarantors’ secured debt to the extent of the value of the assets securing that debt, including debt under our revolving credit facility. As of May 31, 2007, we had $191.5 million of senior secured debt and an additional $230.3 million available to be borrowed under our revolving credit facility based upon the most restrictive of our covenants, all of which would be guaranteed by the guarantors under the notes and would be effectively senior to the notes. Currently, the guarantors have no other debt.
 
   
Guarantees
  All of our domestic subsidiaries will unconditionally guarantee the notes on a senior unsecured basis. If we cannot make payments required by the notes our subsidiary guarantors must make them. The guarantees may be released under certain circumstances.
 
   
 
  The notes will not be guaranteed by any of our foreign subsidiaries and will be effectively subordinated to the obligations of such foreign subsidiaries. The non-guarantor subsidiaries represented 5.1% of our combined revenue and 1.2% of our combined EBITDA for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006. In addition, these non-guarantor subsidiaries represented 5.5% of our assets as of December 31, 2006.
 
   
Optional Redemption
  At any time before May 1, 2011, we may redeem some or all of the notes at a price equal to 100% of their principal amount, plus the make-whole premium described under “Description of the Notes” section under the heading “Redemption — Optional Redemption” plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. In addition, on or after May 1, 2011, we may redeem some or all of the notes at the redemption prices listed in the “Description of the Notes” section under the heading “Redemption — Optional Redemption,” plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.
 
   
Optional Redemption After Equity Offerings
  At any time (which may be more than once) before May 1, 2010, we can choose to redeem up to 35% of the outstanding notes with money that we raise in one or more equity offerings, as long as:

12


Table of Contents

     
 
 
     we pay 106.875% of the face amount of the notes, plus interest;
 
   
 
 
     we redeem the notes within 90 days of completing the equity offering; and
 
   
 
 
     at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of notes originally issued remains outstanding afterwards.
 
   
Change of Control Offer
  If a change of control of Mobile Mini occurs, we must give holders of the notes the opportunity to sell us their notes at 101% of their face amount, plus accrued interest.
 
   
 
  We might not be able to pay you the required price for notes you present to us at the time of a change of control, because:
 
   
 
 
     we might not have enough funds at that time; or
 
   
 
 
     the terms of our revolving credit facility may prevent us from paying.
 
Asset Sale Proceeds
  If we or our subsidiaries engage in asset sales, we generally must either invest the net cash proceeds from such sales in our business within a period of time, prepay debt under our revolving credit facility or make an offer to purchase a principal amount of the notes equal to the excess net cash proceeds. The purchase price of the notes will be 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued interest.
 
   
Certain Indenture Provisions
  The indenture governing the notes contains covenants that, among other things, limit our and our subsidiaries’ ability to:
 
   
 
 
     incur additional debt;
 
   
 
 
     pay dividends or distributions on our capital stock or repurchase our capital stock;
 
   
 
 
     issue preferred stock of subsidiaries;
 
   
 
 
     make certain investments;
 
   
 
 
     create liens on our assets to secure debt;
 
   
 
 
     designate certain of our subsidiaries as unrestricted;
 
   
 
 
     enter into transactions with affiliates;
 
   
 
 
     merge or consolidate with another company; and
 
   
 
 
     transfer and sell assets.
 
   
  These covenants are subject to a number of important limitations and exceptions. See “Description of the Notes — Certain Covenants.”
 
   
Absence of a Public Market for the Exchange Notes
  The exchange notes are new securities, for which no established trading market exists, and none may develop. There can be no assurance as to the development or liquidity of any market for the exchange notes. The initial purchasers have advised us that they intend to make a market in the exchange notes, but they are not obligated to do so and they may discontinue notice. We do not intend to apply for listing of the exchange notes on any securities exchange or to arrange for any quotation system to quote the exchange notes.

13


Table of Contents

Risk Factors
     See “Risk Factors” immediately following this summary for a discussion of risks that should be considered by holders prior to tendering original notes in the exchange offer.
Additional Information
     Our principal executive offices are located at 7420 South Kyrene Road, Suite 101, Tempe, Arizona 85283 and our telephone number is (480) 894-6311. All of subsidiary guarantors share our principal executive offices and telephone number.

14


Table of Contents

Summary of Financial Data
     The following table presents summary consolidated historical financial and other data, as of and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2006, and was derived from our audited consolidated financial statements incorporated by reference in this prospectus. The historical consolidated historical financial and other data, as of March 31, 2007 and for the three-month period ended March 31, 2006 and 2007, have been derived from our historical unaudited consolidated financial statements which in the opinion of management, include all adjustments consisting of normal recurring accruals, which Mobile Mini, Inc. considers necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and the results of operations for these periods. Results of operations for an interim period are not necessarily indicative of results for a full year.
     On February 22, 2006, our Board of Directors approved a two-for-one stock split in the form of a 100 percent stock dividend effected on March 10, 2006. Per share amounts, share amounts and weighted numbers of shares outstanding give effect for this two-for-one stock split in the below tables for all periods presented.
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2004     2005     2006     2006     2007  
            (In thousands, except per share and operating data)          
Consolidated Statements of Income Data:
                                       
Revenues:
                                       
Leasing
  $ 149,856     $ 188,578     $ 245,105     $ 51,534     $ 66,053  
Sales
    17,919       17,499       26,824       4,528       6,654  
Other
    566       1,093       1,434       358       313  
 
                             
Total revenues
    168,341       207,170       273,363       56,420       73,020  
 
                             
Costs and expenses:
                                       
Cost of sales
    11,352       10,845       17,186       2,914       4,459  
Leasing, selling and general expenses
    90,696       109,257       139,906       29,996       36,838  
Depreciation and amortization
    11,427       12,854       16,741       3,588       4,891  
 
                             
Total costs and expenses
    113,475       132,956       173,833       36,498       46,188  
 
                             
Income from operations
    54,866       74,214       99,530       19,922       26,832  
Other income (expense):
                                       
Interest income
          11       437       51       8  
Other income
          3,160                    
Interest expense
    (20,434 )     (23,177 )     (23,681 )     (6,446 )     (5,953 )
Debt restructuring/extinguishment expense
                (6,425 )            
Foreign currency exchange gain
                66              
 
                             
Income before provision for income taxes
    34,432       54,208       69,927       13,527       20,887  
Provision for income taxes
    13,773       20,220       27,151       5,323       8,190  
 
                             
Net income
  $ 20,659     $ 33,988     $ 42,776     $ 8,204     $ 12,697  
 
                             
Earnings per share:
                                       
Basic
  $ 0.71     $ 1.14     $ 1.25     $ 0.27     $ 0.36  
 
                             
Diluted
  $ 0.70     $ 1.10     $ 1.21     $ 0.26     $ 0.35  
 
                             
Weighted average number of common and common share equivalents outstanding:
                                       
Basic
    28,974       29,867       34,243       30,686       35,641  
Diluted
    29,565       30,875       35,425       31,682       36,633  
Other Financial Data:
                                       
EBITDA(1)
  $ 66,293     $ 90,239     $ 116,774     $ 23,561     $ 31,731  
EBITDA margin(2)
    39.4 %     43.6 %     42.7 %     41.8 %     43.5 %
Net cash provided by operating activities
    40,322       69,249       76,884       10,013       20,698  
Net cash used in investing activities
    (80,508 )     (113,275 )     (192,763 )     (24,051 )     (34,545 )
Net cash provided by financing activities
    40,555       43,282       116,966       133,737       14,871  
Operating Data:
                                       
Number of branches (at year end)
    48       51       62       51       63  
Lease fleet units (at year end)
    100,727       116,317       149,615       118,436       152,155  
Lease fleet covenant utilization (annual average)
    80.7 %     82.9 %     82.7 %     80.1 %     79.0 %
Lease revenue growth from prior year
    16.6 %     25.8 %     30.0 %     24.5 %     28.2 %
Operating margin
    32.6 %     35.8 %     36.4 %     35.3 %     36.7 %
Net income margin
    12.3 %     16.4 %     15.6 %     14.5 %     17.4 %

15


Table of Contents

                                         
    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2004     2005     2006     2006     2007  
                    (In thousands)                  
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
                                       
Lease fleet, net
  $ 454,106     $ 550,464     $ 697,439     $ 572,243     $ 721,874  
Total assets
    592,146       704,957       900,030       847,506       935,878  
Total debt
    277,044       308,585       302,045       323,286       316,850  
Stockholders’ equity
    216,369       267,975       442,004       397,851       455,840  
 
(1)   EBITDA, as further discussed below, is defined as net income before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, and debt restructuring expense. We present EBITDA because we believe it provides useful information regarding our ability to meet our future debt payment requirements, capital expenditures and working capital requirements and that it provides an overall evaluation of our financial condition. In addition, EBITDA is a component of certain financial covenants under our revolving credit facility and is used to determine our available borrowing ability and the interest rate in effect at any point in time.
 
    EBITDA has certain limitations as an analytical tool and should not be used as a substitute for net income, cash flows, or other consolidated income or cash flow data prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States or as a measure of our profitability or our liquidity. In particular, EBITDA, as defined does not include:
    Interest expense — because we borrow money to partially finance our capital expenditures, primarily related to the expansion of our lease fleet, interest expense is a necessary element of our cost to secure this financing to continue generating additional revenues.
 
    Income taxes — EBITDA, as defined, does not reflect income taxes or the requirements for any tax payments.
 
    Depreciation and amortization — because we are a leasing company, our business is very capital intensive and we hold acquired assets for a period of time before they generate revenues, cash flow and earnings; therefore, depreciation and amortization expense is a necessary element of our business.
 
    Debt restructuring or extinguishment expense — as defined in our revolving credit facility, debt restructuring and extinguishment expenses are not deducted in our various calculations made under the credit agreement and are treated no differently than interest expense. As discussed above, interest expense is a necessary element of our cost to finance a portion of the capital expenditures needed for the growth of our business.
When evaluating EBITDA as a performance measure, and excluding the above-noted charges, all of which have material limitations, investors should consider, among other factors, the following:
    increasing or decreasing trends in EBITDA;
 
    how EBITDA compares to levels of debt and interest expense; and
 
    whether EBITDA historically has remained at positive levels.
Because EBITDA, as defined, excludes some but not all items that affect our cash flow from operating activities, EBITDA may not be comparable to a similarly titled performance measure presented by other companies. Set forth below is a reconciliation of EBITDA to net cash provided by operating activities, the most directly comparable GAAP measure. A further reconciliation of net income to EBITDA is also provided.
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2004     2005     2006     2006     2007  
                    (In thousands)                
EBITDA
  $ 66,293     $ 90,239     $ 116,774     $ 23,561     $ 31,731  
Senior Note redemption premiums
                (4,987 )            
Interest paid
    (19,254 )     (21,727 )     (24,770 )     (10,899 )     (7,976 )
Income and franchise taxes paid
    (372 )     (495 )     (733 )     (65 )     (115 )
Provision for loss from natural disasters
          1,710                    
Share-based compensation expense
          19       3,066       754       940  
Gain on sale of lease fleet units
    (2,277 )     (3,529 )     (4,922 )     (931 )     (1,294 )
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
    604       704       454       29       9  
Change in certain assets and liabilities, net of effect of businesses acquired:
                                       
Receivables
    (3,309 )     (5,371 )     (6,580 )     1,477       2,266  
Inventories
    (2,178 )     (4,823 )     628       (1,003 )     (4,005 )
Deposits and prepaid expenses
    (669 )     (480 )     (1,446 )     7       (673 )
Other assets and intangibles
    37       (19 )     (4 )     (210 )     (3 )
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    1,447       13,021       (596 )     (2,707 )     (182 )
 
                             
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 40,322     $ 69,249     $ 76,884     $ 10,013     $ 20,698  
 
                             

16


Table of Contents

                                         
    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2004     2005     2006     2006     2007  
            (In thousands except percentages)          
Net income
  $ 20,659     $ 33,988     $ 42,776     $ 8,204     $ 12,697  
Interest expense
    20,434       23,177       23,681       6,446       5,953  
Income taxes
    13,773       20,220       27,151       5,323       8,190  
Depreciation and amortization
    11,427       12,854       16,741       3,588       4,891  
Debt restructuring/extinguishment expense
                6,425              
 
                             
EBITDA
  $ 66,293     $ 90,239     $ 116,774     $ 23,561     $ 31,731  
 
                             
 
(2)   EBITDA margin is calculated as EBITDA divided by total revenues and expressed as a percentage.

17


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS
     You should carefully consider the risks described below and all other information contained in or incorporated by reference into this prospectus before tendering your original notes.
Risks Related to Our Indebtedness and the Notes
You may have difficulty selling the outstanding notes you do not exchange.
     If you do not exchange your outstanding notes for the exchange notes offered in this exchange offer, you will continue to be subject to the restrictions on the transfer of your outstanding notes. Those transfer restrictions are described in the indenture governing the notes and in the legend contained on the outstanding notes, and arose because we originally issued the outstanding notes under exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
     In general, you may offer or sell your outstanding notes only if they are registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, or if they are offered and sold under an exemption from those requirements. We do not intend to register the outstanding notes under the Securities Act.
     If a large number of outstanding notes are exchanged for new notes issued in the exchange offer, it may be particularly difficult for you to sell your outstanding notes. This is because potential buyers will likely prefer to purchase exchange notes from a different seller if possible. In addition, if you do not exchange your outstanding notes in the exchange offer, you will not be entitled to have those outstanding notes registered under the Securities Act.
     Please see “The Exchange Offer — Consequences of Exchanging or Failing to Exchange Original Notes” for further discussion of the possible consequences of failing to exchange your outstanding notes in this exchange offer.
Our substantial indebtedness may impair our financial condition and we may incur significant additional indebtedness.
     We currently have, and after the issuance of the notes will have, a substantial amount of debt. Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our operations, including our ability to perform our obligations under the notes. We have, and as a result of the transactions, will continue to have, a substantial amount of indebtedness. As of May 31, 2007, we and our guarantors had approximately $191.5 million in senior secured indebtedness and $149.9 million in senior unsecured indebtedness, including the notes.
     Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences to you. For example, it could:
    make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the notes;
 
    require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, which would reduce the availability of our cash flow to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;
 
    expose us to the risk of increased interest rates, as certain of our borrowings will be at variable rates of interest;
 
    require us to sell assets to reduce indebtedness or influence our decisions about whether to do so;
 
    increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
 
    limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and our industry;
 
    restrict us from making strategic acquisitions or pursuing business opportunities;
 
    place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have relatively less indebtedness; and
 
    limit, along with the financial and other restrictive covenants in our indebtedness, among other things, our ability to borrow additional funds. Failing to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

18


Table of Contents

     Subject to the restrictions in our amended and restated senior secured revolving credit facility and the indenture governing the notes, we and our subsidiaries may incur significant additional indebtedness. Although the terms of the amended and restated revolving credit facility and the indenture contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, and additional indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. If new debt is added to our current debt levels, the related risks that we now face could increase.
Your right to receive payment on the notes will be effectively subordinated to our obligations under the amended and restated senior secured revolving credit facility.
     The notes will not be secured. Our obligations under our amended and restated revolving credit facility are secured by a first priority security interest on substantially all of our assets and the assets of our domestic subsidiaries and certain foreign subsidiaries, including the stock or other ownership interests in our domestic subsidiaries and 65% of the stock or other ownership interests of 1st tier foreign subsidiaries. In the event of our liquidation or insolvency, or if any of our secured indebtedness is accelerated, the assets securing such indebtedness will be first applied to repay our obligations under our secured indebtedness in full and then to repay our obligations under our unsecured indebtedness, including under the notes. As a result, the notes are effectively subordinated to our amended and restated revolving credit facility to the extent of the value of the assets securing that indebtedness and the holders of the notes would, in all likelihood recover ratably less than the lenders of our secured indebtedness in the event of a bankruptcy or insolvency. As of May 31, 2007, we had $191.5 million of senior secured indebtedness outstanding and approximately $230.3 million of additional borrowing availability based upon the most restrictive covenant in the agreement under our amended and restated revolving credit facility, net of outstanding letters of credit obligations of approximately $3.2 million.
Restrictive covenants in our debt instruments restrict or prohibit our ability to engage in or enter into a variety of transactions, which could adversely affect us.
     The indenture governing the notes will and our amended and restated revolving credit facility does contain various restrictive covenants that will limit our discretion in operating our business. In particular, these agreements will limit our ability to, among other things:
    incur additional indebtedness;
 
    make restricted payments (including paying dividends on, redeeming or repurchasing our capital stock);
 
    issue preferred stock of subsidiaries;
 
    make certain investments or acquisitions;
 
    create liens on our assets to secure debt;
 
    engage in transactions with affiliates;
 
    merge, consolidate or transfer substantially all of our assets; and
 
    transfer and sell assets.
     In addition, our amended and restated revolving credit facility requires us to maintain certain financial ratios and limits our ability to make capital expenditures. These covenants and ratios could have an adverse effect on our business by limiting our ability to take advantage of financing, merger and acquisition or other corporate opportunities and to fund our operations. Breach of a covenant in our debt instruments could cause acceleration of a significant portion of our outstanding indebtedness. Any future debt could also contain financial and other covenants more restrictive than those imposed under the indenture governing the notes, and our amended and restated revolving credit facility.
     A breach of a covenant or other provision in any debt instrument governing our current or future indebtedness could result in a default under that instrument and, due to cross-default and cross-acceleration provisions, could result in a default under our other debt instruments. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the revolving credit facility or any other debt instrument, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding to be immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further

19


Table of Contents

credit. If we were unable to repay those amounts, the lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them, if any, to secure the indebtedness. If the lenders under our current or future indebtedness accelerate the payment of the indebtedness, we cannot assure you that our assets or cash flow would be sufficient to repay in full our outstanding indebtedness, including the notes.
Federal and state fraudulent transfer laws may permit a court to void the notes and the guarantees, and, if that occurs, you may not receive any payments on the notes.
     The issuance of the notes and the guarantees may be subject to review under federal and state fraudulent transfer and conveyance statutes. While the relevant laws may vary from state to state, under such laws the payment of consideration will be a fraudulent conveyance if (1) we paid the consideration with the intent of hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors or (2) we or any of our guarantors, as applicable, received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration in return for issuing either the notes or a guarantee, and, in the case of (2) only, one of the following is also true:
    we or any of our guarantors were or was insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of the incurrence of the indebtedness; or
 
    payment of the consideration left us or any of our guarantors with an unreasonably small amount of capital to carry on the business; or
 
    we or any of our guarantors intended to, or believed that we or it would, incur debts beyond our or its ability to pay as they mature.
     If a court were to find that the issuance of the notes or a guarantee was a fraudulent conveyance, the court could void the payment obligations under the notes or such guarantee or further subordinate the notes or such guarantee to presently existing and future indebtedness of ours or such guarantor, or require the holders of the notes to repay any amounts received with respect to the notes or such guarantee. In the event of a finding that a fraudulent conveyance occurred, you may not receive any repayment on the notes. Further, the voidance of the notes could result in an event of default with respect to our other debt and that of our subsidiaries that could result in acceleration of such debt.
     Generally, an entity would be considered insolvent if, at the time it incurred indebtedness:
    the sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, were greater than the fair salable value of all its assets; or
 
    the present fair salable value of its assets were less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts and liabilities, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or
 
    it could not pay its debts as they become due.
     We cannot be certain as to the standards a court would use to determine whether or not we or the guarantors were solvent at the relevant time, or regardless of the standard that a court uses, that the issuance of the notes and the guarantees would not be subordinated to our or any guarantor’s other debt. If any other subsidiary of ours guarantees the notes in the future, such guarantee will become subject to the same risks described above.
     If any of the guarantees were legally challenged, such challenged guarantee could also be subject to the claim that, since the guarantee was incurred for our benefit, and only indirectly for the benefit of the guarantor, the obligations of the applicable guarantor were incurred for less than fair consideration. A court could thus void the obligations under the guarantees, subordinate them to the applicable guarantor’s other debt or take other action detrimental to the holders of the notes.
We may be unable to repurchase the notes upon a change of control.
     In the event of a “change of control” (as defined in the indenture for the notes), we must offer to purchase the notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repurchase. See “Description of the Notes — Change of Control.” In the event that we are required to make such an offer, there can be no assurance that we would have sufficient funds available to purchase any notes, and we may be required to refinance the notes. There can be no assurance that we would be able to accomplish a refinancing or, if a refinancing were to occur, that it would be accomplished on commercially reasonable terms.

20


Table of Contents

     Our amended and restated revolving credit facility prohibits us from repurchasing any of the notes, except under limited circumstances. Our amended and restated revolving credit facility also provides that certain change of control events would constitute a default. In the event a change of control occurs at a time when we are prohibited from purchasing the notes, we could seek the consent of the lenders under the amended and restated revolving credit facility to purchase the notes. If we did not obtain such a consent, we would remain prohibited from purchasing the notes. In this case, our failure to purchase would constitute an event of default under the indenture governing the notes.
We may be unable to generate sufficient cash flow to service our debt, including the notes.
     To service our debt, we will require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate cash, make scheduled payments or to refinance our obligations depends on our successful financial and operating performance. Our financial and operating performance, cash flow and capital resources depend upon prevailing economic conditions and certain financial, business and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. These factors include among others:
    economic and competitive conditions;
 
    operating difficulties, increased operating costs or pricing pressures we may experience; and
 
    delays in implementing any strategic projects.
     If our cash flow and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell material assets or operations, obtain additional capital or restructure our debt.
An active trading market may not develop for the exchange notes.
     The exchange notes are new securities for which there currently is no established market, and we cannot be sure if an active trading market will develop for the exchange notes. We do not intend to apply for listing of the exchange notes on any securities exchange or on any automated dealer quotation system. The initial purchasers of the outstanding notes have indicated to us that they intend to make a market in the exchange notes, as permitted by applicable laws and regulations. However, the initial purchasers are not obligated to do so and any market making may be discontinued at any time without notice.
     The liquidity of, and trading market for, the exchange notes, may also be adversely affected by, among other things:
    changes in the overall market for high yield securities;
 
    changes in our financial performance or prospects;
 
    the prospects for companies in our industry generally;
 
    the number of holders of the notes;
 
    the interest of securities dealers in making a market for the notes; and
 
    prevailing interest rates.
Risks Relating to Our Business
A slowdown in the non-residential construction sector of the economy could reduce demand from some of our customers, which could result in lower demand for our products.
     At the end of 2005 and 2006, customers in the construction industry, primarily in non-residential construction, accounted for approximately 35% and 40%, respectively, of our leased units. This industry tends to be cyclical. In 2002 and 2003 this industry sector suffered a sustained economic slowdown which resulted in much slower growth in demand for leases and sales of our products. If another sustained economic slowdown in the non-residential construction sector were to occur, it is likely that we would again experience less demand for leases and sales of our products. Also, because most of our cost of leasing is either fixed or semi variable,

21


Table of Contents

this would cause our margins to contract and the adverse affect on operating results would be more pronounced. Our internal growth rate slowed to 7.5% in 2002 and 7.4% in 2003 due to a slowdown in the economy, particularly in this sector. During these years, our profitability declined.
Our planned growth could strain our management resources, which could disrupt our development of our new branch locations.
     Our future performance will depend in large part on our ability to manage our planned growth, which in 2006 included our commencement of operations in the United Kingdom and The Netherlands. Our growth could strain our management, human and other resources. To successfully manage this growth, we must continue to add managers and employees and improve our operating, financial and other internal procedures and controls. We also must effectively motivate, train and manage our employees. If we do not manage our growth effectively, some of our new branches and acquisitions may lose money or fail, and we may have to close unprofitable locations. Closing a branch would likely result in additional expenses that would cause our operating results to suffer.
Our European expansion may divert our resources from other aspects of our business and require that we incur additional debt, and will subject us to additional and different regulations. Failure to manage these economic, financial, business and regulatory risks may adversely impact our growth in Europe and other results of operations.
     Our expansion into markets in the United Kingdom and The Netherlands requires us to make substantial investments, which could divert resources from other aspects of our business. We may also be required to raise additional debt or equity capital to fund our expansion in Europe. In addition, we may incur difficulties in staffing and managing our European operations, and face fluctuations in currency exchange rates, exposure to additional regulatory requirements, including certain trade barriers, changes in political and economic conditions, and exposure to additional and potentially adverse tax regimes. Our success in Europe will depend, in part, on our ability to anticipate and effectively manage these and other risks. Our failure to manage these risks may adversely affect our growth in Europe and lead to increased administrative costs.
We may need additional debt or equity to sustain our growth, but we do not have commitments for such funds.
     We finance our growth through a combination of borrowings, cash flow from operations, and equity financing. Our ability to continue growing at the pace we have historically grown will depend in part on our ability to obtain either additional debt or equity financing. The terms on which debt and equity financing is available to us varies from time to time and is influenced by our performance and by external factors, such as the economy generally and developments in the market, that are beyond our control. Also, additional debt financing or the sale of additional equity securities may cause the market price of our common stock to decline. If we are unable to obtain additional debt or equity financing on acceptable terms, we may have to curtail our growth by delaying new branch openings, or, under certain circumstances, lease fleet expansion.
The supply and cost of used ocean-going containers fluctuates, and this can affect our pricing and our ability to grow.
     We purchase, refurbish and modify used ocean-going containers in order to expand our lease fleet. If used ocean-going container prices increase substantially, we may not be able to manufacture enough new units to grow our fleet. These price increases also could increase our expenses and reduce our earnings, particularly if we are not able (due to competitive reasons or otherwise) to raise our rental rates to absorb this increase cost. Conversely, an oversupply of used ocean-going containers may cause container prices to fall. Our competitors may then lower the lease rates on their storage units. As a result, we may need to lower our lease rates to remain competitive. This would cause our revenues and our earnings to decline.
Covenants in our debt instruments restrict or prohibit our ability to engage in or enter into a variety of transactions.
     The indenture governing the notes and, our revolving credit facility agreement contain various covenants that may limit our discretion in operating our business. In particular, we are limited in our ability to merge, consolidate or transfer substantially all of our assets, issue preferred stock of subsidiaries and create liens on our assets to secure debt. In addition, if there is default, and we do not maintain certain financial covenants or we do not maintain borrowing availability in excess of certain pre-determined levels, we may be unable to incur additional indebtedness, make restricted payments (including paying cash dividends on our capital stock) and redeem or repurchase our capital stock.
     Our revolving credit facility requires us, under certain limited circumstances, to maintain certain financial ratios and limits our ability to make capital expenditures. These covenants and ratios could have an adverse effect on our business by limiting our ability to take advantage of financing, merger and acquisition or other corporate opportunities and to fund our operations. Breach of a covenant

22


Table of Contents

in our debt instruments could cause acceleration of a significant portion of our outstanding indebtedness. Any future debt could also contain financial and other covenants more restrictive than those imposed under the indenture governing the Senior Notes, and the revolving credit facility.
     A breach of a covenant or other provision in any debt instrument governing our current or future indebtedness could result in a default under that instrument and, due to cross-default and cross-acceleration provisions, could result in a default under our other debt instruments. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the revolving credit facility or any other debt instrument, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding to be immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit. If we were unable to repay those amounts, the lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them, if any, to secure the indebtedness. If the lenders under our current or future indebtedness accelerate the payment of the indebtedness, we cannot assure you that our assets or cash flow would be sufficient to repay in full our outstanding indebtedness, including the Senior Notes.
     The amount we can borrow under our revolving credit facility depends in part on the value of the portable storage units in our lease fleet. If the value of our lease fleet declines, we cannot borrow as much. We are required to satisfy several covenants with our lenders that are affected by changes in the value of our lease fleet. We would breach some of these covenants if the value of our lease fleet drops below specified levels. If this happens, we may not be able to borrow the amounts we need to expand our business, and we may be forced to liquidate a portion of our existing fleet.
The supply and cost of raw materials we use in manufacturing fluctuates and could increase our operating costs.
     We manufacture portable storage units to add to our lease fleet and for sale. In our manufacturing process, we purchase steel, vinyl, wood, glass and other raw materials from various suppliers. We cannot be sure that an adequate supply of these materials will continue to be available on terms acceptable to us. The raw materials we use are subject to price fluctuations that we cannot control. Changes in the cost of raw materials can have a significant effect on our operations and earnings. Rapid increases in raw material prices, as we experienced in 2004, are difficult to pass through to customers, particularly to leasing customers. If we are unable to pass on these higher costs, our profitability could decline. If raw material prices decline significantly, we may have to write down our raw materials inventory values. If this happens, our results of operations and financial condition will decline.
Some zoning laws in the United States and Canada and temporary planning permission regulations in Europe restrict the use of our portable storage and office units and therefore limit our ability to offer our products in all markets.
     Most of our customers use our storage units to store their goods on their own properties. Local zoning laws and temporary planning permission regulations in some of our markets do not allow some of our customers to keep portable storage and office units on their properties or do not permit portable storage units unless located out of sight from the street. If local zoning laws or planning permission regulations in one or more of our markets no longer allow our units to be stored on customers’ sites, our business in that market will suffer.
Unionization by some or all of our employees could cause increases in operating costs.
     None of our employees are presently covered by collective bargaining agreements. However, from time to time various unions have attempted to organize some of our employees. We cannot predict the outcome of any continuing or future efforts to organize our employees, the terms of any future labor agreements, or the effect, if any, those agreements might have on our operations or financial performance.
We operate with a high amount of debt and we may incur significant additional indebtedness.
     Our operations are capital intensive, and we operate with a high amount of debt relative to our size. As of May 31, 2007, we had approximately $344.6 million of indebtedness outstanding, including the exchange notes and borrowings and letters of credit under our credit facility. In addition, under our revolving credit facility we have approximately $230.3 million available for further borrowing. Our substantial indebtedness could have consequences. For example, it could:
    require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, which could reduce the availability of our cash flow to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;
 
    make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our Senior Notes;

23


Table of Contents

    expose us to the risk of increased interest rates, as certain of our borrowings will be at variable rates of interest;
 
    require us to sell assets to reduce indebtedness or influence our decisions about whether to do so;
 
    increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
 
    limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and our industry;
 
    restrict us from making strategic acquisitions or pursuing business opportunities; and
 
    limit, along with the financial and other restrictive covenants in our indebtedness, among other things, our ability to borrow additional funds. Failing to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We depend on a few key management persons.
     We are substantially dependent on the personal efforts and abilities of Steven G. Bunger, our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, and Lawrence Trachtenberg, our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. The loss of either of these officers or our other key management persons could harm our business and prospects for growth.
The market price of our common stock has been volatile and may continue to be volatile and the value of your investment may decline.
     The market price of our common stock has been volatile and may continue to be volatile. This volatility may cause wide fluctuations in the price of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market. The market price of our common stock is likely to be affected by:
    changes in general conditions in the economy, geopolitical events or the financial markets;
 
    variations in our quarterly operating results;
 
    changes in financial estimates by securities analysts;
 
    other developments affecting us, our industry, customers or competitors;
 
    the operating and stock price performance of companies that investors deem comparable to us; and
 
    the number of shares available for resale in the public markets under applicable securities laws.

24


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS
     We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer. In consideration for the exchange notes, we will receive the original notes of like principal amount, the terms of which are identical in all material respects to the exchange notes. The original notes surrendered for the exchange notes will be retired and canceled. Accordingly, issuance of the exchange notes will not result in any increase in our indebtedness. We have agreed to bear the expenses of the exchange offer. No underwriter is being used in connection with the exchange offer.
     On May 7, 2007, we issued and sold the original notes. We used the proceeds from that offering, which after discounts to the initial purchasers and other transaction fees and expenses paid by us, approximated $145.8 million, to repurchase previously issued notes and to pay down our credit facility.

25


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION
     The following table summarizes our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2007 on an actual basis and as adjusted to give effect to $149.3 million of proceeds from the offering of the 6 7/8% Senior Notes Due 2015.
     The table should be read in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds” included elsewhere in this prospectus and our consolidated financial statements and related notes incorporated by reference into this prospectus.
                 
    As of March 31, 2007  
    Actual     As Adjusted  
    (Dollars in millions)  
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 2.4     $ 2.4  
 
           
 
               
Debt:
               
Amended and restated revolving credit facility(1)
  $     $ 182.6  
Existing revolving credit facility(2)
    218.9        
9 1/2% senior notes due 2013
    97.5        
6 7/8% Senior Notes Due 2015(3)
          149.3  
Other debt
    0.5       0.5  
 
           
Total debt
    316.9       332.4  
Stockholders’ equity
    455.8       449.1  
 
           
Total capitalization
  $ 772.7     $ 781.5  
 
           
 
(1)   Does not reflect approximately $3.2 million in letters of credit outstanding under our amended and restated revolving credit facility.
 
(2)   As of May 31, 2007, approximately $191.5 million was outstanding under the existing revolving credit facility.
 
(3)   The 6 7/8% Senior Notes Due 2015 were at a principal amount of $150.0 million, issued at a discount of 99.548% and initially reflected on our balance sheet in the amount of $149.3 million.

26


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
     The following table presents our selected consolidated historical financial and other data, as of and for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2006 and was derived from our audited consolidated financial statements incorporated by reference into this prospectus. The historical consolidated historical financial and other data, as of March 31, 2007 and for the three-month period ended March 31, 2006 and 2007, have been derived from our historical unaudited consolidated financial statements which in the opinion of management, include all adjustments consisting of normal recurring accruals, which Mobile Mini, Inc. considers necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and the results of operations for these periods. Results of operations for an interim period are not necessarily indicative of results for a full year.
     On February 22, 2006, our Board of Directors approved a two-for-one stock split in the form of a 100 percent stock dividend effected on March 10, 2006. Per share amounts, share amounts and weighted numbers of shares outstanding give effect for this two-for-one stock split in the below tables for all periods presented.
                                                         
                                            Three Months Ended  
    Year Ended December 31,     March 31,  
    2002     2003     2004     2005     2006     2006     2007  
    (In thousands, except per share and operating data)  
Consolidated Statements of Income Data:
                                                       
Revenues:
                                                       
Leasing
  $ 116,169     $ 128,482     $ 149,856     $ 188,578     $ 245,105     $ 51,534     $ 66,053  
Sales
    16,008       17,248       17,919       17,499       26,824       4,528       6,654  
Other
    920       838       566       1,093       1,434       358       313  
 
                                         
Total revenues
    133,097       146,568       168,341       207,170       273,363       56,420       73,020  
 
                                         
Costs and expenses:
                                                       
Cost of sales
    10,343       11,487       11,352       10,845       17,186       2,914       4,459  
Leasing, selling and general expenses
    70,225       80,124       90,696       109,257       139,906       29,996       36,838  
Florida litigation expense
    1,320       8,502                                
Depreciation and amortization
    8,435       10,026       11,427       12,854       16,741       3,588       4,891  
 
                                         
Total costs and expenses
    90,323       110,139       113,475       132,956       173,833       36,498       46,188  
 
                                         
Income from operations
    42,774       36,429       54,866       74,214       99,530       19,922       26,832  
Other income (expense):
                                                       
Interest income
    13       2             11       437       51       8  
Other income
                      3,160                    
Interest expense
    (11,587 )     (16,299 )     (20,434 )     (23,177 )     (23,681 )     (6,446 )     (5,953 )
Debt restructuring/extinguishment expense(1)
    (1,300 )     (10,440 )                 (6,425 )            
Foreign currency exchange gain
                            66              
 
                                         
Income before provision for income taxes
    29,900       9,692       34,432       54,208       69,927       13,527       20,887  
Provision for income taxes
    11,661       3,780       13,773       20,220       27,151       5,323       8,190  
 
                                         
Net income
  $ 18,239     $ 5,912     $ 20,659     $ 33,988     $ 42,776     $ 8,204     $ 12,697  
 
                                         
Earnings per share:
                                                       
Basic
  $ 0.64     $ 0.21     $ 0.71     $ 1.14     $ 1.25     $ 0.27     $ 0.36  
 
                                         
Diluted
  $ 0.63     $ 0.20     $ 0.70     $ 1.10     $ 1.21     $ 0.26     $ 0.35  
 
                                         
Weighted average number of common and common share equivalents outstanding:
                                                       
Basic
    28,509       28,625       28,974       29,867       34,243       30,686       35,641  
Diluted
    28,884       28,925       29,565       30,875       35,425       31,682       36,633  
Other Data:
                                                       
EBITDA(2)
  $ 51,222     $ 46,457     $ 66,293     $ 90,239     $ 116,774     $ 23,561     $ 31,731  
EBITDA Margin(3)
    38.5 %     31.7 %     39.4 %     43.6 %     42.7 %     41.8 %     43.5 %
Net cash provided by operating activities
    41,186       40,690       40,322       69,249       76,884       10,013       20,698  
Net cash used in investing activities
    (89,064 )     (55,269 )     (80,508 )     (113,275 )     (192,763 )     (24,051 )     (34,545 )
Net cash provided by financing activities
    49,007       12,730       40,555       43,282       116,966       133,737       14,871  
Operating Data:
                                                       
Number of branches (at year end)
    46       47       48       51       62       51       63  
Lease fleet units (at year end)
    83,679       89,542       100,727       116,317       149,615       118,436       152,155  
Lease fleet covenant utilization (annual average)
    79.1 %     78.7 %     80.7 %     82.9 %     82.7 %     80.1 %     79.0 %
Lease revenue growth from prior year
    16.5 %     10.6 %     16.6 %     25.8 %     30.0 %     24.5 %     28.2 %
Operating margin
    32.1 %     24.9 %     32.6 %     35.8 %     36.4 %     35.3 %     36.7 %
Net income margin
    13.7 %     4.0 %     12.3 %     16.4 %     15.6 %     14.5 %     17.4 %

27


Table of Contents

                                                         
                                            Three Months Ended
    At December 31,   March 31,
    2002   2003   2004   2005   2006   2006   2007
    (In thousands)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
                                                       
Lease fleet, net
  $ 337,685     $ 383,672     $ 454,106     $ 550,464     $ 697,439     $ 572,243     $ 721,874  
Total assets
    460,890       515,080       592,146       704,957       900,030       847,506       935,878  
Total debt
    213,222       240,610       277,044       308,585       302,045       323,286       316,850  
Stockholders’ equity
    178,669       189,293       216,369       267,975       442,004       397,851       455,840  
 
(1)   In 2002, the debt restructuring expense was recorded pursuant to SFAS No. 4, Reporting Gains and Losses from Extinguishment of Debt. As required by SFAS No. 145, losses from debt extinguishment have been presented in pre-tax earnings.
 
(2)   EBITDA, as further discussed below, is defined as net income before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, and debt restructuring expense. We present EBITDA because we believe it provides useful information regarding our ability to meet our future debt payment requirements, capital expenditures and working capital requirements and that it provides an overall evaluation of our financial condition. In addition, EBITDA is a component of certain financial covenants under our revolving credit facility and is used to determine our available borrowing ability and the interest rate in effect at any point in time.
 
    EBITDA has certain limitations as an analytical tool and should not be used as a substitute for net income, cash flows, or other consolidated income or cash flow data prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States or as a measure of our profitability or our liquidity. In particular, EBITDA, as defined does not include:
    Interest expense — because we borrow money to partially finance our capital expenditures, primarily related to the expansion of our lease fleet, interest expense is a necessary element of our cost to secure this financing to continue generating additional revenues.
 
    Income taxes — EBITDA, as defined, does not reflect income taxes or the requirements for any tax payments.
 
    Depreciation and amortization — because we are a leasing company, our business is very capital intensive and we hold acquired assets for a period of time before they generate revenues, cash flow and earnings; therefore, depreciation and amortization expense is a necessary element of our business.
 
    Debt restructuring or extinguishment expense — as defined in our revolving credit facility, debt restructuring and extinguishment expenses are not deducted in our various calculations made under the credit agreement and are treated no differently than interest expense. As discussed above, interest expense is a necessary element of our cost to finance a portion of the capital expenditures needed for the growth of our business.
    When evaluating EBITDA as a performance measure, and excluding the above-noted charges, all of which have material limitations, investors should consider, among other factors, the following:
    increasing or decreasing trends in EBITDA;
 
    how EBITDA compares to levels of debt and interest expense; and
 
    whether EBITDA historically has remained at positive levels.
    Because EBITDA, as defined, excludes some but not all items that affect our cash flow from operating activities, EBITDA may not be comparable to a similarly titled performance measure presented by other companies. Set forth below is a reconciliation of EBITDA to net cash provided by operating activities, the most directly comparable GAAP measure. A further reconciliation of net income to EBITDA is also provided.
                                                         
                                            Three Months Ended  
    Year Ended December 31,     March 31,  
    2002     2003     2004     2005     2006     2006     2007  
    (In thousands)  
EBITDA
  $ 51,222     $ 46,457     $ 66,293     $ 90,239     $ 116,774     $ 23,561     $ 31,731  
Senior Note redemption premiums
                            (4,987 )            
Interest paid
    (11,258 )     (8,841 )     (19,254 )     (21,727 )     (24,770 )     (10,899 )     (7,976 )
Income and franchise taxes paid
    (448 )     (298 )     (372 )     (495 )     (733 )     (65 )     (115 )
Provision for loss from natural disasters
                      1,710                    
Share-based compensation expense
    76                   19       3,066       754       940  
Gain on sale of lease fleet units
    (2,116 )     (1,601 )     (2,277 )     (3,529 )     (4,922 )     (931 )     (1,294 )
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
    47       44       604       704       454       29       9  
Gain on sale of short-term investments
          (59 )                              

28


Table of Contents

                                                         
                                            Three Months Ended  
    Year Ended December 31,     March 31,  
    2002     2003     2004     2005     2006     2006     2007  
    (In thousands)  
Change in certain assets and liabilities, net of effect of businesses acquired:
                                                       
Receivables
    (486 )     327       (3,309 )     (5,371 )     (6,580 )     1,477       2,266  
Inventories
    2,334       (1,781 )     (2,178 )     (4,823 )     628       (1,003 )     (4,005 )
Deposits and prepaid expenses
    (890 )     (3,132 )     (669 )     (480 )     (1,446 )     7       (673 )
Other assets and intangibles
    (174 )     (35 )     37       (19 )     (4 )     (210 )     (3 )
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    2,879       9,609       1,447       13,021       (596 )     (2,707 )     (182 )
 
                                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 41,186     $ 40,690     $ 40,322     $ 69,249     $ 76,884     $ 10,013     $ 20,698  
 
                                         
                                                         
                                            Three Months Ended  
    Year Ended December 31,     March 31,  
    2002     2003     2004     2005     2006     2006     2007  
    (In thousands except percentages)  
Net income
  $ 18,239     $ 5,912     $ 20,659     $ 33,988     $ 42,776     $ 8,204     $ 12,697  
Interest expense
    11,587       16,299       20,434       23,177       23,681       6,446       5,953  
Income taxes
    11,661       3,780       13,773       20,220       27,151       5,323       8,190  
Depreciation and amortization
    8,435       10,026       11,427       12,854       16,741       3,588       4,891  
Debt restructuring/extinguishment expense(1)
    1,300       10,440                   6,425              
 
                                         
EBITDA
  $ 51,222     $ 46,457     $ 66,293     $ 90,239     $ 116,774     $ 23,561     $ 31,731  
 
                                         
 
(3)   EBITDA margin is calculated as EBITDA divided by total revenues expressed as a percentage.

29


Table of Contents

THE EXCHANGE OFFER
Terms of the Exchange Offer
     As of the date of this prospectus, $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of the original notes is outstanding. This prospectus, together with the letter of transmittal, is being sent to all holders of original notes known to us. Our obligation to accept original notes for exchange in the exchange offer is subject to the conditions described below under “— Conditions to the Exchange Offer.”
     Upon the terms and conditions described in this prospectus and in the accompanying letter of transmittal, we will accept for exchange original notes that are properly tendered on or before the expiration date and not withdrawn as permitted below. For each original note accepted for exchange, the holder of the original note will receive an exchange note having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered original note. Original notes tendered in the exchange offer must be in denominations of the principal amount of $2,000 and any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
     As used in this prospectus, the term “expiration date” means 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on ___, 2007. However, if we, in our sole discretion, extend the period of time for which the exchange offer is open, the term “expiration date” means the latest time and date to which we extend the exchange offer. We reserve the right to extend the period of time during which the exchange offer is open. If the exchange offer period is extended, we would give notice of the extension to the holders of original notes by means of a press release or other public announcement no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day following the previously scheduled expiration date. During any extension period, all original notes previously tendered will remain subject to the exchange offer and may be accepted for exchange by us. Any original notes not accepted for exchange will be returned to the tendering holder after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.
     We reserve the right to amend or terminate the exchange offer, and not to accept for exchange any original notes not previously accepted for exchange, upon the occurrence of any of the conditions of the exchange offer specified below under “— Conditions to the Exchange Offer.” We will give notice of any extension, amendment, non-acceptance or termination to the holders of the original notes as described above. If we materially change the terms of the exchange offer, we will resolicit tenders of the original notes and provide notice to the noteholders. If the change is made less than five business days before the expiration of the exchange offer, we will extend the offer so that the noteholders have at least five business days to tender or withdraw.
     Our acceptance of the tender of original notes by a tendering holder will form a binding agreement upon the terms and subject to the conditions provided in this prospectus and in the accompanying letter of transmittal.
Procedures for Tendering
     Except as described below, a tendering holder must, on or prior to the expiration date:
    transmit a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal, including all other documents required by the letter of transmittal, to Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas at the address listed below under the heading “— Exchange Agent”; or
 
    if original notes are tendered in accordance with the book-entry procedures listed below, the tendering holder must transmit an agent’s message to the exchange agent at the address listed below under the heading “— Exchange Agent.”
     In addition:
    the exchange agent must receive, on or before the expiration date, certificates for the original notes or a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of the original notes into the exchange agent’s account at the Depository Trust Company, the book-entry transfer facility; or
 
    the holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.
     The Depository Trust Company will be referred to as DTC in this prospectus.
     The term “agent’s message” means a message, transmitted to DTC and received by the exchange agent and forming a part of a book-entry transfer, that states that DTC has received an express acknowledgment that the tendering holder agrees to be bound by the letter of transmittal and that we may enforce the letter of transmittal against this holder.

30


Table of Contents

     The method of delivery of original notes, letters of transmittal and all other required documents is at your election and risk. In all cases, you should allow sufficient time to assure timely delivery to the exchange agent. You should not send any letter of transmittal, original notes or other related documentation to us.
     If you are a beneficial owner whose original notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee, and wish to tender original notes, you should promptly instruct the registered holder to tender on your behalf. Any registered holder that is a participant in DTC’s book-entry transfer facility system may make book-entry delivery of the original notes by causing DTC to transfer the original notes into the exchange agent’s account.
     Signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal must be guaranteed unless the original notes surrendered for exchange are tendered:
    by a registered holder of the original notes who has not completed the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on the letter of transmittal, or
 
    for the account of an “eligible institution.”
     If signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal are required to be guaranteed, the guarantees must be by an “eligible institution.” An “eligible institution” is a financial institution — including most banks, savings and loan associations and brokerage houses — that is a participant in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program, the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program or the Stock Exchange Medallion Program.
     We will determine in our sole discretion all questions as to the validity, form and eligibility of original notes tendered for exchange. This discretion extends to the determination of all questions concerning the timing of receipts and acceptance of tenders. These determinations will be final and binding.
     We reserve the right to reject any particular original note not properly tendered or which acceptance of might, in our judgment or our counsel’s judgment, be unlawful. We also reserve the right to waive any defects or irregularities or conditions of the exchange offer as to any particular original note either before or after the expiration date, including the right to waive the ineligibility of any tendering holder. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer as to any particular original note either before or after the expiration date, including the letter of transmittal and the instructions to the letter of transmittal, shall be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of original notes must be cured within a reasonable period of time. Neither we, the exchange agent nor any other person will be under any duty to give notification of any defect or irregularity in any tender of original notes. Nor will we, the exchange agent or any other person incur any liability for failing to give notification of any defect or irregularity.
     If the letter of transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder of original notes, the letter of transmittal must be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer or exchange in satisfactory form duly executed by the registered holder with the signature guaranteed by an eligible institution. The original notes must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate powers of attorney. In either case, the original notes must be signed exactly as the name of any registered holder appears on the original notes.
     If the letter of transmittal or any original notes or powers of attorney are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, these persons should so indicate when signing. Unless waived by us, proper evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to so act must be submitted.
     By tendering, each holder will represent to us that, among other things,
    the exchange notes are being acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving the exchange notes, whether or not that person is the holder, and
 
    neither the holder nor the other person has any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the exchange notes.
     In the case of a holder that is not a broker-dealer, that holder, by tendering, will also represent to us that the holder is not engaged in and does not intend to engage in a distribution of the exchange notes.

31


Table of Contents

     If any holder or other person is an “affiliate” of ours, as defined under Rule 405 of the Securities Act, or is engaged in, or intends to engage in, or has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the exchange notes, that holder or other person cannot rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC and must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.
     Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for original notes, where the original notes were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus that meets the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. The letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. See “Plan of Distribution.”
Acceptance of Original Notes for Exchange; Delivery of Exchange Notes
     Upon satisfaction or waiver of all of the conditions to the exchange offer, we will accept, promptly after the expiration date, all original notes properly tendered and not withdrawn. We will issue the exchange notes promptly after acceptance of the original notes. See “— Conditions to the Exchange Offer” below. For purposes of the exchange offer, we will deemed to have accepted properly tendered original notes for exchange when, as and if we have given oral or written notice to the exchange agent, with prompt written confirmation of any oral notice.
     The exchange notes will bear interest from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the original notes, or if no interest has been paid on the original notes, from the date of issue of the original notes. Holders whose original notes are accepted for exchange will receive interest, as interest on the exchange notes, accrued from the date of issue of the original notes and will be deemed to have waived the right to receive interest accrued on the original notes.
     Unaccepted or non-exchanged original notes will be returned without expense to the tendering holder of the original notes. In the case of original notes tendered by book-entry transfer in accordance with the book-entry procedures described below, the non-exchanged original notes will be credited to an account maintained with the book-entry transfer facility as promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.
Book-Entry Transfer
     The exchange agent will make a request to establish an account for the original notes at DTC for purposes of the exchange offer promptly after commencement of the exchange offer. Any financial institution that is a participant in DTC’s systems must make book-entry delivery of original notes by causing DTC to transfer those original notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC in accordance with DTC’s procedure for transfer. The participant should transmit its acceptance to DTC on or prior to the expiration date or comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below. DTC will verify this acceptance, execute a book-entry transfer of the tendered original notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC and then send to the exchange agent confirmation of the book-entry transfer. The confirmation of the book-entry transfer will include an agent’s message confirming that DTC has received an express acknowledgment from the participant that the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the letter of transmittal and that we may enforce the letter of transmittal against the participant. Delivery of exchange notes issued in the exchange offer may be effected through book-entry transfer at DTC. However, the letter of transmittal or facsimile of it or an agent’s message, with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents, must:
  (1)   be transmitted to and received by the exchange agent at the address listed below under “— Exchange Agent” on or prior to the expiration date; or
 
  (2)   comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures
     If a registered holder of original notes desires to tender the original notes, and the original notes are not immediately available, or time will not permit the holder’s original notes or other required documents to reach the exchange agent before the expiration date, or the procedure for book-entry transfer described above cannot be completed on a timely basis, a tender may nonetheless be made if:
    the tender is made through an eligible institution;

32


Table of Contents

    prior to the expiration date, the exchange agent received from an eligible institution a notice of guaranteed delivery, substantially in the form provided by us, by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery,
  (1)   stating the name and address of the holder of original notes and the amount of original notes tendered,
 
  (2)   stating that the tender is being made and
 
  (3)   guaranteeing that within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date, the certificates for all physically tendered original notes, in proper form for transfer, or a book-entry confirmation, as the case may be, together with a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal, will be deposited by the eligible institution with the exchange agent; and
    the certificates for all physically tendered original notes, in proper form for transfer, or a book-entry confirmation, as the case may be, a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal and all other documents required by the letter of transmittal, are received by the exchange agent within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date.
Withdrawal Rights
     Tenders of original notes may be withdrawn at any time before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.
     For a withdrawal to be effective, the exchange agent must receive a written notice of withdrawal at the address or, in the case of eligible institutions, at the facsimile number, indicated below under “— Exchange Agent” before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. Any notice of withdrawal must:
    specify the name of the person, referred to as the depositor, having tendered the original notes to be withdrawn;
 
    identify the original notes to be withdrawn, including the certificate number or numbers and principal amount of the original notes;
 
    contain a statement that the holder is withdrawing its election to have the original notes exchanged;
 
    be signed by the holder in the same manner as the original signature on the letter of transmittal by which the original notes were tendered, including any required signature guarantees, or be accompanied by documents of transfer to have the trustee with respect to the original notes register the transfer of the original notes in the name of the person withdrawing the tender; and
 
    specify the name in which the original notes are registered, if different from that of the depositor.
     If certificates for original notes have been delivered or otherwise identified to the exchange agent, then prior to the release of these certificates the withdrawing holder must also submit the serial numbers of the particular certificates to be withdrawn and signed notice of withdrawal with signatures guaranteed by an eligible institution unless this holder is an eligible institution. If original notes have been tendered in accordance with the procedure for book-entry transfer described above, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at the book-entry transfer facility to be credited with the withdrawn original notes. We will determine all questions as to the validity, form and eligibility, including time of receipt, of notices of withdrawal. Any original notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange. No exchange notes will be issued unless the original notes so withdrawn are validly re-tendered. Properly withdrawn original notes may be re-tendered by following the procedures described under “— Procedures for Tendering” above at any time on or before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.
Conditions to the Exchange Offer
     Notwithstanding any other provision of the exchange offer, we shall not be required to accept original notes for exchange, or to issue exchange notes in exchange for any original notes, and may terminate or amend the exchange offer, if at any time before the acceptance of the original notes for exchange or the issuance of the exchange notes for the original notes:

33


Table of Contents

    there has been instituted any proceeding seeking to restrain or prohibit the making or completion of the exchange offer, or assessing or seeking any damages as a result of the exchange offer, or resulting in a material delay in our ability to accept for exchange or exchange some or all of the original notes in the exchange offer; or
 
    any action shall have been taken, proposed or threatened by any governmental authority, domestic or foreign, that in our sole judgment might directly or indirectly result in any of such consequences or, in our sole judgment, might result in the holders of exchange notes having obligations with respect to resales and transfers of exchange notes which are greater than those described in the interpretations of the SEC staff referred to in this prospectus, or would otherwise make it inadvisable to proceed with the exchange offer; or
 
    there shall have occurred:
    any general suspension of or general limitation on prices for, or trading in, securities on any national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market; or
 
    any limitation by a governmental authority which may adversely affect our ability to complete the transactions contemplated by the exchange offer; or
 
    a declaration of a banking moratorium or any suspension of payments in respect of banks in the United States or any limitation by any governmental agency or authority which adversely affects the extension of credit; or
 
    a commencement of a war, armed hostilities or other similar international calamity directly or indirectly involving the United States, or, in the case of any of the preceding events existing at the time of the commencement of the exchange offer, a material acceleration or worsening of these calamities; or
    any change, or any development involving a prospective change, shall have occurred or be threatened in our business, financial condition, operations or prospects and those of our subsidiaries taken as a whole that is or may be adverse to us, or we shall have become aware of facts that have or may have an adverse impact on the value of the original notes or the exchange notes; which in our sole judgment in any case makes it inadvisable to proceed with the exchange offer and/or with such acceptance for exchange or with such exchange.
     These conditions to the exchange offer are to our sole benefit and we may assert them regardless of the circumstances giving rise to any of these conditions, or we may waive them in whole or in part in our sole discretion. If we do so, the exchange offer will remain open for at least five business days following any waiver of the preceding conditions. Our failure at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights will not be deemed a waiver of any right.
     In addition, we will not accept for exchange any original notes tendered, and no exchange notes will be issued in exchange for any original notes, if at that time any stop order is threatened or in effect relating to the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part or the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.
Exchange Agent
     We have appointed Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as the exchange agent for the exchange offer. You should direct all executed letters of transmittal to the exchange agent at the address indicated below. You should direct questions and requests for assistance, requests for additional copies of this prospectus or of the letter of transmittal and requests for notices of guaranteed delivery to the exchange agent addressed as follows:

34


Table of Contents

Delivery To Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, Exchange Agent
     
By Hand Before 4:30 p.m.:
  By Registered or Certified Mail:
     
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas   Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas
DB Services Tennessee, Inc.   DB Services Tennessee, Inc.
Corporate Trust & Agency Services   Reorganization Unit
Reorganization Unit   P.O. Box 292737
648 Grassmere Park Road   Nashville, TN 37229-2737
Nashville, TN 37211    
    Fax: (615) 835-3701
Confirm by Telephone: (615) 835-3572    
SPU-Reorg.Operations@db.com    
     
By Hand or Overnight Delivery after   By Facsimile Transmission
4:30 p.m. on the Expiration Date:   (for Eligible Institutions only):
     
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas   Fax: (615) 835-3701
DB Services Tennessee, Inc.    
Corporate Trust & Agency Services   Confirm by Telephone: (615) 835-3572
Reorganization Unit    
648 Grassmere Park Road   Information (800) 735-7777
Nashville, TN 37211    
     
Confirm by Telephone: (615) 835-3572    
SPU-Reorg.Operations@db.com    
     If you deliver the letter of transmittal to an address other than the address indicated above or transmit instructions via facsimile other than to the facsimile number indicated, then your delivery or transmission will not constitute a valid delivery of the letter of transmittal.
Fees and Expenses
     We will not make any payment to brokers, dealers, or others for soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. The expenses to be incurred in connection with the exchange offer will be paid by us. These expenses will include reasonable and customary fees and out-of-pocket expenses of the exchange agent and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by brokerage houses and other fiduciaries in forwarding materials to beneficial holders in connection with the exchange offer.
Accounting Treatment
     We will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes upon the consummation of the exchange offer. We will amortize the expense of the exchange offer over the term of the exchange notes under generally accepted accounting principles.
Transfer Taxes
     Holders who tender their original notes for exchange will not be obligated to pay any related transfer taxes, except that holders who instruct us to register exchange notes in the name of, or request that original notes not tendered or not accepted in the exchange offer be returned to, a person other than the registered tendering holder will be responsible for the payment of any applicable transfer taxes.
Consequences of Exchanging or Failing to Exchange Original Notes
     Holders of original notes who do not exchange their original notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer will continue to be subject to the provisions in the indenture regarding transfer and exchange of the original notes and the restrictions on transfer of the original notes as described in the legend on the original notes. In general, the original notes may not be offered or sold, unless

35


Table of Contents

registered under the Securities Act, except under an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. We do not currently anticipate that we will register original notes under the Securities Act.
     Based on interpretations by the staff of the SEC, as described in no-action letters issued to third parties, we believe that exchange notes issued in the exchange offer in exchange for original notes may be offered for resale, resold or otherwise transferred by holders of the original notes, other than any holder which is an “affiliate” of ours within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, as long as the exchange notes are acquired in the ordinary course of the holders’ business and the holders have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the exchange notes. However, the SEC has not considered this exchange offer in the context of a no-action letter. We cannot assure you that the staff of the SEC would make a similar determination with respect to this exchange offer as in the other circumstances.
     Each holder, other than a broker-dealer, must acknowledge that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of exchange notes and has no arrangement or understanding to participate in a distribution of exchange notes. If any holder is an affiliate of ours, is engaged in or intends to engage in or has any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the exchange notes to be acquired in the exchange offer, that holder could not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC and must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.
     Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for original notes must acknowledge that the original notes were acquired by the broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and that it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. Furthermore, any broker-dealer that acquired any of its original notes directly from us:
    may not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC contained in Exxon Capital Holdings Corp., SEC no-action letter (May 13, 1988), Morgan, Stanley & Co. Inc., SEC no-action letter (June 5, 1991) and Shearman & Sterling, SEC no-action letter (July 2, 1993) and
 
    must also be named as a selling noteholder in connection with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act relating to any resale transaction.
     See “Plan of Distribution.”
     In addition, to comply with state securities laws, the exchange notes may not be offered or sold in any state unless they have been registered or qualified for sale in such state or an exemption from registration or qualification, with which there has been compliance, is available. The offer and sale of the exchange notes to “qualified institutional buyers,” as defined under Rule 144A of the Securities Act, is generally exempt from registration or qualification under the state securities laws. We currently do not intend to register or qualify the sale of exchange notes in any state where an exemption from registration or qualification is required and not available.

36


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF AMENDED AND RESTATED
SENIOR SECURED REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY
     Concurrently with the closing of our issuance of the outstanding notes on May 7, 2007, we entered into an amended and restated senior secured revolving credit facility, with Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch, as agent and the other lenders named in the revolving credit facility, to increase our borrowing limit from $350 million to $425 million.
     Borrowings under our revolving credit facility will mature in May 2012 and be limited to the lesser of (x) $425.0 million and (y) a borrowing base amount determined by reference to a percentage of the collateral value of the fleet, receivables, inventories, and real property securing the revolving credit facility. At May 31, 2007, the amount available for borrowings under this calculation was $425.0 million (less approximately $3.2 million of outstanding letters of credit), based upon the most restrictive of our covenants. In addition, our revolving credit facility includes a sub-limit borrowing availability of up to $50.0 million for letters of credit.
     Mandatory prepayments of loans under our revolving credit facility will be required in the event of:
    certain asset sales and dispositions by us and our subsidiaries;
 
    certain issuances of debt or equity securities by us and our subsidiaries; and
 
    certain insurance proceeds received by us and our subsidiaries,
     in each case, subject to certain exceptions and reinvestment rights.
     Voluntary prepayments and commitment reductions are permitted in whole or in part, subject to minimum prepayment or reduction requirements, provided that voluntary prepayments of Eurodollar loans on a date other than the last day of the relevant interest period will be subject to the payment of customary breakage costs, if any. Such voluntary prepayments and commitment reductions may be made without premium or penalty.
     All of our obligations under our revolving credit facility are unconditionally guaranteed by each of our existing and each subsequently acquired or organized domestic subsidiaries. Also, our revolving credit facility provides that any obligation incurred by any of our UK subsidiaries is unconditionally guaranteed by each of our existing and subsequently acquired or organized UK subsidiaries and under certain circumstances by other foreign subsidiaries. At May 31, 2007, our UK subsidiaries had $19.2 million in aggregate principal amount of indebtedness outstanding under the credit facility. Our revolving credit facility and the related guarantees are secured by substantially all of our present and future assets and all present and future assets of each borrower and guarantor, including but not limited to (i) a first-priority pledge of the outstanding capital stock or other ownership interests owned by us and each guarantor (with limits on stocks of certain foreign subsidiaries) and (ii) perfected first-priority security interests in all of our present and future tangible and intangible assets and the present and future tangible and intangible assets of each borrower and guarantor (in each case, other than certain equipment assets subject to capitalized lease obligations).
     Loans under our revolving credit facility, at our option and subject to certain conditions, bear interest at a rate based on either (1) the prime rate of Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch, plus a spread ranging from -0.25% (negative) to 0.25% depending on our leverage ratio, or (2) the London inter-bank offered rate (“LIBOR”) plus a spread ranging from 1.25% to 2.00% depending on our leverage ratio. Interest on outstanding borrowings is payable monthly or, with respect to LIBOR borrowings, either quarterly or on the last day of the applicable interest period (whichever is more frequent). In addition to paying interest on any outstanding principal amount under our revolving credit facility, we will be required to pay an unused revolving credit facility fee to the senior lenders equal to a range of 0.25% to 0.375%per annum on the unused daily balance of the revolving credit commitment, payable monthly in arrears, based upon the actual number of days elapsed in a 360 day year (or 365 for Sterling loans). For each letter of credit we issue, we are required to pay (i) a per annum fee equal to the margin over the LIBOR rate from time to time in effect, (ii) a fronting fee on the aggregate outstanding stated amounts of such letters of credit, plus (iii) customary administrative charges.
     The revolving credit facility documentation contains certain customary representations and warranties and customary covenants restricting our ability to, among others (i) declare dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock, (ii) prepay, redeem or purchase other debt, (iii) incur liens, (iv) make loans and investments, (v) incur additional indebtedness, (vi) amend or otherwise alter debt and other material agreements, (vii) make capital expenditures, (viii) engage in mergers, acquisitions and asset sales, (ix) transact with affiliates, and (x) alter the business we conduct. We also are required to comply with specified financial covenants and affirmative covenants.

37


Table of Contents

     Events of default under our revolving credit facility include, but are not limited to, (i) our failure to pay principal or interest when due, (ii) our material breach of any representations or warranty, (iii) covenant defaults, (iv) events of bankruptcy, (v) cross default to certain other debt, (vi) unsatisfied final judgments over a threshold to be determined, and (vii) a change of control. We will pay the senior lenders certain syndication and administration fees, reimburse certain expenses and provide certain indemnities to the senior lenders, the administrative agent and the arranger, in each case which are customary for credit facilities of this type.

38


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF NOTES
     The outstanding notes are, and the exchange notes will be, issued pursuant to the Indenture dated as of May 7, 2007 (the “Indenture”), among us, the Guarantors and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as Trustee (the “Trustee”).
     The Indenture is by its terms subject to and governed by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. The statements under this section of this prospectus relating to the exchange notes and the Indenture are summaries of the material provisions of the Indenture and do not restate the Indenture in its entirety. Copies of the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement related to the notes are available at the corporate trust office of the Trustee, and we have filed copies of the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement as exhibits to the registration statement on Form S-4 of which this prospectus is a part. See “Where You Can Find More Information.” You can find definitions of certain capitalized terms used in this description under “— Certain Definitions.” For purposes of this section, references to the “Company” includes only Mobile Mini, Inc. and not its Subsidiaries. Unless specifically identified otherwise, references to the “notes” means the originally issued notes together with the exchange notes.
General
     The Company issued $150.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes to the Initial Purchasers on May 7, 2007. The Initial Purchasers sold the outstanding notes to “qualified institutional buyers” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act. The terms of the exchange notes are substantially identical to the terms of the outstanding notes. However, the exchange notes are not subject to transfer restrictions or registration rights unless held by certain broker-dealers, affiliates of the Company or certain other persons. See “The Exchange Offer — Consequences of Exchanging or Failing to Exchange.” The Company does not plan to list the exchange notes on any securities exchange or seek quotation on any automated quotation system. The outstanding notes are listed on Nasdaq’s PORTAL system.
     The exchange notes will be senior unsecured Obligations of the Company, ranking equal in right of payment with all other senior unsecured Obligations of the Company. All of our Subsidiaries on the Issue Date will guarantee the exchange notes with unconditional Guarantees that will be unsecured and senior to any existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of such Subsidiaries. The exchange notes and the Guarantees will be effectively subordinated to all existing and future secured Indebtedness of the Company to the extent of the assets securing such debt. As of May 31, 2007, the Company had approximately $191.5 million of secured Indebtedness outstanding and approximately $230.3 million of unused commitments, net of outstanding letters of credit, under the Credit Agreement. All of the outstanding Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement is guaranteed by the Guarantors on a secured basis. The Notes will not be guaranteed by any of our Foreign Subsidiaries and will be effectively subordinated to any obligations of such Foreign Subsidiaries. The Foreign Subsidiaries have approximately $19.2 million outstanding Indebtedness as of May 31, 2007, all of which is outstanding under the Credit Agreement or intercompany obligations.
     The Company will issue the exchange notes in fully registered form in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples thereof. Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas will initially act as Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes. The exchange notes may be presented for registration or transfer and exchange at the offices of the Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent and Registrar without notice to holders of the exchange notes (the “Holders”). The Company will pay principal (and premium, if any) on the exchange notes at the Paying Agent’s corporate office in New York, New York. At the Company’s option, interest may be paid at the Paying Agent’s corporate trust office or by check mailed to the registered address of Holders. Any outstanding notes that remain outstanding after the completion of this exchange offer, together with the exchange notes issued in connection with the exchange offer, will be treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture.
Principal, Maturity and Interest
     The exchange notes will mature on May 1, 2015. Additional notes may be issued from time to time, subject to the limitations set forth under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness.” Interest on the exchange notes will accrue at the rate of 6 7/8% per annum and will be payable semiannually in cash on each May 1 and November 1, commencing on November 1, 2007, to the persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on the April 15 and October 15 immediately preceding the applicable interest payment date. Interest on the exchange notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including the date of issuance.
     The exchange notes will not be (and the outstanding notes are not) entitled to the benefit of any mandatory sinking fund.

39


Table of Contents

Redemption
     Optional Redemption. The Company may redeem the notes at any time at its option, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice. To redeem the notes prior to May 1, 2011, the Company must pay a redemption price equal to the greater of:
     (a) 100% of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed; and
     (b) the sum of the present values of (1) the redemption price of the notes at May 1, 2011 (as set forth below) and (2) the remaining scheduled payments of interest from the redemption date to May 1, 2011, but excluding accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, discounted to the date of redemption on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months), at the Treasury Rate (determined on the second business day immediately preceding the date of redemption) plus 50 basis points,
plus, in either case, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).
     Any notice to holders of notes of such a redemption will include the appropriate calculation of the redemption price, but need not include the redemption price itself. The actual redemption price, calculated as described above, will be set forth in a officers’ certificate delivered to the Trustee no later than two business days prior to the redemption date (unless clause (b) of the definition of “Comparable Treasury Price” is applicable, in which case such officers’ certificate shall be delivered on the redemption date).
     Beginning on May 1, 2011, the Company may redeem the notes at its option, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount thereof) if redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing on May 1 of the year set forth below:
         
Year   Percentage
2011
    103.438 %
2012
    101.719 %
2013 and thereafter
    100.000 %
     In addition, the Company must pay accrued and unpaid interest on the notes redeemed.
     Optional Redemption Upon Equity Offerings. At any time, or from time to time, on or prior to May 1, 2010, the Company may, at its option, use the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (as defined below) to redeem up to 35% of the principal amount of the notes issued under the Indenture at a redemption price of 106.875% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of redemption; provided that:
     (1) at least 65% of the principal amount of notes issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately after any such redemption; and
     (2) the Company makes such redemption not more than 90 days after the consummation of any such Equity Offering.
     “Equity Offering” means a public or private offering of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries other than:
     (1) public offerings with respect to the common stock of the Company or any subsidiary registered on Form S-8; and
     (2) issuances to any Subsidiary of the Company.
Selection and Notice of Redemption
     In the event that the Company chooses to redeem less than all of the notes, selection of the notes for redemption will be made by the Registrar either:
     (1) in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the notes are listed; or,

40


Table of Contents

     (2) on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Registrar shall deem fair and appropriate.
     No notes of a principal amount of $2,000 (and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) or less shall be redeemed in part. If a partial redemption is made with the proceeds of an Equity Offering, the Registrar will select the notes only on a pro rata basis or on as nearly a pro rata basis as is practicable (subject to DTC procedures). Notice of redemption will be delivered at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of notes to be redeemed at its registered address. On and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on notes or portions thereof called for redemption as long as the Company has deposited with the Paying Agent funds in satisfaction of the applicable redemption price.
Guarantees
     The outstanding notes are, and the exchange notes will be, unconditionally guaranteed by all Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company existing on the Issue Date and thereafter by all acquired or created Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries, subject to compliance with the covenant described under “— Certain Covenants — Additional Subsidiary Guarantees.” The Guarantors will jointly and severally guarantee the Company’s obligations under the Indenture and the notes on a senior unsecured basis. The obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee will be limited as necessary to prevent the Guarantee from constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law.
     Each Guarantor may consolidate with or merge into or sell its assets to the Company or another Guarantor that is a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company without limitations, or with other Persons upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. See “— Certain Covenants — Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets.” In the event a Guarantor ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Company in a transaction that complies with the covenant described under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Asset Sales” and the other covenants contained in the Indenture, then the Guarantor’s Guarantee will be released.
     The notes will not be guaranteed by any of our Foreign Subsidiaries and will be effectively subordinated to the obligations of such Foreign Subsidiaries. The non-guarantor Subsidiaries represented 5.1% and 1.2% of our combined revenue and EBITDA, respectively, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 and approximately 5.5% of our assets for the same period.
Change of Control
     Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder will have the right to require that the Company purchase all or a portion of such Holder’s notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”), at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase.
     Within 30 days following the date upon which the Change of Control occurred, the Company must deliver a notice to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, which notice shall govern the terms of the Change of Control Offer. Such notice shall state, among other things, the purchase date, which must be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, other than as may be required by law (the “Change of Control Payment Date”). Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third business day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date.
     The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.
     If a Change of Control Offer is made, there can be no assurance that the Company will have available funds sufficient to pay the Change of Control purchase price for all the notes that might be delivered by Holders seeking to accept the Change of Control Offer. In the event the Company is required to purchase outstanding notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer, the Company expects that it would seek third party financing to the extent it does not have available funds to meet its purchase obligations. However, there can be no assurance that the Company would be able to obtain such financing.
     A Change of Control will be an event of default under the Credit Agreement, upon which event all amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement shall, unless otherwise agreed by the required lenders thereunder, become due and payable. There can be no assurance that, in the event of a Change of Control, the Company will be able to obtain the necessary consents from the lenders under

41


Table of Contents

the Credit Agreement to waive such default or consummate a Change of Control Offer. The failure of the Company to make or consummate the Change of Control Offer or pay the applicable Change of Control purchase price when due would result in an Event of Default and would give the Trustee and the Holders of the notes the rights described under “— Events of Default.”
     Neither the Board of Directors of the Company nor the Trustee may waive the covenant relating to a Holder’s right to redemption upon a Change of Control. Restrictions in the Indenture described herein on the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to incur additional Indebtedness, to grant liens on its property, to make Restricted Payments and to make Asset Sales may also make more difficult or discourage a takeover of the Company, whether favored or opposed by the management of the Company. Consummation of any such transaction in certain circumstances may require redemption or repurchase of the notes, and there can be no assurance that the Company or the acquiring party will have sufficient financial resources to effect such redemption or repurchase. Such restrictions and the restrictions on transactions with Affiliates may, in certain circumstances, make more difficult or discourage any leveraged buyout of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries by the management of the Company. While such restrictions cover a wide variety of arrangements which have traditionally been used to effect highly leveraged transactions, the Indenture may not afford the Holders protection in all circumstances from the adverse aspects of a highly leveraged transaction, reorganization, restructuring, merger or similar transaction.
     The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the “Change of Control” provisions of the Indenture, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the “Change of Control” provisions of the Indenture by virtue thereof.
     The definition of Change of Control includes a phrase relating to the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of “all or substantially all” of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of notes to require the Company to repurchase its notes as a result of a sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of less than all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to another Person or group may be uncertain.
Certain Covenants
     The Indenture will contain, among others, the following covenants:
     Suspension of Covenants. During any period of time that: (i) the notes have Investment Grade Ratings from two Rating Agencies and (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “Covenant Suspension Event”), the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the following provisions of the Indenture:
     (1) ”— Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness”;
     (2) ”— Limitation on Restricted Payments”;
     (3) ”— Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries”;
     (4) ”— Limitation on Asset Sales”;
     (5) ”— Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates”; and
     (6) clause (2) of the first paragraph of “— Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets”
(collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”). Upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event, the Guarantees of the Subsidiary Guarantors will also be suspended as of such date (the “Suspension Date”). In the event that the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “Reversion Date”) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraws its Investment Grade Rating or downgrades the rating assigned to the notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants with respect to future events and the Guarantees of the Subsidiary Guarantors will be reinstated if such

42


Table of Contents

Guarantees are then required by the terms of the Indenture. The period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reversion Date is referred to in this description as the “Suspension Period.” Notwithstanding that the Suspended Covenants may be reinstated, no Default or Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred as a result of a failure to comply with the Suspended Covenants during the Suspension Period (or upon termination of the Suspension Period or after that time based solely on events that occurred during the Suspension Period).
     On the Reversion Date, all Indebtedness incurred during the Suspension Period will be classified as having been incurred or issued pursuant to clause (a) of “— Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness” below (to the extent such Indebtedness would be permitted to be Incurred or issued thereunder as of the Reversion Date and after giving effect to Indebtedness incurred or issued prior to the Suspension Period and outstanding on the Reversion Date). To the extent such Indebtedness would not be so permitted to be incurred or issued pursuant to clause (a) of “— Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness,” such Indebtedness will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is initially classified as permitted under clause (3) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”. Calculations made after the Reversion Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under “— Limitation on Restricted Payments” will be made as though the covenant described under “— Limitation on Restricted Payments” had been in effect since the Issue Date and throughout the Suspension Period. Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period will reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under the second paragraph of “— Limitation on Restricted Payments.” As described above, however, no Default or Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred on the Reversion Date as a result of any actions taken by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries during the Suspension Period. The Company should provide notice to the Trustee if a Suspension Period event has occurred or if there has been a reversion event.
     Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness. (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume, guarantee, acquire, become liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to, or otherwise become responsible for payment of (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness); provided, however, that if no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of or as a consequence of the incurrence of any such Indebtedness, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is or, upon such incurrence, becomes a Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Acquired Indebtedness) and any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not or will not, upon such incurrence, become a Guarantor may incur Acquired Indebtedness, in each case if on the date of the incurrence of such Indebtedness, after giving effect to the incurrence thereof, the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company is greater than 2.0 to 1.0.
     (b) The Company will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness which by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) is expressly subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is also by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) made expressly subordinate to the notes or the applicable Guarantee, as the case may be, to the same extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be.
     Limitation on Restricted Payments. The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:
     (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution (other than dividends or distributions payable in Qualified Capital Stock of the Company) on or in respect of shares of the Company’s Capital Stock to holders of such Capital Stock;
     (2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Capital Stock of the Company or any warrants, rights or options to purchase or acquire shares of any class of such Capital Stock (other than any such Capital Stock or warrants, rights or options owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company);
     (3) make any principal payment on, purchase, defease, redeem, prepay, decrease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to any scheduled final maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Indebtedness; or
     (4) make any Investment (other than Permitted Investments) (each of the foregoing actions set forth in clauses (1), (2), (3) and (4) being referred to as a “Restricted Payment”);
     if at the time of such Restricted Payment or immediately after giving effect thereto,
               (i) a Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; or

43


Table of Contents

      (ii) the Company is not able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) in compliance with the “Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness” covenant; or
      (iii) the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments (including such proposed Restricted Payment) made subsequent to the Issue Date (the amount expended for such purposes, if other than in cash, being the fair market value of such property as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company) shall exceed the sum of:
     (w) 50% of the cumulative Consolidated Net Income (or if cumulative Consolidated Net Income shall be a loss, minus 100% of such loss) of the Company from April 1, 2003 to the date the Restricted Payment occurs (the “Reference Date”) (treating such period as a single accounting period); plus
     (x) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company from any Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Company) from the issuance and sale subsequent to July 1, 2003 and on or prior to the Reference Date of (1) Qualified Capital Stock of the Company, (2) warrants, options or other rights to acquire Qualified Capital Stock of the Company (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Qualified Capital Stock) or (3) convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Capital Stock or debt securities that have been converted or exchanged in accordance with their terms for Qualified Capital Stock; plus
     (y) without duplication of any amounts included in clause (iii) (x) above, 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds of any equity contribution received by the Company from a holder of the Company’s Capital Stock subsequent to July 1, 2003 and on or prior to the Reference Date (excluding, in the case of clauses (iii) (x) and (y), any net cash proceeds from an Equity Offering to the extent used to redeem the notes in compliance with the provisions set forth under “Redemption — Optional Redemption Upon Equity Offerings”); plus
     (z) without duplication, the sum of:
     (1) the aggregate amount returned in cash on or with respect to Investments (other than Permitted Investments) made subsequent to July 1, 2003 whether through interest payments, principal payments, dividends or other distributions or payments;
     (2) the net cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the disposition of all or any portion of such Investments (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company); and
     (3) upon redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the fair market value of such Subsidiary; provided, however, that the sum of clauses (1), (2) and (3) above shall not exceed the aggregate amount of all such Investments made subsequent to the Issue Date.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph do not prohibit:
     (1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration of such dividend if the dividend would have been permitted on the date of declaration;
     (2) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of any shares of Capital Stock of the Company, either (i) solely in exchange for shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or (ii) through the application of net proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company;
     (3) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of any Subordinated Indebtedness either (i) solely in exchange for shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company, or (ii) through the application of net proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of (a) shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or (b) Refinancing Indebtedness;
     (4) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition by the Company of Common Stock of the Company from officers, directors and employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or their authorized representatives upon the death, disability or termination of employment of

44


Table of Contents

such employees or termination of their seat on the board of the Company, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1.5 million in any calendar year with any unused amounts in such calendar year being carried forward to the next succeeding calendar year; provided that the aggregate amount of repurchases that may be made pursuant to this clause (4) shall not exceed $3.0 million in any calendar year;
     (5) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25.0 million;
     (6) repurchases of Qualified Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants or other convertible or exchangeable securities; and
     (7) repurchases of Qualified Capital Stock constituting fractional shares in an aggregate amount not to exceed $100,000.
     If the Company makes a Restricted Payment which, at the time of the making of such Restricted Payment, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of the Company, would be permitted under the requirements of the Indenture, such Restricted Payment shall be deemed to have been made in compliance with the Indenture notwithstanding any subsequent adjustment made in good faith to the Company’s financial statements affecting Consolidated Net Income.
     In determining the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made subsequent to the Issue Date in accordance with clause (iii) of the immediately preceding paragraph, amounts expended pursuant to clauses (1), (2)(ii), 3(ii)(a) and (4) shall be included in such calculation. As of December 31, 2006, the amount of Restricted Payments permitted to be made pursuant to clause (iii) of the immediately preceding paragraph was approximately $134.6 million.
     Limitation on Asset Sales. The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:
     (1) the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of (as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors);
     (2) at least 75% of the consideration received by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from such Asset Sale shall be in the form of cash, Cash Equivalents and/or Replacement Assets (as defined below) (or a combination thereof) and is received at the time of such disposition; provided that
     (a) the amount of any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet) of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the notes or any Guarantee of a Guarantor) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets; and
     (b) the fair market value of any securities or other assets received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for any such assets that are converted into cash within 180 days after such Asset Sale;
     shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision; and
     (3) upon the consummation of an Asset Sale, the Company shall apply, or cause such Restricted Subsidiary to apply, the Net Cash Proceeds relating to such Asset Sale within 365 days of receipt thereof either:
     (a) to repay (i) any Obligations under the Credit Agreement and effect a permanent reduction in the availability under such Credit Agreement and (ii) in the case of an Asset Sale by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, Obligations of such Restricted Subsidiary;
     (b) to invest or commit to invest in properties and assets that replace the properties and assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale or in properties and assets (including Capital Stock) that will be used in the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as existing on the Issue Date or in businesses reasonably related thereto (“Replacement Assets”);
     (c) to acquire or commit to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or a majority of the voting Capital Stock of a Permitted Business; and/or

45


Table of Contents

     (d) a combination of prepayment and investment permitted by the foregoing clauses (3)(a) through (3)(c);
provided that in the case of a commitment to invest under clauses (b) and (c) above, such investment or acquisition shall be consummated within six months after such commitment.
     When the Net Cash Proceeds from Asset Sales not applied or invested as provided in the preceding paragraph total $15.0 million or more (each, a “Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date”), the Company will, within 30 days, make an offer to purchase (the “Net Proceeds Offer”) to all Holders and, to the extent required by the terms of any Pari Passu Debt, an offer to purchase to all holders of such Pari Passu Debt, on a date (the “Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date”) not less than 30 nor more than 60 days following the applicable Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date, from all Holders (and holders of any Pari Passu Debt) on a pro rata basis, that amount of notes (and Pari Passu Debt) equal to the Net Proceeds Offer Amount at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes (and Pari Passu Debt) to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of purchase; provided, however, that if at any time any non-cash consideration received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, as the case may be, in connection with any Asset Sale is converted into or sold or otherwise disposed of for cash (other than as contemplated by clause 2(b) above and other than interest received with respect to any such non-cash consideration), then such conversion or disposition shall be deemed to constitute an Asset Sale hereunder and the Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be applied in accordance with this covenant.
     Notwithstanding the first two paragraphs of this covenant, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will be permitted to consummate an Asset Sale without complying with such paragraph to the extent that:
     (1) at least 75% of the consideration for such Asset Sale constitutes Replacement Assets; and
     (2) such Asset Sale is for fair market value;
provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any Asset Sale permitted to be consummated under this paragraph shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds subject to the provisions of the first two paragraphs of this covenant.
     In the event of the transfer of substantially all (but not all) of the property and assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as an entirety to a Person in a transaction permitted under “— Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets”, which transaction does not constitute a Change of Control, the successor corporation shall be deemed to have sold the properties and assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries not so transferred for purposes of this covenant, and shall comply with the provisions of this covenant with respect to such deemed sale as if it were an Asset Sale. In addition, the fair market value of such properties and assets of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries deemed to be sold shall be deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds for purposes of this covenant.
     Each Net Proceeds Offer will be mailed to the record Holders as shown on the register of Holders within 30 days following the Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date, with a copy to the Trustee, and shall comply with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. Upon receiving notice of the Net Proceeds Offer, Holders may elect to tender their notes in whole or in part in integral multiples of $2,000 (and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) in exchange for cash. To the extent Holders properly tender notes in an amount exceeding the Net Proceeds Offer Amount, notes of tendering Holders will be purchased on a pro rata basis (based on amounts tendered). A Net Proceeds Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 business days or such longer period as may be required by law. If any Net Cash Proceeds remain after the consummation of any Net Proceeds Offer, the Company may use those Net Cash Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. Upon completion of each Net Proceeds Offer, the amount of Net Cash Proceeds will be reset at zero.
     The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of notes pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the “Asset Sale” provisions of the Indenture, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the “Asset Sale” provisions of the Indenture by virtue thereof.
     Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to:

46


Table of Contents

     (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on or in respect of its Capital Stock;
     (2) make loans or advances to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary or to pay any Indebtedness or other obligation owed to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or
     (3) transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, except in each case for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:
     (a) applicable law, rule, regulation or order;
     (b) the Indenture, the notes and the Guarantees;
     (c) the Credit Agreement;
     (d) customary non-assignment provisions of any contract or any lease governing a leasehold interest of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;
     (e) any instrument governing Acquired Indebtedness, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person or the properties or assets of the Person so acquired;
     (f) agreements existing on the Issue Date to the extent and in the manner such agreements are in effect on the Issue Date;
     (g) any encumbrance or restriction on the transfer of assets subject to any Lien permitted under the Indenture imposed by the holder of such Lien;
     (h) restrictions imposed by any agreement to sell assets or Capital Stock permitted under the Indenture to any Person pending the closing of such sale;
     (i) Purchase Money Indebtedness for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that only impose restrictions on the property so acquired;
     (j) any agreement pursuant to which Indebtedness was issued if (A) the encumbrance or restriction applies only in the event of a payment default or a default with respect to a financial covenant contained in such Indebtedness, (B) the encumbrance or restriction is not materially more disadvantageous to the holders of the notes than is customary in comparable financings (as determined by the Company) and (C) the Company determines that any such encumbrance or restriction will not materially affect the Company’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the notes;
     (k) Indebtedness permitted to be incurred subsequent to the date of the Indenture pursuant to the provisions of the covenant described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness”; provided that such encumbrances or restrictions are no less favorable to the Company, taken as a whole, in any material respect than the encumbrances or restrictions contained in the Credit Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date;
     (1) any Qualified Securitization Transaction; provided that such encumbrances and restrictions are customarily required by the institutional sponsor or arranger at the time of entering into such Qualified Securitization Transaction in similar types of documents relating to the purchase of similar Receivables in connection with the financing therewith;
     (m) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements (in each case relating solely to the respective joint venture or similar entity or the equity interests therein) entered into in the ordinary course of business; and
     (n) an agreement governing Indebtedness incurred to Refinance the Indebtedness issued, assumed or incurred pursuant to an agreement referred to in clauses (b) and (d) through (k) above; provided, however, that the provisions relating to such encumbrance or restriction contained in any such Indebtedness are no less favorable to the Company in any material respect as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in their reasonable and good faith judgment than the provisions relating to such encumbrance or restriction contained in agreements referred to in such clauses (b) and (d) through (k).

47


Table of Contents

     Limitation on Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to issue any Preferred Stock (other than to the Company or to a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) or permit any Person (other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) to own any Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor.
     Limitation on Liens. The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or permit or suffer to exist any Liens of any kind against or upon any property or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether owned on the Issue Date or acquired after the Issue Date, or any proceeds therefrom, or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income or profits therefrom unless:
     (1) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the notes or the Guarantee of such Guarantor, as the case may be, are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; and
     (2) in all other cases, the notes or the Guarantee of such Guarantor, as the case may be, are equally and ratably secured, except for:
     (a) Liens existing as of the Issue Date to the extent and in the manner such Liens are in effect on the Issue Date;
     (b) Liens securing Indebtedness and other Obligations under the Credit Agreement incurred pursuant to clause (2) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”;
     (c) Liens securing the notes and the Guarantees;
     (d) Liens of the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company on assets of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;
     (e) Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness which is incurred to Refinance any Indebtedness which has been secured by a Lien permitted under the Indenture and which has been incurred in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture; provided, however, that such Liens: (i) are no less favorable to the Holders in any material respect and are not more favorable to the lienholders in any material respect with respect to such Liens than the Liens in respect of the Indebtedness being Refinanced; and (ii) do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not securing the Indebtedness so Refinanced; and
     (f) Permitted Liens.
     Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets. The Company will not, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, consolidate or merge with or into any Person, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of (or cause or permit any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of) all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (determined on a consolidated basis for the Company and the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries) whether as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to any Person unless:
     (1) either:
     (a) the Company shall be the surviving or continuing corporation; or
     (b) the Person (if other than the Company) formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires by sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition the properties and assets of the Company and of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries substantially as an entirety (the “Surviving Entity”):
     (x) shall be a corporation organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia; and
     (y) shall expressly assume, by supplemental indenture (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee), executed and delivered to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on all of the notes and the performance of every covenant of the notes, the Indenture and the Registration Rights

48


Table of Contents

     Agreement on the part of the Company to be performed or observed;
     (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the assumption contemplated by clause (1) (b) (y) above (including giving effect to any Indebtedness and Acquired Indebtedness incurred or anticipated to be incurred in connection with or in respect of such transaction), either (x) the Company or such Surviving Entity, as the case may be, shall be able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to the covenant described under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness” or (y) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company would be no less than such ratio immediately prior to such transaction;
     (3) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the assumption contemplated by clause (1) (b) (y) above (including, without limitation, giving effect to any Indebtedness and Acquired Indebtedness incurred or anticipated to be incurred and any Lien granted in connection with or in respect of the transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing; and
     (4) the Company or the Surviving Entity shall have delivered to the Trustee an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture comply with the applicable provisions of the Indenture and that all conditions precedent in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been satisfied.
     For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or otherwise, in a single transaction or series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company the Capital Stock of which constitutes all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (1), (2) and (3), the Company may merge with an Affiliate that is a Person that has no material assets or liabilities and which was organized solely for the purpose of reorganizing the Company in another jurisdiction.
     The Indenture will provide that upon any consolidation, combination or merger or any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in accordance with the foregoing in which the Company is not the continuing corporation, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such conveyance, lease or transfer is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under the Indenture, the notes and the Registration Rights Agreement with the same effect as if such surviving entity had been named as such.
     Each Guarantor (other than any Guarantor whose Guarantee is to be released in accordance with the terms of the Guarantee and the Indenture in connection with any transaction complying with the provisions of “— Limitation on Asset Sales”) will not, and the Company will not cause or permit any Guarantor to, consolidate with or merge with or into any Person other than the Company or any other Guarantor unless:
     (1) the entity formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Guarantor) or to which such sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a corporation or a partnership or a limited liability company, in each case, organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia;
     (2) such entity (if other than the Guarantor) assumes by supplemental indenture all of the obligations of the Guarantor under its Guarantee, the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement;
     (3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and
     (4) immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the use of any net proceeds therefrom on a pro forma basis, the Company could satisfy the provisions of clause (2) of the first paragraph of this covenant.
     Any merger or consolidation of a Guarantor with and into the Company (with the Company being the surviving entity) or another Guarantor that is a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company need only comply with clause (4) of the first paragraph of this covenant. The phrase “all or substantially all” of the assets of the Company or a Guarantor will likely be interpreted under applicable state law and will be dependent upon particular facts and circumstances. As a result, there may be a degree of uncertainty in ascertaining whether a sale or transfer of “all or substantially all” of the assets of the Company or a Guarantor has occurred.

49


Table of Contents

     Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates. The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or permit to exist any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with, or for the benefit of, any of its Affiliates (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”), other than (x) Affiliate Transactions permitted under the third paragraph of this covenant and (y) Affiliate Transactions on terms that are no less favorable than those that might reasonably have been obtained in a comparable transaction at such time on an arm’s-length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary.
     All Affiliate Transactions (and each series of related Affiliate Transactions which are similar or part of a common plan) involving aggregate payments or other property with a fair market value in excess of $5.0 million shall be approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, such approval to be evidenced by a Board Resolution stating that such Board of Directors has determined that such transaction complies with the foregoing provisions. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company enters into an Affiliate Transaction (or a series of related Affiliate Transactions related to a common plan) that involves an aggregate fair market value of more than $20.0 million, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall, prior to the consummation thereof, obtain a favorable opinion as to the fairness of such transaction or series of related transactions to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from a financial point of view, from an Independent Financial Advisor and file the same with the Trustee.
     The restrictions set forth in the first paragraph of this covenant shall not apply to:
     (1) reasonable fees and compensation (including the payment of reasonable and customary benefits (including retirement, health, option, deferred compensation and other benefit plans) to officers and employees of the Company) paid to and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors or senior management;
     (2) transactions exclusively between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or exclusively between or among such Restricted Subsidiaries, provided such transactions are not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture;
     (3) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date or any amendment thereto or any transaction contemplated thereby (including pursuant to any amendment thereto) in any replacement agreement thereto so long as any such amendment or replacement agreement is not more disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date;
     (4) Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments permitted by the Indenture;
     (5) any sale, conveyance or other transfer of Receivables and other related assets customarily transferred in a Qualified Securitization Transaction; and
     (6) the issuance of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company otherwise permitted hereunder.
     Additional Subsidiary Guarantees. If the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries transfers or causes to be transferred, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, any property to any Domestic Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, or if the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall organize, acquire or otherwise invest in another Domestic Restricted Subsidiary having total assets with a book value in excess of $500,000, then such transferee or acquired or other Restricted Subsidiary shall:
     (1) execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s obligations under the notes and the Indenture on the terms set forth in the Indenture; and
     (2) deliver to the Trustee an opinion of counsel that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Restricted Subsidiary and constitutes a legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary.
     Thereafter, such Restricted Subsidiary shall be a Guarantor for all purposes of the Indenture.
     Conduct of Business. The Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not engage in any businesses other than a Permitted

50


Table of Contents

Business, except to the extent as would not be material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
     Payments for Consent. The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of the Indenture or the notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders of the notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.
     Reports to Holders. The Indenture will provide that, whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the Commission, so long as any notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish the Trustee, on behalf of the Holders of the notes:
     (1) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” that describes the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries (showing in reasonable detail, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto and in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company, if any) and, with respect to the annual information only, a report thereon by the Company’s certified independent accountants; and
     (2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports, in each case within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations.
     In addition, following the consummation of the exchange offer contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the Commission, the Company will file a copy of all such information and reports with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations (unless the Commission will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. In addition, the Company has agreed that, for so long as any notes remain outstanding, it will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d) (4) under the Securities Act.
Events of Default
     The following events are defined in the Indenture as “Events of Default”:
     (1) the failure to pay interest on any notes when the same becomes due and payable and the default continues for a period of 30 days;
     (2) the failure to pay the principal on any notes, when such principal becomes due and payable, at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise (including the failure to make a payment to purchase notes tendered pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or a Net Proceeds Offer);
     (3) a default in the observance or performance of any other covenant or agreement contained in the Indenture which default continues for a period of 60 days after the Company receives written notice specifying the default (and demanding that such default be remedied) from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the notes (except in the case of a default with respect to the “Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets” covenant, which will constitute an Event of Default with such notice requirement but without such passage of time requirement);
     (4) the failure to pay at final maturity (giving effect to any applicable grace periods and any extensions thereof) the stated principal amount of any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or the acceleration of the final stated maturity of any such Indebtedness (which acceleration is not rescinded, annulled or otherwise cured within 20 days of receipt by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of notice of any such acceleration) if the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at final stated maturity or which has been accelerated (in each case with respect to which the 20-day period described above has elapsed), aggregates $15.0 million or more at any time;
     (5) one or more judgments in an aggregate amount in excess of $15.0 million shall have been rendered against the Company or

51


Table of Contents

any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and such judgments remain undischarged, unpaid or unstayed for a period of 60 days after such judgment or judgments become final and non-appealable;
     (6) certain events of bankruptcy affecting the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries; or
     (7) any Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect or is declared to be null and void and unenforceable or is found to be invalid or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary denies its liability under its Guarantee (other than by reason of release of a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Indenture).
     If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (6) above with respect to the Company) shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding notes may declare the principal of and accrued interest on all the notes to be due and payable by notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration” (the “Acceleration Notice”), and the same shall become immediately due and payable.
     If an Event of Default specified in clause (6) above with respect to the Company occurs and is continuing, then all unpaid principal of, and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all of the outstanding notes shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.
     The Indenture will provide that, at any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the notes as described in the preceding paragraph, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the notes may rescind and cancel such declaration and its consequences:
     (1) if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree;
     (2) if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration;
     (3) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid;
     (4) if the Company has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements and advances; and
     (5) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in clause (6) of the description above of Events of Default, the Trustee shall have received an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.
     The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the notes may waive any existing Default or Event of Default under the Indenture, and its consequences, except a default in the payment of the principal of or interest on any notes.
     Holders of the notes may not enforce the Indenture or the notes except as provided in the Indenture and under the TIA. Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, the Trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders, unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity. Subject to all provisions of the Indenture and applicable law, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding notes have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.
     Under the Indenture, the Company is required to provide an officers’ certificate to the Trustee promptly upon any such officer obtaining knowledge of any Default or Event of Default (provided that such officers shall provide such certification at least annually whether or not they know of any Default or Event of Default) that has occurred and, if applicable, describe such Default or Event of Default and the status thereof.
Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance
     The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its obligations and the obligations of the Guarantors discharged

52


Table of Contents

with respect to the outstanding notes (“Legal Defeasance”). Such Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by the outstanding notes, except for:
     (1) the rights of Holders to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the notes when such payments are due;
     (2) the Company’s obligations with respect to the notes concerning issuing temporary notes, registration of notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payments;
     (3) the rights, powers, trust, duties and immunities of the Trustee and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith; and
     (4) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the Indenture.
     In addition, the Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have the obligations of the Company released with respect to certain covenants that are described in the Indenture (“Covenant Defeasance”) and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default with respect to the notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including non-payment, bankruptcy, receivership, reorganization and insolvency events) described under “Events of Default” will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the notes.
     In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:
     (1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. government obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be;
     (2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that:
     (a) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or
     (b) since the date of the Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law,
in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion of counsel shall confirm that, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;
     (3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
     (4) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or an Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowings);
     (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Indenture (other than a Default or an Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowings) or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;
     (6) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an officers’ certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders over any other creditors of the Company or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Company or others;

53


Table of Contents

     (7) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with;
     (8) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel to the effect that assuming no intervening bankruptcy of the Company between the date of deposit and the 91st day following the date of deposit and that no Holder is an insider of the Company, after the 91st day following the date of deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally;
     (9) certain other customary conditions precedent are satisfied.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the opinion of counsel required by clause (2) above with respect to a Legal Defeasance need not be delivered if all notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (1) have become due and payable or (2) will become due and payable on the maturity date within one year, or are to be called for redemption within one year, under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company.
Satisfaction and Discharge
     The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights or registration of transfer or exchange of the notes, as expressly provided for in the Indenture) as to all outstanding notes when:
     (1) either:
     (a) all the notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed notes which have been replaced or paid and notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
     (b) all notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (1) have become due and payable or (2) will become due and payable within one year, or may be called for redemption within one year, under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, and the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the notes to the date of deposit, together with irrevocable instructions from the Company directing the Trustee to apply such funds to the payment thereof at maturity or redemption, as the case may be;
     (2) the Company has paid all other sums payable under the Indenture by the Company; and
     (3) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel stating that all conditions precedent under the Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture have been complied with.
Modification of the Indenture
     From time to time, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, without the consent of the Holders, may amend the Indenture for certain specified purposes, including curing ambiguities, defects or inconsistencies, so long as such change does not, in the opinion of the Trustee, adversely affect the rights of any of the Holders in any material respect. In formulating its opinion on such matters, the Trustee will be entitled to rely on such evidence as it deems appropriate, including, without limitation, solely on an opinion of counsel. Other modifications and amendments of the Indenture may be made with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding notes issued under the Indenture, except that, without the consent of each Holder affected thereby, no amendment may:
     (1) reduce the amount of notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment;
     (2) reduce the rate of or change or have the effect of changing the time for payment of interest, including defaulted interest, on any notes;
     (3) reduce the principal of or change or have the effect of changing the fixed maturity of any notes, or change the date on

54


Table of Contents

which any notes may be subject to redemption or reduce the redemption price therefor;
     (4) make any notes payable in money other than that stated in the notes;
     (5) make any change in provisions of the Indenture protecting the right of each Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on such Note on or after the due date thereof or to bring suit to enforce such payment, or permitting Holders of a majority in principal amount of notes to waive Defaults or Events of Default;
     (6) after the Company’s obligation to purchase notes arises thereunder, amend, change or modify in any material respect the obligation of the Company to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change of Control or make and consummate a Net Proceeds Offer with respect to any Asset Sale that has been consummated or, after such Change of Control has occurred or such Asset Sale has been consummated, modify any of the provisions or definitions with respect thereto; or
     (7) release any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary from any of its obligations under its Guarantee or the Indenture otherwise than in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.
Governing Law
     The Indenture will provide that it, the notes and the Guarantees, if any, will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York but without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the law of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.
The Trustee
     The Indenture will provide that, except during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee will perform only such duties as are specifically set forth in the Indenture. During the existence of an Event of Default, the Trustee will exercise such rights and powers vested in it by the Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.
     The Indenture and the provisions of the TIA contain certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee, should it become a creditor of the Company, to obtain payments of claims in certain cases or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. Subject to the TIA, the Trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; provided that if the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest as described in the TIA, it must eliminate such conflict or resign.
Certain Definitions
     Set forth below is a summary of certain of the defined terms used in the Indenture. Reference is made to the Indenture for the full definition of all such terms, as well as any other terms used herein for which no definition is provided.
     “Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of a Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or at the time it merges or consolidates with or into the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person and in each case not incurred by such Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or such acquisition, merger or consolidation.
     “Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person. The term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative of the foregoing.
     “Asset Acquisition” means (1) an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or shall be merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or (2) the acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of the assets of any Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) which constitute all or substantially all of the assets of such Person or comprises any division or line of business of such Person or any other

55


Table of Contents

properties or assets of such Person other than in the ordinary course of business.
     “Asset Sale” means any direct or indirect sale, issuance, conveyance, transfer, lease (other than operating leases entered into in the ordinary course of business), assignment or other transfer for value by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any Sale and Leaseback Transaction) to any Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of: (1) any Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or (2) any other property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company other than in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that asset sales or other dispositions shall not include: (a) a transaction or series of related transactions for which the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries receive aggregate consideration (exclusive of any indemnities) of less than $2.0 million; (b) the sale, lease, conveyance, disposition or other transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company as permitted under “Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets”; (c) any Restricted Payment permitted by the “Limitation on Restricted Payments” covenants or that constitutes a Permitted Investment; (d) the sale or discount, in each case without recourse, of accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business, but only in connection with the compromise or collection thereof; (e) the sale of or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents; (f) any sale or disposition deemed to occur in connection with creating or granting any Liens pursuant to the covenant described under “— Certain Covenants — Limitations on Liens”; (g) the lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business; (h) any sale of Receivables pursuant to a Qualified Securitization Transaction; (i) sales of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; and (j) disposals, trade-ins or replacements of obsolete or worn out equipment.
     “Board of Directors” means, as to any Person, the board of directors (or similar governing body) of such Person or any duly authorized committee thereof.
     “Board Resolution” means, with respect to any Person, a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.
     “Borrowing Base” means, as of any date, an amount equal to the sum of:
     (1) 85% of the aggregate book value of all accounts receivable of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Special Purpose Vehicle) as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter preceding such date; and
     (2) 80% of the aggregate cost basis of the portable storage unit lease fleet (or any successor line item or items reflecting such portable storage unit lease fleet) as indicated on its consolidated balance sheet as owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter preceding such date (plus 80% of the fair market value of any portable storage units acquired since the end of such fiscal quarter),
all calculated on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.
     “Capital Stock” means:
     (1) with respect to any Person that is a corporation, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated and whether or not voting) of corporate stock, including each class of Common Stock and Preferred Stock of such Person, and all options, warrants or other rights to purchase or acquire any of the foregoing; and
     (2) with respect to any Person that is not a corporation, any, and all partnership, membership or other equity interests of such Person, and all options, warrants or other rights to purchase or acquire any of the foregoing.
     “Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, as to any Person, the obligations of such Person under a lease that are required to be classified and accounted for as capital lease obligations under GAAP and, for purposes of this definition, the amount of such obligations at any date shall be the capitalized amount of such obligations at such date, determined in accordance with GAAP.
     “Cash Equivalents” means:
     (1) marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States Government or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof;

56


Table of Contents

     (2) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s;
     (3) commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the date of creation thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody’s;
     (4) certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia or any U.S. branch of a foreign bank having at the date of acquisition thereof combined capital and surplus of not less than $250.0 million;
     (5) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (1) above entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above; and
     (6) investments in money market funds which invest substantially all their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (5) above.
     “Change of Control” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events:
     (1) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any Person or group of related Persons for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act (a “Group”), together with any Affiliates thereof (whether or not otherwise in compliance with the provisions of the Indenture);
     (2) the approval by the holders of Capital Stock of the Company of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company (whether or not otherwise in compliance with the provisions of the Indenture);
     (3) any Person or Group (other than any entity formed for the purpose of owning Capital Stock of the Company) shall become the owner, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, of shares representing more than 50% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of the Company; or
     (4) the replacement of a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company over a two-year period from the directors who constituted the Board of Directors of the Company at the beginning of such period, and such replacement shall not have been approved by a vote of at least a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company then still in office who either were members of such Board of Directors at the beginning of such period or whose election as a member of such Board of Directors was previously so approved.
     “Common Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, interests or other participations in, and other equivalents (however designated and whether voting or non-voting) of such Person’s common stock, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or issued after the Issue Date, and includes, without limitation, all series and classes of such common stock.
     “Comparable Treasury Issue” means the United States treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Bank as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the notes that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of such notes. “Independent Investment Bank” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers appointed by the Company.
     “Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any redemption date:
     (1) the average of the bid and ask prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) on the third business day preceding such redemption date, as set forth in the most recently published statistical release designated “H.15(519)” (or any successor release) published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and which establishes yields on actively traded United States treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity under the caption “Treasury Constant Maturities,” or
     (2) if such release (or any successor release) is not published or does not contain such prices on such business day, the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date.

57


Table of Contents

     “Consolidated Assets” means, as of the date of determination, the total assets (less goodwill and intangible assets) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as shown on the balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which financial statements are available, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
     “Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the sum (without duplication) of:
     (1) Consolidated Net Income; and
     (2) to the extent Consolidated Net Income has been reduced thereby:
     (a) all income taxes of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries paid or accrued in accordance with GAAP for such period (other than income taxes attributable to extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring gains or losses or taxes attributable to sales or dispositions outside the ordinary course of business);
     (b) Consolidated Interest Expense; and
     (c) Consolidated Non-cash Charges less any non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period,
all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.
     “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person, the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person during the four full fiscal quarters (the “Four Quarter Period”) ending prior to the date of the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for which financial statements are available (the “Transaction Date”) to Consolidated Fixed Charges of such Person for the Four Quarter Period. In addition to and without limitation of the foregoing, for purposes of this definition, “Consolidated EBITDA” and “Consolidated Fixed Charges” shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis for the period of such calculation to:
     (1) the incurrence or repayment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and the application of the proceeds thereof) giving rise to the need to make such calculation and any incurrence or repayment of other Indebtedness (and the application of the proceeds thereof), other than the incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes pursuant to working capital facilities, occurring during the Four Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to the last day of the Four Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if such incurrence or repayment, as the case may be (and the application of the proceeds thereof), occurred on the first day of the Four Quarter Period; and
     (2) any asset sales or other dispositions or Asset Acquisitions (including, without limitation, any Asset Acquisition giving rise to the need to make such calculation as a result of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any Person who becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the Asset Acquisition) incurring, assuming or otherwise being liable for Acquired Indebtedness and also including any Consolidated EBITDA (including any pro forma expense and cost reductions calculated on a basis consistent with Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act) attributable to the assets which are the subject of the Asset Acquisition or asset sale or other disposition during the Four Quarter Period) occurring during the Four Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to the last day of the Four Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if such asset sale or other disposition or Asset Acquisition (including the incurrence, assumption or liability for any such Acquired Indebtedness) occurred on the first day of the Four Quarter Period. If such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries directly or indirectly guarantees Indebtedness of a third Person, the preceding sentence shall give effect to the incurrence of such guaranteed Indebtedness as if such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person had directly incurred or otherwise assumed such guaranteed Indebtedness.
     Furthermore, in calculating “Consolidated Fixed Charges” for purposes of determining the denominator (but not the numerator) of this “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”:
     (1) interest on outstanding Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis as of the Transaction Date and which will continue to be so determined thereafter shall be deemed to have accrued at a fixed rate per annum equal to the rate of interest on such Indebtedness in effect on the Transaction Date; and
     (2) notwithstanding clause (1) above, interest on Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis, to the extent such interest is

58


Table of Contents

covered by agreements relating to Interest Swap Obligations, shall be deemed to accrue at the rate per annum resulting after giving effect to the operation of such agreements.
     “Consolidated Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:
     (1) Consolidated Interest Expense; plus
     (2) the product of (x) the amount of all dividend payments on any series of Preferred Stock of such Person and, to the extent permitted under the Indenture, its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than dividends paid in Qualified Capital Stock) paid, accrued or scheduled to be paid or accrued during such period times (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current effective consolidated federal, state and local income tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal.
     “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication:
     (1) the aggregate of the interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, including without limitation: (a) any amortization of debt discount and amortization or write-off of deferred financing costs; (b) the net costs under Interest Swap Obligations incurred in the fiscal quarter beginning after the Issue Date; (c) all capitalized interest; and (d) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation; and
     (2) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations paid, accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; less
     (3) interest income for such period.
     “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the aggregate net income (or loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded therefrom (without duplication):
     (1) after-tax gains from Asset Sales (without regard to the $2.0 million limitation set forth in the definition thereof) or abandonments or reserves relating thereto;
     (2) after-tax items classified as extraordinary or nonrecurring gains;
     (3) the net income (but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary of the referent Person to the extent that the declaration of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that income is restricted by a contract, operation of law or otherwise;
     (4) the net income of any Person, other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the referent Person, except to the extent of cash dividends or distributions paid to the referent Person or to a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the referent Person by such Person;
     (5) any restoration to income of any contingency reserve, except to the extent that provision for such reserve was made out of Consolidated Net Income accrued at any time following the Issue Date;
     (6) income or loss attributable to discontinued operations (including, without limitation, operations disposed of during such period whether or not such operations were classified as discontinued);
     (7) in the case of a successor to the referent Person by consolidation or merger or as a transferee of the referent Person’s assets, any earnings of the successor corporation prior to such consolidation, merger or transfer of assets;
     (8) fees and expenses incurred in connection with this offering of the notes and related refinancing transactions in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15 million; and
     (9) charges to earnings incurred in connection with the early retirement of the 2013 Notes and the repurchase of 35% of the

59


Table of Contents

     2013 Notes in fiscal year 2006 with the proceeds from a concurrent equity issuance.
     “Consolidated Non-cash Charges” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (excluding any such charges constituting an extraordinary item or loss or any such charge which requires an accrual of or a reserve for cash charges for any future period).
     “Credit Agreement” means the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of February 17, 2006, between the Company, certain of the Company’s subsidiaries, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder, Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch, as administrative agent (the “Agent”) and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Banc of America Securities, LLC as joint lead arrangers, together with the related documents thereto (including, without limitation, any notes, guarantee agreements and security documents), in each case as such agreements may be amended (including any amendment and restatement thereof), supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including one or more credit agreements, loan agreements, indentures or similar agreements extending the maturity of, refinancing, replacing, renewing or otherwise restructuring (including increasing the amount of available credit thereunder or adding Subsidiaries of the Company as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder) all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or agreements or any successor or replacement agreement or agreements and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.
     “Currency Agreement” means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company against fluctuations in currency values.
     “Default” means an event or condition the occurrence of which is, or with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.
     “Disqualified Capital Stock” means that portion of any Capital Stock which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event (other than an event which would constitute a Change of Control), matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the sole option of the holder thereof (except, in each case, upon the occurrence of a Change of Control) on or prior to the final maturity date of the notes.
     “Domestic Restricted Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary incorporated or otherwise organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or any territory or possession of the United States.
     “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute or statutes thereto.
     “exchange notes” means the 6 7/8% Senior Notes due 2015 issued in exchange for the Initial Notes, which exchange notes are registered under the Securities Act and issued pursuant to the terms of a certain registration rights agreement dated as of May 7, 2007 by and among the Company, the Guarantors and the initial purchasers named therein.
     “fair market value” means, with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction. Fair market value shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company acting reasonably and in good faith and shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company delivered to the Trustee.
     “Foreign Subsidiaries” means any Restricted Subsidary that is not a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary.
     “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession of the United States, which are in effect as of the Issue Date.
     “Guarantee” means a guarantee of the notes by a Guarantor.
     “Guarantor” means each of the Company’s Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries that in the future executes a supplemental indenture

60


Table of Contents

in which such Restricted Subsidiary agrees to be bound by the terms of the Indenture as a Guarantor; provided that any Person constituting a Guarantor as described above shall cease to constitute a Guarantor when its respective Guarantee is released in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.
     “Indebtedness” means with respect to any Person, without duplication:
     (1) all Obligations of such Person for borrowed money;
     (2) all Obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;
     (3) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person;
     (4) all Obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, all conditional sale obligations and all Obligations under any title retention agreement (but excluding trade accounts payable and other accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business that are not overdue by 90 days or more or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted);
     (5) all Obligations for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar credit transaction;
     (6) guarantees and other contingent obligations in respect of Indebtedness referred to in clauses (1) through (5) above and clause (8) below;
     (7) all Obligations of any other Person of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (6) which are secured by any lien on any property or asset of such Person, the amount of such Obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the fair market value of such property or asset or the amount of the Obligation so secured;
     (8) all Obligations under currency agreements and interest swap agreements of such Person; and
     (9) all Disqualified Capital Stock issued by such Person with the amount of Indebtedness represented by such Disqualified Capital Stock being equal to the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference and its maximum fixed repurchase price, but excluding accrued dividends, if any.
     For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Capital Stock which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Capital Stock as if such Disqualified Capital Stock were purchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to the Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Capital Stock, such fair market value shall be determined reasonably and in good faith by the Board of Directors of the issuer of such Disqualified Capital Stock.
     “Independent Financial Advisor” means a firm: (1) which does not, and whose directors, officers and employees or Affiliates do not, have a direct or indirect financial interest in the Company; and (2) which, in the judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, is otherwise independent and qualified to perform the task for which it is to be engaged.
     “Initial Notes” means the 6 7/8% Senior Notes due 2015 issued under the Indenture and not registered under the Securities Act.
     “Interest Swap Obligations” means the obligations of any Person pursuant to any arrangement with any other Person, whereby, directly or indirectly, such Person is entitled to receive from time to time periodic payments calculated by applying either a floating or a fixed rate of interest on a stated notional amount in exchange for periodic payments made by such other Person calculated by applying a fixed or a floating rate of interest on the same notional amount and shall include, without limitation, interest rate swaps, caps, floors, collars and similar agreements.
     “Investment” means, with respect to any Person, any direct or indirect loan or other extension of credit (including, without limitation, a guarantee) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition by such Person of any Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities or evidences of Indebtedness issued by, any other Person. “Investment” shall exclude (i) extensions of trade credit by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with

61


Table of Contents

normal trade practices of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be; (ii) the acquisition of property and assets from suppliers and other vendors in the normal course of business and consistent with past practice; and (iii) prepaid expenses and workers’ compensation, utility, lease and similar deposits, in the normal course of business and consistent with past practice. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Common Stock of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary not sold or disposed of.
     “Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or equivalent) by Moody’s or BBB- (or equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.
     “Issue Date” means May 7, 2007.
     “Lien” means any lien, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, security interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof and any agreement to give any security interest).
     “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.
     “Net Cash Proceeds” means, with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations when received in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents (other than the portion of any such deferred payment constituting interest) received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from such Asset Sale net of:
     (1) reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and fees relating to such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees and sales commissions);
     (2) taxes paid or payable after taking into account any reduction in consolidated tax liability due to available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements;
     (3) repayment of Indebtedness that is secured by the property or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale;
     (4) amounts required to be paid to any Person owning a beneficial interest in or having a Lien on the assets subject to the Asset Sale; and
     (5) appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, after such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale.
     “notes” means the Initial Notes and any exchange notes.
     “Obligations” means all obligations for principal, premium, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
     “Pari Passu Debt” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that ranks pari passu in right of payment with the notes or such Guarantee, as applicable.
     “Permitted Business” means any business conducted by the Company on the Issue Date, any reasonable extension thereof, and any additional business reasonably ancillary, incidental, complementary or related to, or a reasonable extension, development or expansion of, the business conducted by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date, in each case, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.
     “Permitted Indebtedness” means, without duplication, each of the following:
     (1) Indebtedness under the notes issued on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $150.0 million;

62


Table of Contents

     (2) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Credit Agreement in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the greater of (A) $425.0 million less the amount of all required permanent repayments (which are accompanied by a corresponding permanent commitment reduction) thereunder with the Net Cash Proceeds from Asset Sales and (B) $25.0 million plus the Borrowing Base;
     (3) other Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the Issue Date reduced by the amount of any scheduled amortization payments or mandatory prepayments when actually paid or permanent reductions thereon;
     (4) Interest Swap Obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company covering Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that such Interest Swap Obligations are entered into to protect the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries from fluctuations in interest rates on its outstanding Indebtedness to the extent the notional principal amount of such Interest Swap Obligation does not, at the time of the incurrence thereof, exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness to which such Interest Swap Obligation relates;
     (5) Indebtedness under Currency Agreements; provided that in the case of Currency Agreements which relate to Indebtedness, such Currency Agreements do not increase the Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding other than as a result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder;
     (6) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company for so long as such Indebtedness is held by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or the holder of a Lien permitted under the Indenture, in each case subject to no Lien held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or the holder of a Lien permitted under the Indenture; provided that if as of any date any Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or the holder of a Lien permitted under the Indenture owns or holds any such Indebtedness or holds a Lien in respect of such Indebtedness, such date shall be deemed the incurrence of Indebtedness not constituting Permitted Indebtedness under this clause (6) by the issuer of such Indebtedness;
     (7) Indebtedness of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company for so long as such Indebtedness is held by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or the holder of a Lien permitted under the Indenture, in each case subject to no Lien other than a Lien permitted under the Indenture; provided that (a) any Indebtedness of the Company to any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor is unsecured and subordinated, pursuant to a written agreement, to the Company’s obligations under the Indenture and the notes and (b) if as of any date any Person other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or the holder of a Lien permitted under the Indenture owns or holds any such Indebtedness or any Person holds a Lien in respect of such Indebtedness, such date shall be deemed the incurrence of Indebtedness not constituting Permitted Indebtedness under this clause (7) by the Company;
     (8) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five business days of incurrence;
     (9) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of performance bonds, bankers’ acceptances, workers’ compensation claims, surety or appeal bonds, payment obligations in connection with self-insurance or similar obligations, and bank overdrafts (and letters of credit in respect thereof) in the ordinary course of business;
     (10) Indebtedness represented by Capitalized Lease Obligations and Purchase Money Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $15.0 million and (y) 2.0% of Consolidated Assets of the Company at any one time outstanding;
     (11) Refinancing Indebtedness;
     (12) Indebtedness represented by guarantees by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred under the Indenture;
     (13) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of guarantees, indemnities or obligations in respect of purchase price adjustments in connection with the acquisition or disposition of assets;

63


Table of Contents

     (14) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to a Qualified Securitization Transaction; provided, however, that after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness under this clause (14) plus any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (2) and outstanding on the date of such incurrence does not exceed the greater of (a) $425.0 million and (b) $25.0 million plus the Borrowing Base;
     (15) Acquired Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $10.0 million;
     (16) additional Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $25.0 million at any one time outstanding (which amount may, but need not, be incurred in whole or in part under the Credit Agreement); and
     (17) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $50.0 million at any one time outstanding.
     For purposes of determining compliance with the “Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness” covenant, (1) in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Indebtedness described in clauses (1) through (17) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio provisions of such covenant, the Company shall, in its sole discretion, classify (or later reclassify) such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with the covenant described under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness”; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Agreement up to the maximum amount permitted under clause (2) of this definition above shall be deemed to have been incurred pursuant to clause (2) of this definition; (2) the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness shall be counted only once and any obligations arising under any guarantee, lien, letter of credit or similar instrument supporting such Indebtedness shall be disregarded; (3) the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary may incur pursuant to the “Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness” covenant shall not be deemed to be exceeded, with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness, due solely to the result of fluctuations in the exchange rates of currencies; and (4) the accrual of interest, accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Capital Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Capital Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Capital Stock for purposes of the covenant described under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness.”
     “Permitted Investments” means:
     (1) Investments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in any Person that is or will become immediately after such Investment a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or that will merge or consolidate into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;
     (2) Investments in the Company by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;
     (3) investments in cash and Cash Equivalents;
     (4) loans and advances to employees, directors and officers of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business for bona fide business purposes not in excess of $500,000 at any one time outstanding;
     (5) Currency Agreements and Interest Swap Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of the Company’s or its Restricted Subsidiaries’ businesses and otherwise in compliance with the Indenture;
     (6) additional Investments in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $15.0 million and (y) 2.0% of Consolidated Assets of the Company at any one time outstanding;
     (7) Investments in securities of trade creditors or customers received pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such trade creditors or customers or in good faith settlement of delinquent obligations of such trade creditors or customers;

64


Table of Contents

     (8) Investments made by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of consideration received in connection with an Asset Sale made in compliance with the “Limitation on Asset Sales” covenant;
     (9) Investments represented by guarantees that are otherwise permitted under the Indenture;
     (10) Investments the payment for which is Qualified Capital Stock of the Company;
     (11) Investments in a Special Purpose Vehicle in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction; provided, however, that the only assets transferred to such Special Purpose Vehicle consist of Receivables and related assets of such Special Purpose Vehicle; and
     (12) Investments in existence on the date of the Indenture and an Investment in any Person to the extent such Investment replaces or refinances an Investment in such Person existing on the date of the Indenture in an amount not exceeding the amount of the Investment being replaced or refinanced; provided, however, that the new Investment is on terms and conditions no less favorable to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries than the Investment being renewed or replaced.
     “Permitted Liens” means the following types of Liens:
     (1) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims either (a) not delinquent or (b) contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and as to which the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries shall have set aside on its books such reserves as may be required pursuant to GAAP;
     (2) statutory Liens of landlords and Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen, repairmen and other Liens imposed by law incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith, if such reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made in respect thereof;
     (3) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security, including any Lien securing letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice in connection therewith, or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, warranty requirements, government contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money);
     (4) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as such Lien is adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment shall not have been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired;
     (5) easements, rights-of-way, zoning restrictions and other similar charges or encumbrances in respect of real property not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (6) any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease Obligation; provided that such Liens do not extend to any property or assets which is not leased property subject to such Capitalized Lease Obligation other than proceeds thereof;
     (7) Liens securing Purchase Money Indebtedness incurred or in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that (a) such Purchase Money Indebtedness shall not exceed the purchase price or other cost of such property or equipment and shall not be secured by any property or equipment of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company other than the property and equipment so acquired and (b) the Lien securing such Purchase Money Indebtedness shall be created within 90 days of such acquisition;
     (8) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;
     (9) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to commercial letters of credit which encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and products and proceeds thereof;
     (10) Liens encumbering deposits made to secure obligations arising from statutory, regulatory, contractual, or warranty

65


Table of Contents

requirements of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including rights of offset and setoff;
     (11) Liens securing Interest Swap Obligations which Interest Swap Obligations relate to Indebtedness that is otherwise permitted under the Indenture;
     (12) Liens securing Indebtedness under Currency Agreements;
     (13) Liens securing Acquired Indebtedness incurred in accordance with the covenant described under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness”; provided that:
     (a) such Liens secured such Acquired Indebtedness at the time of and prior to the incurrence of such Acquired Indebtedness by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and were not granted in connection with, or in anticipation of, the incurrence of such Acquired Indebtedness by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, and
     (b) such Liens do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than the property or assets that secured the Acquired Indebtedness prior to the time such Indebtedness became Acquired Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and are no more favorable to the lienholders than those securing the Acquired Indebtedness prior to the incurrence of such Acquired Indebtedness by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;
     (14) Liens on assets of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor to secure Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary that is otherwise permitted under the Indenture;
     (15) leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses granted to others that do not materially interfere with the ordinary cause of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (16) banker’s Liens, rights of setoff and similar Liens with respect to cash and Cash Equivalents on deposit in one or more bank accounts in the ordinary course of business;
     (17) Liens arising from filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements regarding leases;
     (18) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payments of custom duties in connection with the importation of goods;
     (19) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (16) or (17) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”; provided, that, in the case of clause (17), such Liens do not extend to any assets other than the assets of such Foreign Subsidiaries;
     (20) Liens on Receivables to reflect sales of receivables pursuant to a Qualified Securitization Transaction;
     (21) other Liens securing Indebtedness for borrowed money with respect to property or assets with an aggregate fair market value (valued at the time of creation thereof) of not more than $15.0 million at any time in the aggregate; and
     (22) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers.
     “Person” means an individual, partnership, corporation, unincorporated organization, trust or joint venture, or a governmental agency or political subdivision thereof.
     “Preferred Stock” of any Person means any Capital Stock of such Person that has preferential rights to any other Capital Stock of such Person with respect to dividends or redemptions or upon liquidation.
     “Purchase Money Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the normal course of business for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price, or the cost of installation, construction or improvement, of property or equipment.
     “Qualified Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Capital Stock.

66


Table of Contents

     “Qualified Securitization Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or reasonably related to a transaction or series of transactions in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (1) a Special Purpose Vehicle or (2) any other Person, or may grant a security interest in, any equipment and related assets (including contract rights) or Receivables or interests therein secured by goods or services financed thereby (whether such Receivables are then existing or arising in the future) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, and any assets relating thereto including, without limitation, all security or ownership interests in goods or services financed thereby, the proceeds of such Receivables, and other assets which are customarily sold or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with securitization transactions involving such assets, as any agreement governing any such transactions may be renewed, refinanced, amended, restated or modified from time to time.
     “Rating Agency” means (1) each of Moody’s and S&P and (2) if Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the notes for reasons outside of the Company’s control, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act selected by the Company or any parent company of the Company as a replacement agency for Moody’s or S&P, as the case may be.
     “Receivables” means any right of payment from or on behalf of any obligor, whether constituting an account, chattel paper, instrument, general intangible or otherwise, arising from the financing by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of goods or services, and monies due thereunder, security or ownership interests in the goods and services financed thereby, records relating thereto, and the right to payment of any interest or finance charges and other obligations with respect thereto, proceeds from claims on insurance policies related thereto, any other proceeds related thereto, and other related rights.
     “Reference Treasury Dealer” means Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and its successors; provided, however, that if it shall cease to be a primary U.S. Government securities dealer in New York City (a “Primary Treasury Dealer”), the Company shall substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer.
     “Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Company, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m. on the third business day preceding such redemption date.
     “Refinance” means, in respect of any security or Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue a security or Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for, such security or Indebtedness in whole or in part. “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have correlative meanings.
     “Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Refinancing by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of Indebtedness incurred in accordance with the covenant described under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness” (other than pursuant to clauses (2), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8) , (9), (10), (12), (13), (14), (16) or (17) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness), in each case that does not:
     (1) result in an increase in the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of such Person as of the date of such proposed Refinancing above the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness, plus (ii) the accrued interest on and amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing such Indebtedness, plus (iii) the amount of reasonable expenses incurred by the Company in connection with such Refinancing; or
     (2) create Indebtedness with: (a) a Weighted Average Life to Maturity that is less than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced; or (b) a final maturity earlier than the final maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced;
provided that (x) if such Indebtedness being Refinanced is Indebtedness solely of the Company (and is not otherwise guaranteed by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), then such Refinancing Indebtedness shall be Indebtedness solely of the Company and (y) if such Indebtedness being Refinanced is subordinate or junior to the notes or any Guarantee, then such Refinancing Indebtedness shall be subordinate to the notes or such Guarantee, as the case may be, at least to the same extent and in the same manner as the Indebtedness being Refinanced.
     “Restricted Subsidiary” of any Person means any Subsidiary of such Person which at the time of determination is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

67


Table of Contents

     “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.
     “Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any direct or indirect arrangement with any Person or to which any such Person is a party, providing for the leasing to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of any property, whether owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary at the Issue Date or later acquired, which has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person or to any other Person from whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such Person on the security of such Property.
     “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
     “Significant Subsidiary", with respect to any Person, means any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that satisfies the criteria for a “significant subsidiary” set forth in Rule 1.02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act.
     “Special Purpose Vehicle” means a bankruptcy-remote entity or trust or other special purpose entity that is formed by the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or any other Person for the purpose of, and engages in no material business other than in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction or other similar transactions of Receivables or other similar or related assets.
     “Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to the notes or the Guarantee of such Guarantor, as the case may be.
     “Subsidiary", with respect to any Person, means:
     (1) any corporation of which the outstanding Capital Stock having at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors under ordinary circumstances shall at the time be owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person; or
     (2) any other Person of which at least a majority of the voting interest under ordinary circumstances is at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person.
     “Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per annum equal to the yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, compounded semi-annually, assuming a price for such Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date.
     “Unrestricted Subsidiary” of any Person means:
     (1) any Subsidiary of such Person that at the time of determination shall be or continue to be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of such Person in the manner provided below; and
     (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
     The Board of Directors may designate any Subsidiary (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary owns any Capital Stock of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided that:
     (1) the Company certifies to the Trustee that such designation complies with the covenant described under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments”; and
     (2) each Subsidiary to be so designated and each of its Subsidiaries has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
     For purposes of making the determination of whether any such designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary complies with the covenant described under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments,” the portion of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is represented by the interest of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Subsidiary, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, shall be deemed to be an Investment. Such designation will be permitted only if such Investment would be permitted at such time under the “Limitation on Restricted Payments” covenant.
     The Board of Directors may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary only if:

68


Table of Contents

     (1) immediately after giving effect to such designation, the Company is able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) in compliance with the covenant described under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness”; and
     (2) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Any such designation by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an officers’ certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.
     “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (a) the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness into (b) the sum of the total of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payment of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) which will elapse between such date and the making of such payment.
     “Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” of any Person means any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of such Person which at the time of determination is a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person.
     “Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means any Subsidiary of such Person of which all the outstanding voting securities (other than in the case of a foreign Subsidiary, directors’ qualifying shares or an immaterial amount of shares required to be owned by other Persons pursuant to applicable law) are owned by such Person or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of such Person.

69


Table of Contents

BOOK-ENTRY; DELIVERY AND FORM
     The exchange notes will be represented by one or more permanent global notes in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons. Upon issuance, the exchange notes will be deposited with the Trustee as custodian for the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) in New York, New York, and registered in the name of DTC or its nominee.
     Ownership of beneficial interests in a global note will be limited to persons who have accounts with DTC, which we refer to as participants, or persons who hold interests through participants. Ownership of beneficial interests in a global note will be shown on, and the transfer of that ownership will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC or its nominee (with respect to interests of participants) and the records of participants (with respect to interests of persons other than participants).
     So long as DTC, or its nominee, is the registered owner or holder of any of the exchange notes, DTC or that nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the sole owner or holder of such exchange notes represented by the global note for all purposes under the Indenture and the exchange notes. No beneficial owner of an interest in a global note will be able to transfer such interest except in accordance with DTC’s applicable procedures, in addition to those provided for under the Indenture and, if applicable, those of Euroclear and Clearstream Banking.
     Payments of the principal of, and interest on, a global note will be made to DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered owner thereof. None of the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, the Trustee or any paying agent will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in a global note or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.
     We expect that DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any payment of principal or interest in respect of a global note, will credit participants’ accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in the principal amount of such global note as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. We also expect that payments by participants to owners of beneficial interests in such global note held through such participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers registered in the names of nominees for such customers. Such payments will be the responsibility of such participants.
     Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected in the ordinary way in accordance with DTC rules and procedures and will be settled in same-day funds. Transfers between participants in Euroclear and Clearstream Banking will be effected in the ordinary way in accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.
     We expect that DTC will take any action permitted to be taken by a holder of notes only at the direction of one or more participants to whose account the DTC interests in a global note is credited and only in respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amount of notes as to which such participant or participants has or have given such direction. However, if there is an event of default under the notes, DTC will exchange the applicable global note for certificated notes, which it will distribute to its participants.
     If DTC is at any time unwilling or unable to continue as a depositary for the global notes or if at any time DTC ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act and a successor depositary is not appointed by us within 90 days, we will issue certificated notes in exchange for the global notes. Holders of an interest in a global note may receive certificated notes in accordance with DTC’s rules and procedures in addition to those provided for under the applicable indenture.
     DTC has advised us that: DTC is a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York, a “banking organization” within the meaning of New York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code and a “Clearing Agency” registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC was created to hold securities for its participants and facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates. Indirect access to the DTC system is available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies and certain other organizations that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a participant, either directly or indirectly, whom we refer to as indirect participants.
     Although DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream Banking are expected to follow the foregoing procedures in order to facilitate transfers of interests in a global note among participants of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream Banking, they are under no obligation to perform or continue to perform such procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued at any time. None of the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, the Trustee or the paying agent will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream

70


Table of Contents

Banking or their respective participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.
Registration Covenant; Exchange Offer
     We have filed a registration statement to comply with our obligation under the registration rights agreements to register the issuance of the exchange notes. See “The Exchange Offer.”
Notices
     Notices to Holders of exchange notes will be given by mail to the addresses of such Holders as they may appear in the register of Holders maintained by the Trustee.
Title
     Mobile Mini, Inc., the Trustee and any agent of Mobile Mini or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name an exchange note is registered as the absolute owner thereof (whether or not such exchange note may be overdue) for the purpose of making payment and for all other purposes.
Governing Law
     The Indenture and the notes will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

71


Table of Contents

UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
          The following is a general discussion of certain United States federal income (and as to non-U.S. Holders, estate tax) considerations relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition of the notes, and the exchange of the notes by such holder for exchange notes. This discussion is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), existing and proposed Treasury Regulations, and judicial decisions and administrative interpretations thereunder, as of the date hereof, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, or different interpretations. We cannot assure you that the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) will not challenge one or more of the tax considerations described herein, and we have not obtained, nor do we intend to obtain, a ruling from the IRS or an opinion of counsel with respect to the United States federal tax consequences resulting from acquiring, holding or disposing of the notes, or exchanging the notes for exchange notes.
     This summary does not address all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to you in light of your personal investment circumstances, or to certain types of holders subject to special tax treatment, including, without limitation:
    certain financial institutions;
 
    brokers, dealers or traders in securities or commodities;
 
    insurance companies;
 
    regulated investment companies;
 
    real estate investment trusts;
 
    “S” corporations;
 
    partnerships and other pass-through entities;
 
    expatriates;
 
    tax-exempt organizations;
 
    persons who are subject to alternative minimum tax;
 
    holders who hold the notes as a position in a “straddle” or as part of a “hedging” or “conversion” transaction; and
 
    U.S. holders that have a functional currency other than the United States dollar.
     If you are an entity treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes, the tax treatment of each partner of such partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Partners in partnerships that hold notes should consult their tax advisors to determine the tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of the notes.
     This discussion is limited to holders who purchase notes at the initial offering price and who hold the notes as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. This discussion also does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any foreign, state or local jurisdiction.
     YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISOR AS TO THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSIDERATIONS TO YOU OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP, AND DISPOSITION OF THE NOTES, INCLUDING THE EFFECT AND APPLICABILITY OF FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN OR OTHER TAX LAWS.
     TO ENSURE COMPLIANCE WITH TREASURY DEPARTMENT CIRCULAR 230, EACH HOLDER OF A NOTE IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT: (A) ANY DISCUSSION OF FEDERAL TAX ISSUES IN THIS OFFERING MEMORANDUM IS NOT INTENDED OR WRITTEN TO BE RELIED UPON, AND CANNOT BE RELIED UPON, BY A HOLDER FOR THE PURPOSE OF AVOIDING PENALTIES THAT MAY BE IMPOSED ON SUCH HOLDER UNDER THE CODE; (B) SUCH DISCUSSION IS BEING USED IN CONNECTION WITH THE PROMOTION OR MARKETING (WITHIN THE MEANING OF CIRCULAR 230) OF THE NOTES BY THE COMPANY; AND (C) A HOLDER OF A NOTE SHOULD SEEK ADVICE BASED ON ITS PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES FROM AN INDEPENDENT TAX ADVISOR.
     U.S. Holders

72


Table of Contents

     You are a “U.S. Holder” if you are the beneficial owner of a note and you are, for U.S. federal income tax or estate tax purposes, as applicable:
  (1)   a citizen or resident of the United States, including an alien individual who is a lawful permanent resident of the United States or meets the “substantial presence” test under section 7701(b)(1)(A)(3) of the Code;
 
  (2)   a corporation (or an entity treated as a corporation) created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;
 
  (3)   an estate, the income of which is subject to United States federal income tax regardless of its source; or
 
  (4)   a trust, if a United States court can exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons can control all substantial decisions of the trust or certain other trusts that have a valid election in effect to be treated as a United States person.
     Interest on Notes. If you are a U.S. Holder, interest on the notes will generally be taxable to you as ordinary income at the time it is paid or accrued, depending on your method of tax accounting.
     Sale, Exchange, Redemption, Retirement or Other Taxable Disposition of the Notes. You will generally recognize capital gain or loss upon the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of a note equal to the difference between the amount of money and fair market value of property received in exchange for the note (except to the extent attributable to the payment of accrued interest to the extent not previously included in income, which amount generally will be taxable as ordinary income as described above) and your adjusted tax basis in the note.
     Your adjusted tax basis in a note will generally equal the price you paid for the note. Gain or loss realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of a note will generally be capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or loss if, at the time of the sale, exchange or other disposition, you have held the note for more than one year. Long-term capital gains of non-corporate taxpayers are generally taxed at a reduced rate. Taxpayers are subject to limitations on the deductibility of capital losses.
     Exchange Offer. In satisfaction of your registration rights as provided for herein, we intend to offer exchange notes for the notes. The exchange notes should not differ materially in kind or extent from the notes, and therefore your exchange of notes for exchange notes should not constitute a taxable disposition of the notes for United States federal income tax purposes. As a result, you should not recognize taxable income, gain or loss on such exchange, your holding period or the exchange notes should generally include the holding period for the notes so exchanged, and your adjusted tax basis in the exchange notes should generally be the same as your adjusted tax basis in the notes so exchanged.
     Information Reporting and Backup Withholding. Information reporting will apply to payments of interest on, and the proceeds of the sale or other disposition (including a redemption or retirement), of the notes with respect to certain U.S. Holders. If you are a U.S. Holder, you will also be subject to backup withholding at the current rate of 28% with respect to any interest and premium we pay on a note unless you (1) are an entity (including a corporation or a tax-exempt organization) that is exempt from backup withholding and, when required, demonstrate this fact; or (2) timely provide us with a correct taxpayer identification number, certify that the taxpayer identification number is correct and that you have not been notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding due to underreporting of interest or dividends, and you otherwise comply with applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules. Any amount withheld under the backup withholding rules is allowable as a credit against your United States federal income tax liability (and may entitle you to a refund), provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
     Non-U.S. Holders
     In the following discussion, we summarize certain United States federal income and estate tax considerations resulting from the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the notes by Non-U.S. Holders. You are a “Non-U.S. Holder” subject to the following discussion if you are a beneficial owner of a note and are an individual, a corporation, a trust or an estate that is not a U.S. Holder.
     Interest on Notes. Subject to the discussion below of backup withholding, interest paid on the notes to you generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax if:
  (1)   such interest is not effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business within the United States;

73


Table of Contents

  (2)   you do not actually or constructively own 10% or more of the total voting power of all classes of our stock entitled to vote;
 
  (3)   you are not a controlled foreign corporation with respect to which we are a “related person” within the meaning of the Code; and
 
  (4)   you are not a bank receiving interest pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of your trade or business.
     To qualify for the exemption from taxation described above, the withholding agent as defined below, must have received a statement from you (generally on IRS Form W-8BEN) that:
  (1)   is signed under penalties of perjury by you as the beneficial owner of the note;
 
  (2)   certifies that you are not a United States person; and,
 
  (3)   provides your name and address.
        Certain securities clearing organizations and other entities who are not beneficial owners, may be able to provide a signed statement to the withholding agent. However, in such case, the signed statement may require a copy of the beneficial owner’s W-8BEN or the substitute form.
     If you are not exempt from tax under these rules, payments made to you will be subject to withholding of United States federal income tax at a rate of 30% unless:
  (1)   Either:
  (A)   the interest is effectively connected with your conduct of a United States trade or business, in which case you will be subject to the United States federal income tax on such interest (generally in the same manner as a U.S. Holder unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise) (and, with respect to corporate holders, under certain circumstances an additional branch profits tax may apply); or
 
  (B)   the rate of withholding is reduced or eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty; and
  (2)   you provide us with proper certification on IRS Form W-8ECI or IRS Form W-8BEN, respectively, as to your exemption from withholding.
        Sale or Other Disposition of the Notes. You generally will not be required to pay United States federal income tax on gain realized on the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other disposition of a note unless:
  (1)   if you are an individual, you are present in the United States for 183 days or more in the year of such sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other disposition, and either:
  (A)   have a “tax home” in the United States and certain other requirements are met; or
 
  (B)   the gain from the disposition is attributable to an office or other fixed place of business in the United States; or
  (2)   the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a United States trade or business (and if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment), in which case you will be subject to United States federal income tax on such gain generally in the same manner as a U.S. Holder (and, with respect to corporate holders, in some circumstances an additional branch profits tax may apply).
        Information Reporting and Backup Withholding. If you are a Non-U.S. Holder that receives payments of interest directly from us or through the United States office of a custodian, nominee, agent or broker, there is a possibility that both information reporting and backup withholding at a rate of 28% will apply to the payments. However, backup withholding and information reporting will not apply if you timely certify, generally on an IRS Form W-8BEN, that you are not a United States person or if you otherwise establish an exemption.

74


Table of Contents

        Backup withholding or information reporting generally will not apply to proceeds received on the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other disposition of a note made to or through a foreign of a broker except that information reporting may apply to those proceeds if the broker has certain connections to the United States and you fail to certify that you are not a United States person or otherwise establish an exemption, payments of such proceeds made to or through the U.S. office of a broker generally are subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless you certify that you are not a United States person or otherwise establish an exemption.
     Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be credited against your United States federal income tax liability, or refunded to the extent amounts withheld exceed that liability, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
     United States Federal Estate Tax. A note held by an individual who at the time of death is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as specially defined for United States federal estate tax purposes) will not be subject to United States federal estate tax if interest on the note is exempt from withholding under the rules discussed above for “Non U.S. Holders —Interest on Notes” (without regard to the certification requirement).

75


Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
     Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for original notes where the original notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 365 days after the consummation of the exchange offer, we will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any resale. In addition, until                                         , all dealers effecting transactions in the exchange notes may be required to deliver a prospectus.
     We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of exchange notes by broker-dealers. Exchange notes received by broker-dealers for their own account in the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the exchange notes or a combination of these methods of resale. These resales may be made at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to these prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any broker-dealer or the purchasers of any of the exchange notes. Any broker-dealer that resells exchange notes that were received by it for its own account in the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of the exchange notes may be deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act, and any profit on the resale of exchange notes and any commission or concessions received by those persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act.
     Furthermore, any broker-dealer that acquired any of its original notes directly from us:
    may not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC contained in Exxon Capital Holdings Corp., SEC no-action letter (May 13, 1988), Morgan, Stanley & Co., SEC no-action letter (June 5, 1991) and Shearman & Sterling, SEC no-action letter (July 2, 1993); and
 
    must also be named as a selling noteholder in connection with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act relating to any resale transaction.
     We agree to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer, including the expenses of one counsel for the holders of the notes, other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers. We will indemnify the holders of the notes, including any broker-dealers, against various liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
NOTICE TO CANADIAN RESIDENTS
Resale Restrictions
     The distribution of the original notes in Canada was made on a private placement basis only and was exempt from the requirement that the Company prepare and file a prospectus with the relevant Canadian regulatory authorities. Accordingly, any resale of the original notes and the exchange notes must be made in accordance with applicable securities laws, which will vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made in accordance with exemptions from registration and prospectus requirements. Canadian purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of the original notes and the exchange notes.
     The Company is not a “reporting issuer,” as such term is defined under applicable securities legislation, in any province of Canada in which the original notes were offered. Under no circumstances will be Company be required to file a prospectus or similar document with any securities regulatory authority in Canada. Canadian investors are advised that the Company currently has no intention to file a prospectus or similar document with any securities regulatory authority in Canada qualifying the resale of the original notes or the exchange notes to the public in Canada or any province or territory thereof.
Representation of Purchasers
     By exchanging original notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer, a Canadian Holder is representing to us that:

76


Table of Contents

     (i) the Holder is entitled under applicable provincial securities laws to receive the exchange notes without the benefit of a prospectus qualified under those securities laws;
     (ii) where required by law, the Holder is exchanging as principal and not as agent; and
     (iii) the Holder has reviewed the text above under “Resale Restrictions.”
     Each Canadian investor who acquires exchange notes in the exchange offer acknowledges that its name and other specific information, including the amount of exchange notes it has acquired, may be disclosed to Canadian securities regulatory authorities and become available to the public in accordance with the requirements of applicable Canadian securities laws. By acquiring exchange notes, each Canadian investor consents to the disclosure of such information.
Taxation and Eligibility for Investment
     Canadian acquirers of exchange notes should consult their own legal and tax advisers with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in the exchange notes in their particular circumstances and with respect to the eligibility of the exchange notes for investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian federal and provincial legislation and regulations.
Rights of Action for Damages or Rescission — Ontario
     An investor who acquires securities offered by this prospectus pursuant to the exchange offer has, without regard to whether the investor relied upon a misrepresentation, a right of action for damages or, alternatively, while still the owner of the securities, for rescission against the issuer and any selling security holder provided that:
     (a) if the investor exercises its right of rescission, it shall cease to have a right of action for damages against the issuer or any selling security holders;
     (b) the issuer and the selling security holders, if any, will not be liable if they prove that the investor acquired the securities with knowledge of the misrepresentation;
     (c) the issuer and the selling security holders, if any, will not be liable for all or any portion of damages that they can prove do not represent the depreciation in value of the securities as a result of the misrepresentation relied upon; and
     (d) in no case shall the amount recoverable exceed the price at which the securities were offered.
     Section 138 of the Securities Act (Ontario) provides that no action shall be commenced to enforce these rights more than:
     (a) in the case of an action for recession, 180 days from the day of the transaction that gave rise to the cause of action; or
     (b) in the case of an action for damages, the earlier of:
     (i) 180 days from the day that the investor first had knowledge of the facts giving rise to the cause of action, or
     (ii) three years from the day of the transaction that gave rise to the cause of action.
     The foregoing summary is subject to the express provisions of the Securities Act (Ontario) and the rules, regulations and other instruments thereunder, and reference is made to the complete text of such provisions contained therein. Such provisions may contain limitations and statutory defences on which the Company may rely. The enforceability of these rights may be limited as described herein under “Enforcement of Legal Rights.”
     The rights of action discussed above will be granted to the investors to whom such rights are conferred. The rights discussed above are in addition to and without derogation from any other right or remedy which investors may have at law. Similar rights may be available to investors resident in other Canadian jurisdiction under local provincial securities laws.
     In light of U.S. jurisprudence, including a decision by the Supreme Court of the United States, prospective Canadian investors should consult their own legal advisers as to whether similar rights may be available to them in the United States.

77


Table of Contents

Enforcement of legal rights
     The Company is incorporated under the law of the State of Delaware. All, or substantially all, of the directors and officers of the Company, as well as the experts named herein, may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible for Canadian investors to effect service of process within Canada upon the Company or such persons. All or a substantial portion of the assets of the Company and such other persons may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against the Company or such persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against the Company or such persons outside of Canada.
LEGAL MATTERS
     Squire, Sanders & Dempsey L.L.P. has passed upon the validity and enforceability of the exchange notes and the related guarantees on behalf of the issuers.
EXPERTS
      The consolidated financial statements of Mobile Mini, Inc. appearing in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 (including schedules appearing therein) and Mobile Mini Inc.’s management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006 included therein, have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their reports thereon, included therein, and incorporated herein by reference. Such consolidated financial statements and management’s assessment are incorporated herein by reference in reliance upon such reports given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

78


Table of Contents

PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
          Mobile Mini is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement in connection with specified actions, suits and proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than action by or in the right of the corporation — a “derivative action”), if they acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. A similar standard is applicable in the case of derivative actions, except that indemnification only extends to expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of such action, and the statute requires court approval before there can be any indemnification where the person seeking indemnification has been found liable to the corporation. The statute provides that it is not exclusive of other indemnification that may be granted by a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws, disinterested director vote, stockholder vote, agreement, or otherwise.
     The DGCL further authorizes a Delaware corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would otherwise have the power to indemnify him under Section 145.
     Mobile Mini’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws provide for the indemnification of its directors to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law. Pursuant to employment agreements entered into by Mobile Mini with certain of its executive officers, Mobile Mini must indemnify such officers and employees in the same manner and to the same extent that it is are required to indemnify its directors under its Bylaws. Mobile Mini’s Certificate of Incorporation limits the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders to damages for breach of the director’s fiduciary duty.
     Mobile Mini has purchased insurance on behalf of its directors and officers against certain liabilities that may be asserted against, or incurred by, such persons in their capacities as directors or officers of Mobile Mini, or that may arise out of their status as directors or officers of the registrants, including liabilities under the federal and state securities laws. Mobile Mini has entered into indemnification agreements to indemnify its directors to the extent permitted under Delaware law.
Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
     
Exhibit    
Number   Description
 
1
  Registration Rights Agreement among Mobile Mini, Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., CIBC World Markets Corp., Banc Of America Securities LLC, and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, dated May 7, 2007
 
   
4.1
  Indenture, dated as of May 7, 2007, among Mobile Mini, Inc., the Guarantors named therein, and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as Trustee
 
   
5
  Opinion of Squire, Sanders & Dempsey L.L.P.
 
   
12
  Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
 
   
23.1
  Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, Ernst & Young LLP
 
   
23.2
  Consent of Squire, Sanders & Dempsey L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5)
 
   
24
  Power of Attorney (included on signature page)
 
   
25
  Statement of Eligibility of Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as Trustee, on Form T-1
 
   
99.1
  Form of Letter of Transmittal
 
   
99.2
  Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
 
   
99.3
  Form of Letter to Clients
 
   
99.4
  Form of Instructions to Registered Holder and/or Book-Entry Transfer Participant from Owner
 
   
99.5
  Form of Letter to Registered Holders

79


Table of Contents

Item 22. Undertakings.
     (a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the registrant’s annual report pursuant to section 13(a) or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
     (b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 15 or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
     (c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Item 4, 10(b), 11 or 13 of this form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

80


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Tempe, State of Arizona, on June 26, 2007.
         
  MOBILE MINI, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ STEVEN G. BUNGER    
    Steven G. Bunger   
    Chief Executive Officer and President   
 
KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Steven G. Bunger and Lawrence Trachtenberg his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each of them with full power of substitution and resubstitution and full power to act without the other, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and other documents or instruments relating thereto, with power where appropriate to affix the corporate seal, and to file on behalf of the Company the Registration Statement and any and all amendments with all exhibits thereto, including post-effective amendments and any filings under Rule 462 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any and all other information and documents or instruments in connection therewith, with the Commission, hereby granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite, necessary or advisable to be done in and about the premises as fully as to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
         
     
  By:   /s/ Steven G. Bunger    
    Steven G. Bunger, President, Chief Executive   
    Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   
 
     
Date: June 26, 2007  By:   /s/ Lawrence Trachtenberg    
    Lawrence Trachtenberg, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)   
     
 
     
Date: June 26, 2007  By:   /s/ Deborah K. Keeley    
    Deborah K. Keeley, Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer   
    (Principal Accounting Officer)   
 
     
Date: June 26, 2007  By:   /s/ Jeffrey S. Goble    
    Jeffrey S. Goble, Director   
       
 
     
Date: June 26, 2007  By:   /s/ Ronald J. Marusiak    
    Ronald J. Marusiak, Director   
       
 
     
Date: June 26, 2007  By:   /s/ Stephen A McConnell    
    Stephen A McConnell, Director   
       
 
     
Date: June 26, 2007  By:   /s/ Michael L. Watts    
    Michael L. Watts, Director   
       

81


Table of Contents

         
SIGNATURES
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Tempe, State of Arizona, on June 26, 2007.
         
  DELIVERY DESIGN SYSTEMS, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ STEVEN G. BUNGER    
    Steven G. Bunger   
    Chief Executive Officer and President   
 
     KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Steven G. Bunger and Lawrence Trachtenberg his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each of them with full power of substitution and resubstitution and full power to act without the other, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and other documents or instruments relating thereto, with power where appropriate to affix the corporate seal, and to file on behalf of the Company the Registration Statement and any and all amendments with all exhibits thereto, including post-effective amendments and any filings under Rule 462 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any and all other information and documents or instruments in connection therewith, with the Commission, hereby granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite, necessary or advisable to be done in and about the premises as fully as to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed on the 26th day of June, 2007, by the following persons in the capacities indicated:
     
Signature   Title
 
/s/ STEVEN G. BUNGER
 
Steven G. Bunger
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
   
/s/ LAWRENCE TRACHTENBERG
 
Lawrence Trachtenberg
  Executive Vice President, Secretary/Treasurer and Director
(Principal Financial Officer)
 
   
/s/ DEBORAH K. KEELEY
 
Deborah K. Keeley
  Vice President and Controller
(Chief Accounting Officer)

82


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Tempe, State of Arizona, on June 26, 2007.
         
  MOBILE MINI, LLC
(a California limited liability company)
 
 
  By:   /s/ STEVEN G. BUNGER    
    Steven G. Bunger   
    Chief Executive Officer and President   
 
     KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Steven G. Bunger and Lawrence Trachtenberg his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each of them with full power of substitution and resubstitution and full power to act without the other, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and other documents or instruments relating thereto, with power where appropriate to affix the corporate seal, and to file on behalf of the Company the Registration Statement and any and all amendments with all exhibits thereto, including post-effective amendments and any filings under Rule 462 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any and all other information and documents or instruments in connection therewith, with the Commission, hereby granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite, necessary or advisable to be done in and about the premises as fully as to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed on the 26th day of June, 2007, by the following persons in the capacities indicated:
     
Signature   Title
 
/s/ STEVEN G. BUNGER
 
Steven G. Bunger
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
   
/s/ LAWRENCE TRACHTENBERG
 
Lawrence Trachtenberg
  Executive Vice President, Secretary/Treasurer and Director
(Principal Financial Officer)
 
   
/s/ DEBORAH K. KEELEY
 
  Vice President and Controller
Deborah K. Keeley
  (Chief Accounting Officer)

83


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Tempe, State of Arizona, on June 26, 2007.
         
  MOBILE MINI, LLC
(a Delaware limited liability company)
 
 
  By:   /s/ STEVEN G. BUNGER    
    Steven G. Bunger   
    Chief Executive Officer and President   
 
     KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Steven G. Bunger and Lawrence Trachtenberg his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each of them with full power of substitution and resubstitution and full power to act without the other, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and other documents or instruments relating thereto, with power where appropriate to affix the corporate seal, and to file on behalf of the Company the Registration Statement and any and all amendments with all exhibits thereto, including post-effective amendments and any filings under Rule 462 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any and all other information and documents or instruments in connection therewith, with the Commission, hereby granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite, necessary or advisable to be done in and about the premises as fully as to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed on the 26th day of June, 2007, by the following persons in the capacities indicated:
     
Signature   Title
 
/s/ STEVEN G. BUNGER
 
Steven G. Bunger
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
   
/s/ LAWRENCE TRACHTENBERG
 
Lawrence Trachtenberg
  Executive Vice President, Secretary/Treasurer and Director
(Principal Financial Officer)
 
   
/s/ DEBORAH K. KEELEY
 
Deborah K. Keeley
  Vice President and Controller
(Chief Accounting Officer)

84


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Tempe, State of Arizona, on June 26, 2007.
         
  MOBILE MINI I, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ STEVEN G. BUNGER    
    Steven G. Bunger   
    Chief Executive Officer and President   
 
     KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Steven G. Bunger and Lawrence Trachtenberg his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each of them with full power of substitution and resubstitution and full power to act without the other, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and other documents or instruments relating thereto, with power where appropriate to affix the corporate seal, and to file on behalf of the Company the Registration Statement and any and all amendments with all exhibits thereto, including post-effective amendments and any filings under Rule 462 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any and all other information and documents or instruments in connection therewith, with the Commission, hereby granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite, necessary or advisable to be done in and about the premises as fully as to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed on the 26th day of June, 2007, by the following persons in the capacities indicated:
     
Signature   Title
 
/s/ STEVEN G. BUNGER
 
Steven G. Bunger
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
   
/s/ LAWRENCE TRACHTENBERG
 
Lawrence Trachtenberg
  Executive Vice President, Secretary/Treasurer and Director
(Principal Financial Officer)
 
   
/s/ DEBORAH K. KEELEY
 
Deborah K. Keeley
  Vice President and Controller
(Chief Accounting Officer)

85


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Tempe, State of Arizona, on June 26, 2007.
         
  MOBILE MINI HOLDINGS, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ LAWRENCE TRACHTENBERG    
    Lawrence Trachtenberg   
    President   
 
     KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Steven G. Bunger and Lawrence Trachtenberg his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each of them with full power of substitution and resubstitution and full power to act without the other, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and other documents or instruments relating thereto, with power where appropriate to affix the corporate seal, and to file on behalf of the Company the Registration Statement and any and all amendments with all exhibits thereto, including post-effective amendments and any filings under Rule 462 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any and all other information and documents or instruments in connection therewith, with the Commission, hereby granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite, necessary or advisable to be done in and about the premises as fully as to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed on the 26th day of June, 2007, by the following persons in the capacities indicated:
     
Signature   Title
 
/s/ LAWRENCE TRACHTENBERG
 
Lawrence Trachtenberg
  President and Director
(Principal Executive Officer; Principal Financial Officer)
 
   
/s/ DEBORAH K. KEELEY
 
Deborah Keeley
  Secretary and Director
 
 
   
/s/ DAN RADIGAN
 
Dan Radigan
  Treasurer
(Chief Accounting Officer)

86


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Tempe, State of Arizona, on June 26, 2007.
         
  MOBILE MINI OF OHIO, LLC
 
 
  By:   /s/ STEVEN G. BUNGER    
    Steven G. Bunger   
    Chief Executive Officer and President   
 
     KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Steven G. Bunger and Lawrence Trachtenberg his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each of them with full power of substitution and resubstitution and full power to act without the other, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and other documents or instruments relating thereto, with power where appropriate to affix the corporate seal, and to file on behalf of the Company the Registration Statement and any and all amendments with all exhibits thereto, including post-effective amendments and any filings under Rule 462 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any and all other information and documents or instruments in connection therewith, with the Commission, hereby granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite, necessary or advisable to be done in and about the premises as fully as to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed on the 26th day of June, 2007, by the following persons in the capacities indicated:
     
Signature   Title
 
/s/ STEVEN G. BUNGER
 
Steven G. Bunger
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
   
/s/ LAWRENCE TRACHTENBERG
 
Lawrence Trachtenberg
  Executive Vice President, Secretary/Treasurer and Director
(Principal Financial Officer)
 
   
/s/ DEBORAH K. KEELEY
 
Deborah K. Keeley
  Vice President and Controller
(Chief Accounting Officer)

87


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Tempe, State of Arizona, on June 26, 2007.
         
  MOBILE MINI TEXAS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, L.L.P.
 
 
  By:   /s/ STEVEN G. BUNGER    
    Steven G. Bunger   
    President   
 
     KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Steven G. Bunger and Lawrence Trachtenberg his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each of them with full power of substitution and resubstitution and full power to act without the other, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and other documents or instruments relating thereto, with power where appropriate to affix the corporate seal, and to file on behalf of the Company the Registration Statement and any and all amendments with all exhibits thereto, including post-effective amendments and any filings under Rule 462 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any and all other information and documents or instruments in connection therewith, with the Commission, hereby granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite, necessary or advisable to be done in and about the premises as fully as to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed on the 26th day of June, 2007, by the following persons in the capacities indicated:
     
Signature   Title
 
/s/ STEVEN G. BUNGER
 
Steven G. Bunger
  President
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
   
/s/ LAWRENCE TRACHTENBERG
 
Lawrence Trachtenberg
  Treasurer
(Principal Financial Officer)
 
   
/s/ DEBORAH K. KEELEY
 
Deborah K. Keeley
  Secretary
(Chief Accounting Officer)
[This registrant has no directors and has nobody that performs functions similar to a board of directors.]

88


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Tempe, State of Arizona, on June 26, 2007.
         
  TEMPORARY MOBILE STORAGE, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ STEVEN G. BUNGER    
    Steven G. Bunger   
    President   
 
     KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Steven G. Bunger and Lawrence Trachtenberg his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each of them with full power of substitution and resubstitution and full power to act without the other, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and other documents or instruments relating thereto, with power where appropriate to affix the corporate seal, and to file on behalf of the Company the Registration Statement and any and all amendments with all exhibits thereto, including post-effective amendments and any filings under Rule 462 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any and all other information and documents or instruments in connection therewith, with the Commission, hereby granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite, necessary or advisable to be done in and about the premises as fully as to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed on the 26th day of June, 2007, by the following persons in the capacities indicated:
     
Signature   Title
 
/s/ STEVEN G. BUNGER
 
Steven G. Bunger
  President and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
   
/s/ LAWRENCE TRACHTENBERG
 
Lawrence Trachtenberg
  Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Director
(Principal Financial Officer)
 
   
/s/ DEBORAH K. KEELEY
 
Deborah K. Keeley
  Treasurer and Director
(Chief Accounting Officer)

89


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Tempe, State of Arizona, on June 26, 2007.
         
  A ROYAL WOLF PORTABLE STORAGE, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ STEVEN G. BUNGER    
    Steven G. Bunger   
    President   
 
     KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Steven G. Bunger and Lawrence Trachtenberg his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each of them with full power of substitution and resubstitution and full power to act without the other, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and other documents or instruments relating thereto, with power where appropriate to affix the corporate seal, and to file on behalf of the Company the Registration Statement and any and all amendments with all exhibits thereto, including post-effective amendments and any filings under Rule 462 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any and all other information and documents or instruments in connection therewith, with the Commission, hereby granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite, necessary or advisable to be done in and about the premises as fully as to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed on the 26th day of June, 2007, by the following persons in the capacities indicated:
     
Signature   Title
 
/s/ STEVEN G. BUNGER
 
Steven G. Bunger
  President and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
   
/s/ LAWRENCE TRACHTENBERG
 
Lawrence Trachtenberg
  Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Director
(Principal Financial Officer)
 
   
/s/ DEBORAH K. KEELEY
 
Deborah K. Keeley
  Treasurer and Director
(Chief Accounting Officer)

90


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
     
Exhibit    
Number   Description
 
1
  Registration Rights Agreement among Mobile Mini, Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., CIBC World Markets Corp., Banc Of America Securities LLC, and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, dated May 7, 2007
 
   
4.1
  Indenture, dated as of May 7, 2007, among Mobile Mini, Inc., the Guarantors named therein, and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as Trustee
 
   
5
  Opinion of Squire, Sanders & Dempsey L.L.P.
 
   
12
  Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
 
   
23.1
  Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, Ernst & Young LLP
 
   
23.2
  Consent of Squire, Sanders & Dempsey L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5)
 
   
24
  Power of Attorney (included on signature page)
 
   
25
  Statement of Eligibility of Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as Trustee, on Form T-1
 
   
99.1
  Form of Letter of Transmittal
 
   
99.2
  Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
 
   
99.3
  Form of Letter to Clients
 
   
99.4
  Form of Instructions to Registered Holder and/or Book-Entry Transfer Participant from Owner
 
   
99.5
  Form of Letter to Registered Holders

91

exv1
 

Exhibit 1
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
Dated as of May 7, 2007
By and Among
MOBILE MINI, INC.
and
THE GUARANTORS NAMED HEREIN
as Issuers,
and
DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.,
CIBC WORLD MARKETS CORP.,
BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC
and
CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC
as Initial Purchasers
 
$150,000,000
67/8% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2015


 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page
1.   DEFINITIONS
    1  
2.   EXCHANGE OFFER
    5  
3.   SHELF REGISTRATION
    9  
4.   ADDITIONAL INTEREST
    10  
5.   REGISTRATION PROCEDURES
    12  
6.   REGISTRATION EXPENSES
    21  
7.   INDEMNIFICATION
    22  
8.   RULE 144 AND 144A
    25  
9.   UNDERWRITTEN REGISTRATIONS
    26  
10. MISCELLANEOUS
    26  
(a) No Inconsistent Agreements
    26  
(b) Adjustments Affecting Registrable Securities
    26  
(c) Amendments and Waivers
    26  
(d) Notices
    27  
(e) Successors and Assigns
    28  
(f) Counterparts
    28  
(g) Headings
    28  
(h) Governing Law
    28  
(i) Severability
    28  
(j) Securities Held by the Issuers or their Affiliates
    29  
(k) Third Party Beneficiaries
    29  
(l) Entire Agreement
    29  
Schedule 1 Guarantors

-i-


 

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
          This Registration Rights Agreement (the “Agreement”) is dated as of May 7, 2007 by and among Mobile Mini, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Guarantors listed on Schedule 1 hereto (the “Guarantors” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”) and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., CIBC World Markets Corp., Banc of America Securities LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (the “Initial Purchasers”).
          This Agreement is entered into in connection with the Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 23, 2007, by and among the Issuers and the Initial Purchasers (the “Purchase Agreement”) that provides for the sale by the Company to the Initial Purchasers of $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 67/8% Senior Notes due 2015 (the “Notes”). The Notes will be guaranteed (the “Guarantees”) on a senior basis by the Guarantors. The Notes and the Guarantees together are herein referred to as the “Securities.” In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the Issuers have agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement for the benefit of the Initial Purchasers and their direct and indirect transferees and assigns. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the Initial Purchasers’ obligation to purchase the Securities under the Purchase Agreement.
          The parties hereby agree as follows:
1. Definitions
          As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
          Additional Interest: See Section 4(a) hereof.
          Advice: See the last paragraph of Section 5 hereof.
          Agreement: See the introductory paragraphs hereto.
          Applicable Period: See Section 2(b) hereof.
          Business Day: Any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in New York are authorized or required by law to be closed.
          Company: See the introductory paragraphs hereto.
          Effectiveness Date: The date that is (i) 210 days after the Issue Date and (ii) with respect to any Shelf Registration Statement, the 210th day after the delivery of a Shelf Notice as required pursuant to Section 2(c) hereof; provided, however, that if the Effec-


 

-2-

tiveness Date would otherwise fall on a day that is not a Business Day, then the Effectiveness Date shall be the next succeeding Business Day.
          Effectiveness Period: See Section 3(a) hereof.
          Event Date: See Section 4(b) hereof.
          Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
          Exchange Notes: See Section 2(a) hereof.
          Exchange Offer: See Section 2(a) hereof.
          Exchange Offer Registration Statement: See Section 2(a) hereof.
          Exchange Securities: See Section 2(a) hereof.
          Filing Date: (A) If no Exchange Offer Registration Statement has been filed by the Issuers pursuant to this Agreement, the 120th day after the Issue Date; and (B) with respect to a Shelf Registration Statement Statement, the 120th day after the delivery of a Shelf Notice as required pursuant to Section 2(c) hereof; provided, however, that if the Filing Date would otherwise fall on a day that is not a Business Day, then the Filing Date shall be the next succeeding Business Day.
          Guarantees: See the introductory paragraphs hereto.
          Guarantors: See the introductory paragraphs hereto.
          Holder: Any holder of a Registrable Security or Registrable Securities.
          Indemnified Person: See Section 7(c) hereof.
          Indemnifying Person: See Section 7(c) hereof.
          Indenture: The Indenture, dated as of May 7, 2007, by and among the Issuers and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as Trustee, pursuant to which the Securities are being issued, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.
          Initial Purchasers: See the introductory paragraphs hereto.
          Inspectors: See Section 5(o) hereof.


 

-3-

          Issue Date: The date on which the Securities were sold to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.
          Issuers: See the introductory paragraphs hereto.
          NASD: See Section 5(t) hereof.
          Notes: See the introductory paragraphs hereto.
          Offering Memorandum: The final offering memorandum of the Company dated April 23, 2007, in respect of the offering of the Securities.
          Participant: See Section 7(a) hereof.
          Participating Broker-Dealer: See Section 2(a) hereof.
          Person: An individual, trustee, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, union, business association, firm or other legal entity.
          Private Exchange: See Section 2(b) hereof.
          Private Exchange Notes: See Section 2(b) hereof.
          Private Exchange Securities: See Section 2(b) hereof.
          Prospectus: The prospectus included in any Registration Statement (including, without limitation, any prospectus subject to completion and a prospectus that includes any information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A promulgated under the Securities Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, and all other amendments and supplements to the Prospectus, with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such Prospectus.
          Purchase Agreement: See the introductory paragraphs hereto.
          Records: See Section 5(o) hereof.
          Registrable Securities: Each Security upon original issuance of the Securities and at all times subsequent thereto, each Exchange Security (and the related Guarantee) as to which Section 2(c)(v) hereof is applicable upon original issuance and at all times subsequent thereto and each Private Exchange Security (and the related Guarantee) upon original issu-


 

-4-

ance thereof and at all times subsequent thereto, until in the case of any such Security, Exchange Security or Private Exchange Security, as the case may be, the earliest to occur of (i) a Registration Statement (other than, with respect to any Exchange Security as to which Section 2(c)(v) hereof is applicable, the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) covering such Security, Exchange Security or Private Exchange Security (and the related Guarantees), as the case may be, has been declared effective by the SEC and such Security, Exchange Security or Private Exchange Security (and the related Guarantees), as the case may be, has been disposed of in accordance with such effective Registration Statement, (ii) such Security, Exchange Security or Private Exchange Security, as the case may be, is sold in compliance with Rule 144, (iii) such Security has been exchanged for an Exchange Security or Exchange Securities pursuant to an Exchange Offer and is entitled to be resold without complying with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) such Security, Exchange Security or Private Exchange Security (and the related Guarantees), as the case may be, ceases to be outstanding for purposes of the Indenture.
          Registration Statement: Any registration statement of the Company, including, but not limited to, the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any registration statement filed in connection with a Shelf Registration Statement, filed with the SEC pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, all exhibits and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such registration statement.
          Rule 144: Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule (other than Rule 144A) or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC providing for offers and sales of securities made in compliance therewith resulting in offers and sales by subsequent holders that are not affiliates of an issuer of such securities being free of the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.
          Rule 144A: Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule (other than Rule 144) or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC.
          Rule 415: Rule 415 promulgated under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC.
          SEC: The Securities and Exchange Commission.
          Securities: See the introductory paragraphs hereto.
          Securities Act: The Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.


 

-5-

          Shelf Notice: See Section 2(c) hereof.
          Shelf Registration Statement: See Section 3(a) hereof.
          TIA: The Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.
          Trustee: The trustee under the Indenture and the trustee (if any) under any indenture governing the Exchange Securities and Private Exchange Securities.
          Underwritten registration or underwritten offering: A registration in which securities of the Company are sold to an underwriter for reoffering to the public.
          Except as otherwise specifically provided, all references in this Agreement to acts, laws, statutes, rules, regulations, releases, forms, no-action letters and other regulatory requirements (collectively, “Regulatory Requirements”) shall be deemed to refer also to any amendments thereto and all subsequent Regulatory Requirements adopted as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect therewith; provided that Rule 144 shall not be deemed to amend or replace Rule 144A.
2. Exchange Offer
          (a) The Issuers shall file with the SEC, to the extent not prohibited by any applicable law or applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC no later than the Filing Date, a Registration Statement on an appropriate registration form (the “Exchange Offer Registration Statement”) with respect to a registered offer (the “Exchange Offer”) to exchange any and all of the Registrable Securities (other than the Private Exchange Securities, if any) for a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities of the Company that are identical in all material respects to the Securities ( the “Exchange Notes” and, together with the guarantees thereon, the “Exchange Securities”) (and that are entitled to the benefits of the Indenture or a trust indenture that is identical in all material respects to the Indenture (other than such changes to the Indenture or any such identical trust indenture as are necessary to comply with any requirements of the SEC to effect or maintain the qualification thereof under the TIA) and that, in either case, has been qualified under the TIA), except that the Exchange Securities (other than Private Exchange Securities, if any) shall have been registered pursuant to an effective Registration Statement under the Securities Act and shall contain no restrictive legend thereon. The Exchange Offer shall comply with all applicable tender offer rules and regulations under the Exchange Act. The Issuers agree to use their reasonable best efforts to (x) cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act on or before the Effectiveness Date; (y) keep the Exchange Offer open for not less than 30 days (or longer if required by applicable law) after the date that notice of the Exchange Offer is mailed to Holders; and (z) consummate the Exchange Offer on or prior to the 240th day following the Issue Date; provided, however, that if such 240th day would otherwise fall on a day that is not a Business Day, then such Exchange Offer must be consummated not later than


 

-6-

the next succeeding Business Day. If after such Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC, the Exchange Offer or the issuance of the Exchange Securities thereunder is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or any other governmental agency or court, such Exchange Offer Registration Statement shall be deemed not to have become effective for purposes of this Agreement during the period of such interference until the Exchange Offer may legally resume.
          Each Holder (including, without limitation, each Participating Broker-Dealer) who participates in the Exchange Offer will be required to represent to the Issuers in writing (i) that any Exchange Securities received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (ii) that at the time of the commencement of the Exchange Offer such Holder has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Securities in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act, (iii) that such Holder is not an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act) of the Company or the Guarantors within the meaning of the Securities Act and is not acting on behalf of any persons or entities who could not truthfully make the foregoing representations, (iv) if such Holder is not a broker-dealer, that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, the distribution of Exchange Securities, and (v) if such Holder is a broker-dealer (a “Participating Broker-Dealer”), that it will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities and that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.
          Upon consummation of the Exchange Offer in accordance with this Section 2, the provisions of this Agreement shall continue to apply, mutatis mutandis, solely with respect to Registrable Securities that are Private Exchange Securities and Exchange Securities held by Participating Broker-Dealers, and the Company shall have no further obligation to register Registrable Securities (other than Private Exchange Securities and other than in respect of any Exchange Securities as to which clause 2(c)(v) hereof applies) pursuant to Section 3 hereof. No securities other than the Exchange Securities shall be included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement.
          (b) The Issuers shall include within the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement a section entitled “Plan of Distribution,” reasonably acceptable to the Initial Purchasers, that shall contain a summary statement of the positions taken or policies made by the staff of the SEC with respect to the potential “underwriter” status of any Participating Broker-Dealer that is the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of Exchange Securities received by such Participating Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer, whether such positions or policies have been publicly disseminated by the staff of the SEC or such positions or policies, in the judgment of the Initial Purchasers, represent the prevailing views of the staff of the SEC. Such “Plan of Distribution” section shall also expressly permit, to the extent permitted by applicable policies and


 

-7-

regulations of the SEC, the use of the Prospectus by all Persons subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, including to the extent permitted by applicable policies and regulations of the SEC, all Participating Broker-Dealers, and include a statement describing the means by which Participating Broker-Dealers may resell the Exchange Securities in compliance with the Securities Act.
          The Issuers shall use their respective reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective and to amend and supplement the Prospectus contained therein in order to permit such Prospectus to be lawfully delivered by all Persons subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act for such period of time as is necessary to comply with applicable law in connection with any resale of the Exchange Securities covered thereby; provided, however, that such period shall not be required to exceed 90 days or such longer period if extended pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 5 hereof (the “Applicable Period”).
          If, prior to consummation of the Exchange Offer, any Initial Purchaser holds any Securities acquired by it and having, or that are reasonably likely to be determined to have, the status of an unsold allotment in the initial distribution, the Issuers, upon the request of such Initial Purchaser simultaneously with the delivery of the Exchange Securities in the Exchange Offer, shall issue and deliver to such Initial Purchaser in exchange (the “Private Exchange”) for such Securities held by such Initial Purchaser a like principal amount of debt securities of the Issuers that are identical in all material respects to the Exchange Securities (the “Private Exchange Notes” and, together with the guarantees thereon, the “Private Exchange Securities”), except for the placement of a restrictive legend on such Private Exchange Securities. The Private Exchange Securities shall be issued pursuant to the same indenture as the Exchange Securities and bear the same CUSIP number as the Exchange Securities if permitted by the CUSIP Service Bureau.
          Interest on each Exchange Note will accrue (A) from the later of (i) the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on the Note surrendered in exchange therefor, or (ii) if the Note is surrendered for exchange on a date in a period that includes the record date for an interest payment date to occur on or after the date of such exchange and as to which interest will be paid, the date of such interest payment date or (B) if no interest has been paid on such Note, from the Issue Date.
          In connection with the Exchange Offer, the Issuers shall:
     (1) mail to each Holder a copy of the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents;


 

-8-

     (2) use their respective reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer open for not less than 30 days after the date that notice of the Exchange Offer is mailed to Holders (or longer if required by applicable law);
     (3) utilize the services of a depositary for the Exchange Offer with an address in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York;
     (4) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Securities at any time prior to the close of business, New York time, on the last Business Day on which the Exchange Offer shall remain open; and
     (5) otherwise comply in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.
          As soon as practicable after the close of the Exchange Offer or the Private Exchange, as the case may be, the Issuers shall:
     (1) accept for exchange all Registrable Securities properly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer or the Private Exchange;
     (2) deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all Registrable Securities so accepted for exchange; and
     (3) cause the Trustee to authenticate and deliver promptly to each Holder of Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, equal in principal amount to the Securities of such Holder so accepted for exchange; provided that, in the case of any Notes held in global form by a depositary, authentication and delivery to such depositary of one or more replacement Notes in global form in an equivalent principal amount thereto for the account of such Holders in accordance with the Indenture shall satisfy such authentication and delivery requirement.
          The Exchange Securities and the Private Exchange Securities may be issued under (i) the Indenture or (ii) an indenture identical in all material respects to the Indenture, which in either event has been qualified under the TIA or is exempt from such qualification and shall provide that (1) the Exchange Securities shall not be subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and (2) the Private Exchange Securities shall be subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture. The Indenture or such indenture described in (ii) above shall provide that the Exchange Securities, the Private Exchange Securities and the Securities shall vote and consent together on all matters as one class and that none of the Exchange Securities, the Private Exchange Securities or the Securities will have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter.


 

-9-

          (c) If, (i) because of any change in law or in currently prevailing interpretations of the staff of the SEC, the Issuers are not permitted to effect an Exchange Offer, (ii) the Exchange Offer is not consummated within 240 days of the Issue Date; provided, however, that if such 240th day would otherwise fall on a day that is not a Business Day, then such Exchange Offer must be consummated not later than the next succeeding Business Day (provided that if the Exchange Offer shall be consummated after such 210-day period, then the Issuers’ obligation under this clause (ii) arising from the failure of the Exchange Offer to be consummated within such 240-day period shall terminate), (iii) the holder of Private Exchange Securities so requests at any time within 90 days after the consummation of the Private Exchange, (iv) because of any changes in law or in currently prevailing interpretations of the staff of the SEC, a Holder (other than an Initial Purchaser holding Securities acquired directly from the Issuers) is not permitted to participate in the Exchange Offer or (v) in the case of any Holder that participates in the Exchange Offer, such Holder does not receive Exchange Securities on the date of the exchange that may be sold without restriction under state and federal securities laws (other than due solely to the status of such Holder as an affiliate of the Company or any of the Guarantors within the meaning of the Securities Act), then the Company shall promptly deliver written notice thereof (the “Shelf Notice”) to the Trustee and in the case of clauses (i), (ii) and (iv), all Holders, in the case of clause (iii), the Holders of the Private Exchange Securities and in the case of clause (v), the affected Holder, shall file a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 3 hereof.
3. Shelf Registration
          If a Shelf Notice is delivered as contemplated by Section 2(c) hereof, then:
     (a) Shelf Registration. The Issuers shall file with the SEC a Registration Statement for an offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 covering all of the Registrable Securities not exchanged in the Exchange Offer, Private Exchange Notes and Exchange Notes as to which Section 2(c)(iv) is applicable (the “Shelf Registration Statement”). The Issuers shall use their respective reasonable best efforts to file with the SEC the Shelf Registration Statement on or prior to the applicable Filing Date. The Shelf Registration Statement shall be on Form S-1 or another appropriate form permitting registration of such Registrable Securities for resale by Holders in the manner or manners designated by them (including, without limitation, one or more underwritten offerings). The Issuers shall not permit any securities other than the Registrable Securities to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement.
     The Issuers shall use their respective reasonable best efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act on or prior to the Effectiveness Date and to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective under the Securities Act until the date that is two years from the Issue Date or such shorter period ending when all Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Regis-


 

-10-

tration Statement have been sold in the manner set forth and as contemplated in the Shelf Registration Statement or cease to be outstanding (the “Effectiveness Period”); provided, however, that the Effectiveness Period in respect of the Shelf Registration Statement shall be extended to the extent required to permit dealers to comply with the applicable prospectus delivery requirements of Rule 174 under the Securities Act and as otherwise provided herein.
     In the event that a Shelf Registration Statement is filed, the Issuer shall provide to each Holder copies of the prospectus that is part of the Shelf Registration Statement, notify each such Holder when the Shelf Registration Statement for the Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement has become effective and take certain other actions as are required to permit unrestricted resales of the Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement. A Holder that sells Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement will be (x) required to be named as a selling security holder in the related prospectus and to deliver a prospectus to purchasers, (y) subject to certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act in connection with such sales and (z) bound by the provisions of this Agreement that are applicable to such a Holder (including Section 7 hereof).
     (b) Withdrawal of Stop Orders. If the Shelf Registration Statement ceases to be effective for any reason at any time during the Effectiveness Period (other than because of the sale of all of the securities registered thereunder), the Issuers shall use their reasonable best efforts to obtain the prompt withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness thereof.
     (c) Supplements and Amendments. The Issuers shall promptly supplement and amend the Shelf Registration Statement if required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used for such Shelf Registration Statement, if required by the Securities Act, or if reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement or by any underwriter of such Registrable Securities.
4. Additional Interest
          (a) The Issuers and the Initial Purchasers agree that the Holders of Registrable Securities will suffer damages if the Issuers fail to fulfill their respective obligations under Section 2 or Section 3 hereof and that it would not be feasible to ascertain the extent of such damages with precision. Accordingly, the Issuers agree to pay, as liquidated damages, additional interest on the Securities (“Additional Interest”) under the circumstances and to the extent set forth below (without duplication):


 

-11-

     (i) if (A) neither the Exchange Offer Registration Statement nor the Shelf Registration Statement has been filed on or prior to 120 days after the Issue Date or (B) notwithstanding that the Issuers have consummated or will consummate the Exchange Offer, the Issuers are required to file a Shelf Registration Statement and such Shelf Registration Statement is not filed on or prior to the Filing Date applicable thereto, then, commencing on the day after any such Filing Date, Additional Interest shall accrue on the Securities over and above the stated interest at a rate of 0.5% per annum for the first 90 days immediately following the Filing Date, such Additional Interest rate increasing by an additional 0.5% per annum at the beginning of each subsequent 90-day period;
     (ii) if (A) neither the Exchange Offer Registration Statement nor the Initial Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC on or prior to 210 days after the Issue Date or (B) notwithstanding that the Issuers have consummated or will consummate the Exchange Offer, the Issuers are required to file a Shelf Registration Statement and such Shelf Registration Statement is not declared effective by the SEC on or prior to the 90th day following the date such Shelf Registration Statement was filed, then, commencing on the day after such required effective date, Additional Interest shall accrue on the principal amount of the Notes at a rate of 0.5% per annum for the first 90 days immediately following each such filing date, such Additional Interest rate increasing by an additional 0.5% per annum at the beginning of each subsequent 90-day period; and
     (iii) if either (A) the Issuers have not exchanged Exchange Notes for all Notes validly tendered in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer on or prior to the 240th day after the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement was declared effective; provided, however, that if such 240th day would otherwise fall on a day that is not a Business Day, then such Exchange Offer must be consummated not later than the next succeeding Business Day or (B) if applicable, a Shelf Registration Statement has been declared effective and such Shelf Registration Statement ceases to be effective at any time prior to the second anniversary of the Issue Date (other than after such time as all Notes have been disposed of thereunder), then Additional Interest shall accrue on the principal amount of the Notes at a rate of 0.5% per annum for the first 90 days commencing on (x) the 241st day after such effective date, in the case of (A) above, or (y) the day such Shelf Registration Statement ceases to be effective, in the case of (B) above, such Additional Interest rate increasing by an additional 0.5% per annum at the beginning of each such subsequent 90-day period;
provided, however, that the Additional Interest rate on the Securities may not accrue under more than one of the foregoing clauses (i) through (iii) of this Section 4(a) at the same time and at no time shall the aggregate amount of Additional Interest accruing exceed at any one time in the aggregate 1.0% per annum; and provided, further, however, that (1) upon the filing


 

-12-

of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or a Shelf Registration Statement (in the case of clause (i) of this Section 4(a)), (2) upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement (in the case of clause (ii) of this Section 4(a)), or (3) upon the exchange of Exchange Securities for all Securities tendered (in the case of clause (iii)(A) of this Section 4(a)), or upon the effectiveness of the applicable Shelf Registration Statement that had ceased to remain effective (in the case of (iii)(B) of this Section 4(a)), Additional Interest on the Securities as a result of such clause (or the relevant subclause thereof), as the case may be, shall cease to accrue.
          (b) The Issuers shall notify the Trustee within one Business Day after each and every date on which an event occurs in respect of which Additional Interest is required to be paid (an “Event Date”). Any amounts of Additional Interest due pursuant to (a)(i), (a)(ii) or (a)(iii) of this Section 4 will be payable in cash semi-annually on each May 1 and November 1, commencing November 1, 2007, (to the holders of record on the April 15 and October 15 immediately preceding such dates), the same original interest dates as the Securities, commencing with the first such date occurring after any such Additional Interest commences to accrue. The amount of Additional Interest will be determined by multiplying the applicable Additional Interest rate by the principal amount of the Registrable Securities, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days such Additional Interest rate was applicable during such period (determined on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months and, in the case of a partial month, the actual number of days elapsed) and the denominator of which is 360.
5. Registration Procedures
          In connection with the filing of any Registration Statement pursuant to Sections 2 or 3 hereof, the Issuers shall effect such registrations to permit the sale of the securities covered thereby in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto and in connection with any Registration Statement filed by the Issuers hereunder, the Issuers shall:
     (a) Prepare and file with the SEC prior to the Filing Date, a Registration Statement or Registration Statements as prescribed by Sections 2 or 3 hereof, and use its reasonable best efforts to cause each such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective as provided herein; provided, however, that, if (1) such filing is pursuant to Section 3 hereof or (2) a Prospectus contained in an Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Securities during the Applicable Period, before filing any Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Issuers shall furnish to and afford the Holders of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, their


 

-13-

counsel and the managing underwriters, if any, a reasonable opportunity to review copies of all such documents (including copies of any documents to be incorporated by reference therein and all exhibits thereto) proposed to be filed (in each case at least three Business Days prior to such filing). The Issuers shall not file any Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto if the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, or any such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, or their counsel, or the managing underwriters, if any, shall reasonably object on a timely basis.
     (b) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Shelf Registration Statement or Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as the case may be, as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective for the Effectiveness Period or the Applicable Period, as the case may be; cause the related Prospectus to be supplemented by any prospectus supplement required by applicable law, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (or any similar provisions then in force) promulgated under the Securities Act; and comply in all material respects with the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act applicable to it with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement as so amended or in such Prospectus as so supplemented and with respect to the subsequent resale of any securities being sold by a Participating Broker-Dealer covered by any such Prospectus; the Issuers shall be deemed not to have used their respective reasonable best efforts to keep a Registration Statement effective during the Applicable Period if each of the Issuers voluntarily takes any action that would result in selling Holders of the Registrable Securities covered thereby or Participating Broker-Dealers seeking to sell Exchange Securities not being able to sell such Registrable Securities or such Exchange Securities during that period, unless such action is required by applicable law or unless the Issuers comply in all material respects with this Agreement, including without limitation, the provisions of paragraph 5(k) hereof and the last paragraph of this Section 5.
     (c) If (1) a Shelf Registration Statement is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof or (2) a Prospectus contained in an Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Securities during the Applicable Period, the Company shall notify the selling Holders of Registrable Securities, or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, their counsel and the managing underwriters, if any, promptly (but in any event within two Business Days) and confirm such notice in writing, (i) when a Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to a Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective under the Securities Act (including in such notice a written statement that any Holder


 

-14-

may, upon request, obtain, at the sole expense of the Issuers, one conformed copy of such Registration Statement or post-effective amendment including financial statements and schedules, documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference and exhibits), (ii) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (iii) if at any time when a prospectus is required by the Securities Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Registrable Securities or resales of Exchange Securities by Participating Broker-Dealers the representations and warranties of the Issuers contained in any agreement (including any underwriting agreement), contemplated by Section 5(n) hereof cease to be true and correct, (iv) of the receipt by the Issuers of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification or exemption from qualification of a Registration Statement or any of the Registrable Securities or the Exchange Securities to be sold by any Participating Broker-Dealer for offer or sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation or written threat of any proceeding for such purpose, (v) of the happening of any event, the existence of any condition or any information becoming known that makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference untrue in any material respects or that requires the making of any material changes in or amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement, Prospectus or documents so that, in the case of the Registration Statement, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and that in the case of the Prospectus, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and (vi) of the Issuers’ determination that a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement would be appropriate.
     (d) Use their respective reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of a Prospectus or suspending the qualification (or exemption from qualification) of any of the Registrable Securities or the Exchange Securities for sale in any jurisdiction and, if any such order is issued, to use their reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any such order at the earliest possible moment.
     (e) If a Shelf Registration Statement is filed pursuant to Section 3 and if requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, or the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold in connection with an underwritten offering, (i) promptly incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as the managing underwriter or


 

-15-

underwriters, if any, such Holders or counsel for any of them determine is reasonably necessary to be included therein, (ii) make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Issuers have received notification of the matters to be incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment and (iii) supplement or make amendments to such Registration Statement; provided, however, that the Issuers shall not be required to take any action pursuant to this Section 5(e) that would, in the opinion of counsel for the Issuers, violate applicable law.
     (f) If (1) a Shelf Registration Statement is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof or (2) a Prospectus contained in an Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Securities during the Applicable Period, furnish to each selling Holder of Registrable Securities and to each such Participating Broker-Dealer who so requests and to their respective counsel and each managing underwriter, if any, at the sole expense of the Issuers, one conformed copy of the Registration Statement or Registration Statements and each post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules and, if requested, all documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference and all exhibits.
     (g) If (1) a Shelf Registration Statement is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof or (2) a Prospectus contained in an Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Securities during the Applicable Period, deliver to each selling Holder of Registrable Securities, or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, their respective counsel and the underwriters, if any, at the sole expense of the Issuers, as many copies of the Prospectus or Prospectuses (including each form of preliminary prospectus) and each amendment or supplement thereto and any documents incorporated by reference therein as such Persons may reasonably request; and, subject to the last paragraph of this Section 5, the Issuers hereby consent to the use of such Prospectus and each amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of Registrable Securities or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, and the underwriters or agents, if any, and dealers, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by, or the sale by Participating Broker-Dealers of the Exchange Securities pursuant to, such Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto.
     (h) Prior to any public offering of Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities or any delivery of a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Securities during the Applicable Period, to use their reasonable best efforts to register or qualify


 

-16-

and to cooperate with the selling Holders of Registrable Securities or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification (or exemption from such registration or qualification) of such Registrable Securities for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions within the United States as any selling Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer or the managing underwriter or underwriters reasonably request in writing; provided, however, that where Exchange Securities held by Participating Broker-Dealers or Registrable Securities are offered other than through an underwritten offering, the Issuers agree to cause their counsel to perform Blue Sky investigations and file registrations and qualifications required to be filed pursuant to this Section 5(h); use their reasonable best efforts to keep each such registration or qualification (or exemption therefrom) effective during the period such Registration Statement is required to be kept effective and do any and all other acts or things reasonably necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Exchange Securities held by Participating Broker-Dealers or the Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement; provided, however, that none of the Issuers shall be required to (A) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified, (B) take any action that would subject it to general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject or (C) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.
     (i) If a Shelf Registration Statement is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof, cooperate with the selling Holders of Registrable Securities and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold, which certificates shall not bear any restrictive legends and shall be in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company; and enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, or Holders may reasonably request.
     (j) Use their respective reasonable best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the Holders thereof or the underwriter or underwriters, if any, to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities, except as may be required solely as a consequence of the nature of such selling Holder’s business, in which case the Issuers will cooperate in all reasonable respects with the filing of such Registration Statement and the granting of such approvals.
     (k) If (1) a Shelf Registration Statement is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof or (2) a Prospectus contained in an Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed


 

-17-

pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Securities during the Applicable Period, upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by paragraph 5(c)(v) or 5(c)(vi) hereof, as promptly as practicable, prepare and (subject to Section 5(a) hereof) file with the SEC, at the Issuers’ sole expense, a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or a supplement to the related Prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference, or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Securities being sold thereunder or to the purchasers of the Exchange Securities to whom such Prospectus will be delivered by a Participating Broker-Dealer, any such Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
     (l) Use its respective reasonable best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement or the Exchange Securities, as the case may be, to be rated with the appropriate rating agencies, if so requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement or the Exchange Securities, as the case may be, or the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any.
     (m) Prior to the effective date of the first Registration Statement relating to the Registrable Securities, (i) provide the Trustee with certificates for the Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities, as the case may be, in a form eligible for deposit with Euroclear and Clearstream and (ii) provide a CUSIP number for the Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities, as the case may be.
     (n) In connection with any underwritten offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement, enter into an underwriting agreement as is customary in underwritten offerings of debt securities similar to the Securities and take all such other actions as are reasonably requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters in order to expedite or facilitate the registration or the disposition of such Registrable Securities and, in such connection, (i) make such representations and warranties to, and covenants with, the underwriters with respect to the business of the Issuers and their subsidiaries (including any acquired business, properties or entity, if applicable) and the Registration Statement, Prospectus and documents, if any, incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein, in each case, as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in underwritten offerings of debt securities similar to the Securities, and confirm the same in writing if and when requested; (ii) obtain the written opinion of counsel to the Issuers and written updates thereof in form, scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriter or underwriters, addressed to the underwriters covering the matters customarily covered in opinions re-


 

-18-

quested in underwritten offerings of debt similar to the Securities and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters; (iii) obtain “cold comfort” letters and updates thereof in form, scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriter or underwriters from the independent certified public accountants of the Issuers (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Issuers or of any business acquired by the Issuers for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement), addressed to each of the underwriters, such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters in connection with underwritten offerings of debt securities similar to the Securities and such other matters as reasonably requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters; and (iv) if an underwriting agreement is entered into, the same shall contain indemnification provisions and procedures no less favorable than those set forth in Section 7 hereof (or such other provisions and procedures acceptable to Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement and the managing underwriter or underwriters or agents) with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to said Section. The above shall be done at each closing under such underwriting agreement, or as and to the extent required thereunder.
     (o) If (1) a Shelf Registration Statement is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof or (2) a Prospectus contained in an Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Securities during the Applicable Period, upon reasonable advance notice make available for inspection by any selling Holder of such Registrable Securities being sold, or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, any underwriter participating in any such disposition of Registrable Securities, if any, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such selling Holder or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, or underwriter (collectively, the “Inspectors”), at the offices where normally kept, during reasonable business hours without interfering in the orderly business of the Issuers, all financial and other relevant records, pertinent corporate documents and instruments of the Issuers and their subsidiaries (collectively, the “Records”) as shall be reasonably necessary to enable them to exercise any applicable due diligence responsibilities, and cause the respective officers, directors and employees of the Issuers and their subsidiaries to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Inspector in connection with such Registration Statement. Any such access granted to the Inspectors under this Section 5(o) shall be subject to the prior receipt by the Issuers of written undertakings, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Issuers, to preserve the confidentiality of any information deemed by the Issuers to be confidential. Records that the Issuers determine, in good faith, to be confidential and any Records that they notify the Inspectors are confidential shall not be disclosed


 

-19-

by the Inspectors unless (i) the Issuers based upon advice of counsel determine that disclosure of such Records is necessary to avoid or correct a material misstatement or omission in such Registration Statement, (ii) the release of such Records is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction, (iii) after giving reasonable prior notice to the Company, disclosure of such information is, in the opinion of counsel for any Inspector, necessary or advisable in connection with any action, claim, suit or proceeding, directly or indirectly, involving or potentially involving such Inspector and arising out of, based upon, relating to or involving this Agreement or any transactions contemplated hereby or arising hereunder or (iv) the information in such Records has been made generally available to the public. Each selling Holder of such Registrable Securities and each such Participating Broker-Dealer will be required to agree that information obtained by it as a result of such inspections shall be deemed confidential and shall not be used by it as the basis for any market transactions in the securities of the Company unless and until such information is generally available to the public. Each selling Holder of such Registrable Securities and each such Participating Broker-Dealer will be required to further agree that it will, upon learning that disclosure of such Records is sought in a court of competent jurisdiction, give notice to the Company and allow the Company to undertake appropriate action to prevent disclosure of the Records deemed confidential at the Issuers’ sole expense.
     (p) Provide an indenture trustee for the Registrable Securities or the Exchange Securities, as the case may be, and cause the Indenture or the trust indenture provided for in Section 2(a) hereof, as the case may be, to be qualified under the TIA not later than the effective date of the Exchange Offer or the first Registration Statement relating to the Registrable Securities; and in connection therewith, cooperate with the trustee under any such indenture and the Holders of the Registrable Securities, to effect such changes to such indenture as may be required for such indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the TIA; and execute, and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the SEC to enable such indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner.
     (q) Comply in all material respects with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and make generally available to its securityholders earning statements satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder (or any similar rule promulgated under the Securities Act) no later than 45 days after the end of any 12-month period (or 90 days after the end of any 12-month period if such period is a fiscal year) (i) commencing at the end of any fiscal quarter in which Registrable Securities are sold to underwriters in a firm commitment or reasonable best efforts underwritten offering and (ii) if not sold to underwriters in such an offering, commencing on the first day of the first fiscal quarter of the Issuers after the ef-


 

-20-

fective date of a Registration Statement, which statements shall cover said 12-month periods.
     (r) Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange, obtain an opinion of counsel to the Issuers, who may, at the Issuers’ election, be internal counsel to the Issuers, in a form customary for underwritten transactions, addressed to the Trustee for the benefit of all Holders of Registrable Securities participating in the Exchange Offer or the Private Exchange, as the case may be, that the Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, and the related indenture constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuers, enforceable against the Issuers in accordance with its respective terms, subject to customary exceptions and qualifications.
     (s) If an Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange is to be consummated, upon delivery of the Registrable Securities by Holders to the Company (or to such other Person as directed by the Company) in exchange for the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, the Company shall mark, or cause to be marked, on such Registrable Securities that such Registrable Securities are being cancelled in exchange for the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be; in no event shall such Registrable Securities be marked as paid or otherwise satisfied.
     (t) Cooperate with each seller of Registrable Securities covered by any Registration Statement and each underwriter, if any, participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the “NASD”).
     (u) Use their respective reasonable best efforts to take all other steps necessary or advisable to effect the registration of the Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement contemplated hereby.
          The Issuers may require each seller of Registrable Securities as to which any registration is being effected to furnish to the Issuers such information regarding such seller and the distribution of such Registrable Securities as the Issuers may, from time to time, reasonably request. The Issuers may exclude from such registration the Registrable Securities of any seller who unreasonably fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request and in such event shall have no further obligation under this Agreement (including, without limitation, obligations under Section 4 hereof) with respect to such seller or any subsequent holder of such Registrable Securities. Each seller as to which any Shelf Registration Statement is being effected agrees to furnish promptly to the Issuers all information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Issuers by such seller not materially misleading.


 

-21-

          Each Holder of Registrable Securities and each Participating Broker-Dealer agrees by acquisition of such Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities to be sold by such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, that, upon actual receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Sections 5(c)(ii), 5(c)(iv), 5(c)(v) or 5(c)(vi) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of such Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement or Prospectus or Exchange Securities to be sold by such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, until such Holder’s or Participating Broker-Dealer’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 5(k) hereof, or until it is advised in writing (the “Advice”) by the Company that the use of the applicable Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any amendments or supplements thereto. During any such discontinuance, no Additional Interest shall accrue or otherwise be payable on the Registrable Securities. In the event that the Company shall give any such notice, each of the Effectiveness Period and the Applicable Period shall be extended by the number of days during such periods from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement or Exchange Securities to be sold by such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, shall have received (x) the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 5(k) hereof or (y) the Advice.
6. Registration Expenses
          (a) All fees and expenses incident to the performance of or compliance with this Agreement by the Issuers shall be borne by the Issuers whether or not the Exchange Offer or a Shelf Registration Statement is filed or becomes effective, including, without limitation, (i) all registration and filing fees (including, without limitation, (A) fees with respect to filings required to be made with the NASD in connection with an underwritten offering and (B) fees and expenses of compliance with state securities or Blue Sky laws (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel (not to exceed $5,000) in connection with Blue Sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities and determination of the eligibility of the Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities for investment under the laws of such jurisdictions (x) where the holders of Registrable Securities are located, in the case of the Exchange Securities, or (y) as provided in Section 5(h) hereof, in the case of Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities to be sold by a Participating Broker-Dealer during the Applicable Period)), (ii) printing expenses, including, without limitation, expenses of printing certificates for Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company and of printing prospectuses if the printing of prospectuses is requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities included in any Registration Statement or sold by any Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, (iii) reasonable messenger, telephone and delivery expenses, (iv) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and reasonable fees and disbursements of special counsel


 

-22-

for the sellers of Registrable Securities (subject to the provisions of Section 6(b) hereof), (v) fees and disbursements of all independent certified public accountants referred to in Section 5(n)(iii) hereof (including, without limitation, the expenses of any special audit and “cold comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance), (vi) rating agency fees, if any, and any fees associated with making the Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities eligible for trading through The Depository Trust Company, (vii) Securities Act liability insurance, if the Company desires such insurance, (viii) fees and expenses of all other Persons retained by the Company, (ix) internal expenses of the Company (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of officers and employees of the Company performing legal or accounting duties), (x) the expense of any annual audit, (xi) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the securities to be registered on any securities exchange, if applicable, and (xii) the expenses relating to printing, word processing and distributing of all Registration Statements, underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements, indentures and any other documents necessary to comply with this Agreement.
          (b) The Issuers shall reimburse the Holders of the Registrable Securities being registered in a Shelf Registration Statement for the reasonable fees and disbursements of not more than one counsel chosen by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities to be included in such Registration Statement.
7. Indemnification
          (a) Each of the Issuers agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of Registrable Securities offered pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement Statement and each Participating Broker-Dealer selling Exchange Securities during the Applicable Period, the officers and directors of each such Person or its affiliates, and each other Person, if any, who controls any such Person or its affiliates within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each, a “Participant”), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, the reasonable legal fees and other expenses actually incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted) caused by, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement pursuant to which the offering of such Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities, as the case may be, is registered (or any amendment thereto) or related Prospectus (or any amendments or supplements thereto) or any related preliminary prospectus, or caused by, arising out of or based upon any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that none of the Issuers will be required to indemnify a Participant if (i) such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused by any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Participant furnished to the Company in writing by or on behalf of such Participant expressly for use therein or (ii) if such Partici-


 

-23-

pant sold to the person asserting the claim the Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities that are the subject of such claim and such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission was contained or made in any preliminary prospectus and corrected in the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto and the Prospectus does not contain any other untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission of a material fact that was the subject matter of the related proceeding and such Participant failed to deliver or provide a copy of the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) to such Person with or prior to the confirmation of the sale of such Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities sold to such Person if required by applicable law, unless such failure to deliver or provide a copy of the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) was a result of noncompliance by the Company with Section 5 of this Agreement.
          (b) Each Participant agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each of the Guarantors, the Company’s directors and officers, each Guarantor’s directors and officers and each Person who controls the Issuers within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to each Participant, but only (i) with reference to information relating to such Participant furnished to the Company in writing by or on behalf of such Participant expressly for use in any Registration Statement or Prospectus, any amendment or supplement thereto or any preliminary prospectus or (ii) with respect to any untrue statement or representation made by such Participant in writing to the Company. The liability of any Participant under this paragraph shall in no event exceed the proceeds received by such Participant from sales of Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities giving rise to such obligations.
          (c) If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any Person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to either of the two preceding paragraphs, such Person (the “Indemnified Person”) shall promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “Indemnifying Person”) in writing, and the Indemnifying Person, upon request of the Indemnified Person, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person to represent the Indemnified Person and any others the Indemnifying Person may reasonably designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses actually incurred by such counsel related to such proceeding; provided, however, that the failure to so notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it of any obligation or liability that it may have hereunder or otherwise (unless and only to the extent that such failure directly results in the loss or compromise of any material rights or defenses by the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnifying Person was not otherwise aware of such action or claim). In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed in writing to the contrary, (ii) the Indemnifying Person shall have failed within a reasonable period of time to


 

-24-

retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person or (iii) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that, unless there exists a conflict among Indemnified Persons, the Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any one such proceeding or separate but substantially similar related proceeding in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed promptly as they are incurred. Any such separate firm for the Participants and such control Persons of Participants shall be designated in writing by Participants who sold a majority in interest of Registrable Securities and Exchange Securities sold by all such Participants and any such separate firm for the Company, its directors, its officers and such control Persons of the Company shall be designated in writing by the Company. The Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its prior written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final non-appealable judgment for the plaintiff for which the Indemnified Person is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. No Indemnifying Person shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Person (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), effect any settlement or compromise of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party, and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (A) includes an unconditional written release of such Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (B) does not include any statement as to an admission of fault, culpability or failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person.
          (d) If the indemnification provided for in the first and second paragraphs of this Section 7 is for any reason unavailable to, or insufficient to hold harmless, an Indemnified Person in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraphs, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder and in order to provide for just and equitable contribution, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Person or Persons on the one hand and the Indemnified Person or Persons on the other in connection with the statements or omissions or alleged statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof). The relative fault of the parties shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Issuers on the one hand or such Par-


 

-25-

ticipant or such other Indemnified Person, as the case may be, on the other, the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission, and any other equitable considerations appropriate in the circumstances.
          (e) The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Participants were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any reasonable legal or other expenses actually incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, in no event shall a Participant be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which proceeds received by such Participant from sales of Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities, as the case may be, exceeds the amount of any damages that such Participant has otherwise been required to pay or has paid by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
          (f) The indemnity and contribution agreements contained in this Section 7 will be in addition to any liability that the Indemnifying Persons may otherwise have to the Indemnified Persons referred to above.
8. Rule 144 and 144A
          The Issuers covenant that they will file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder in a timely manner in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and, if at any time the Issuers not required to file such reports, they will, upon the request of any Holder of Registrable Securities, make publicly available annual reports and such information, documents and other reports of the type specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act. The Issuers further covenant for so long as any Registrable Securities remain outstanding, to make available to any Holder or beneficial owner of Registrable Securities in connection with any sale thereof and any prospective purchaser of such Registrable Securities from such Holder or beneficial owner the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act in order to permit resales of such Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144A.


 

-26-

9. Underwritten Registrations
          If any of the Registrable Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that will manage the offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Registrable Securities included in such offering and reasonably acceptable to the Issuers.
          No Holder of Registrable Securities may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder’s Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.
10. Miscellaneous
          (a) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Issuers have not entered into, as of the date hereof, and shall not, after the date of this Agreement, enter into any agreement with respect to any of the Company’s securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. The Issuers have not entered and will not enter into any agreement with respect to any of the Company’s securities that will grant to any Person piggy-back registration rights with respect to a Registration Statement.
          (b) Adjustments Affecting Registrable Securities. The Issuers shall not, directly or indirectly, take any action with respect to the Registrable Securities as a class that would adversely affect the ability of the Holders of Registrable Securities to include such Registrable Securities in a registration undertaken pursuant to this Agreement.
          (c) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, otherwise than with the prior written consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Registrable Securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to depart from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders of Registrable Securities whose securities are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect, impair, limit or compromise the rights of other Holders of Registrable Securities may be given by Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold by such Holders pursuant to such Registration Statement; provided, however, that the provisions of this sentence may not be amended, modified or supplemented except in accordance with the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence.


 

-27-

          (d) Notices. All notices and other communications (including without limitation any notices or other communications to the Trustee) provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, next-day air courier or facsimile:
     1. if to a Holder of the Registrable Securities or any Participating Broker-Dealer, at the most current address of such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, set forth on the records of the registrar under the Indenture, with a copy in like manner to the Initial Purchasers as follows:
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
60 Wall Street
New York, NY 10005
Facsimile No.: (212) 797-4873
Attention: Corporate Finance Department
          with a copy to:
Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP
80 Pine Street
New York, New York 10005
Facsimile No.: (212) 269-5420
Attention: William M. Hartnett, Esq.
     2. if to the Initial Purchasers, at the addresses specified in Section 10(d)(1)
     3. if to the Issuer, at the address as follows:
Mobile Mini, Inc.
7420 South Kyrene Road, Suite 101
Tempe, AZ 85283
Facsimile No.: (480) 894-6433
Attention: Lawrence Trachtenberg
          with a copy to:
Squire, Sanders & Dempsey L.L.P.
Two Renaissance Square
40 North Central Avenue, Suite 2700
Phoenix, AZ 85004-4498
Facsimile No.: (602) 253-8129
Attention: Joseph P. Richardson, Esq.


 

-28-

          All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; one Business Day after being timely delivered to a next-day air courier; and when receipt is acknowledged by the addressee, if sent by facsimile.
          Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee at the address and in the manner specified in such Indenture.
          (e) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties hereto; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not inure to the benefit of or be binding upon a successor or assign of a Holder unless and to the extent such successor or assign holds Registrable Securities.
          (f) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
          (g) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.
          (h) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED WHOLLY WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.
          (i) Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and the parties hereto shall use their reasonable best efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term, provision, covenant or restriction. It is hereby stipulated and declared to be the intention of the parties that they would have executed the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of such that may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable.


 

-29-

          (j) Securities Held by the Issuers or their Affiliates. Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities is required hereunder, Registrable Securities held by the Issuers or their affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.
          (k) Third Party Beneficiaries. Holders of Registrable Securities and Participating Broker-Dealers are intended third party beneficiaries of this Agreement and this Agreement may be enforced by such Persons.
          (l) Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Purchase Agreement and the Indenture, is intended by the parties as a final and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and therein and any and all prior oral or written agreements, representations, or warranties, contracts, understandings, correspondence, conversations and memoranda between the Initial Purchasers on the one hand and the Issuers on the other, or between or among any agents, representatives, parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, predecessors in interest or successors in interest with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof are merged herein and replaced hereby.


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
         
  MOBILE MINI, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
  EACH GUARANTOR LISTED IN SCHEDULE 1 HERETO
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.,    
on behalf of the several Initial Purchasers named    
on Schedule II to the Purchase Agreement    
 
       
By:
       
 
 
 
Name:
   
 
  Title:    
 
       
By:
       
 
       
 
  Name:    
 
  Title:    

S-1


 

SCHEDULE 1
Guarantors
     
    Jurisdiction of
Company   Organization
A Royal Wolf Portable Storage, Inc.
  California
 
   
Delivery Design Systems, Inc.
  Arizona
 
   
Mobile Mini, LLC
  California
 
   
Mobile Mini, LLC
  Delaware
 
   
Mobile Mini I, Inc.
  Arizona
 
   
Mobile Mini Holdings, Inc.
  Delaware
 
   
Mobile Mini of Ohio, LLC
  Delaware
 
   
Mobile Mini Texas Limited Partnership, L. L. P.
  Texas
 
   
Temporary Mobile Storage, Inc.
  California

S-1

exv4w1
 

Exhibit 4.1
EXECUTION COPY
 
MOBILE MINI INC.,
as Issuer,
and
ANY GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO,
as Guarantors
67/8% Senior Notes due 2015
 
INDENTURE
Dated as of May 7, 2007
 
LAW DEBENTURE TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK,
as Trustee
DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS
as Paying Agent and Registrar
 

 


 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*
     
Trust Indenture Act Section   Indenture Section
310(a)(1)
  7.10
(a)(2)
  7.10
(a)(3)
  N.A.
(a)(4)
  N.A.
(a)(5)
  7.10
(b)
  7.3, 7.8, 7.10
(c)
  N.A.
311(a)
  7.11
(b)
  7.11
(c)
  N.A.
312(a)
  2.5
(b)
  12.3
(c)
  12.3
313(a)
  7.6
(b)(1)
  7.6
(b)(2)
  7.6
(c)
  7.6, 12.2
(d)
  7.6
314(a)
  4.3, 4.4, 12.5
(c)(1)
  12.4
(c)(2)
  12.4
(c)(3)
  12.4
(d)
  12.4
(e)
  12.5
(f)
  N.A.
315(a)
  7.1(b)
(b)
  7.5, 12.2
(c)
  7.1(a)
(d)
  7.1(c)
(e)
  6.11
316(a)(last sentence)
  2.9
(a)(1)(A)
  6.5
(a)(1)(B)
  6.4
(a)(2)
  N.A.
(b)
  6.7
(c)
  N.A.
317(a)(1)
  6.8
(a)(2)
  6.9
(b)
  2.4
318(a)
  12.1
(b)
  N.A.
(c)
  12.1
N.A. means Not Applicable
 
*   This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed a part of this Indenture.

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page
ARTICLE I.
       
 
       
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
       
 
       
Section 1.1. Definitions
    1  
Section 1.2. Other Definitions
    19  
Section 1.3. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
    20  
Section 1.4. Rules of Construction
    20  
Section 1.5. Acts of Holders
    21  
 
       
ARTICLE II.
       
 
       
THE NOTES
       
 
       
Section 2.1. Form and Dating
    21  
Section 2.2. Execution and Authentication
    22  
Section 2.3. Registrar and Paying Agent
    23  
Section 2.4. Paying Agents to Hold Money in Trust
    23  
Section 2.5. Holder Lists
    23  
Section 2.6. Transfer and Exchange
    24  
Section 2.7. Replacement Notes
    30  
Section 2.8. Outstanding Notes
    30  
Section 2.9. Treasury Notes
    30  
Section 2.10. Temporary Notes
    31  
Section 2.11. Cancellation
    31  
Section 2.12. Defaulted Interest
    31  
Section 2.13. Persons Deemed Owners
    31  
Section 2.14. CUSIP Numbers
    31  
Section 2.15. Designation
    32  
 
       
ARTICLE III.
       
 
       
REDEMPTION AND REPURCHASE
       
 
       
Section 3.1. Notices to Trustee
    32  
Section 3.2. Selection of Notes
    32  
Section 3.3. Notice of Optional or Special Redemption
    33  
Section 3.4. Effect of Notice of Redemption
    33  
Section 3.5. Deposit of Redemption Price or Purchase Price
    33  
Section 3.6. Notes Redeemed or Repurchased in Part
    34  
Section 3.7. Optional Redemption
    34  
Section 3.8. Optional Redemption upon Equity Offerings
    35  
Section 3.9. Repurchase upon Change of Control Offer
    35  
Section 3.10. Repurchase upon Application of Net Proceeds
    36  
 
       
ARTICLE IV.
       
 
       
COVENANTS
       
 
       
Section 4.1. Payment of Principal and Interest
    37  

-i-


 

         
    Page
Section 4.2. Maintenance of Office or Agency
    38  
Section 4.3. Reports
    38  
Section 4.4. Compliance Certificate
    39  
Section 4.5. Taxes
    39  
Section 4.6. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
    39  
Section 4.7. Limitation on Restricted Payments
    39  
Section 4.8. Limitation of Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
    41  
Section 4.9. Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness
    43  
Section 4.10. Limitation on Asset Sales
    43  
Section 4.11. Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates
    45  
Section 4.12. Limitation on Liens
    46  
Section 4.13. Continued Existence
    46  
Section 4.14. Insurance Matters
    47  
Section 4.15. Offer to Repurchase upon Change of Control
    47  
Section 4.16. Additional Subsidiary Guarantees
    47  
Section 4.17. Payments for Consent
    47  
Section 4.18. Limitation on Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries
    48  
Section 4.19. Conduct of Business
    48  
Section 4.20. Suspension of Covenants
    48  
 
       
ARTICLE V.
       
 
       
SUCCESSORS
       
 
       
Section 5.1. Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets
    49  
Section 5.2. Successor Corporation Substituted
    50  
 
       
ARTICLE VI.
       
 
       
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
       
 
       
Section 6.1. Events of Default
    50  
Section 6.2. Acceleration
    51  
Section 6.3. Other Remedies
    52  
Section 6.4. Waiver of Past Defaults
    52  
Section 6.5. Control by Majority
    52  
Section 6.6. Limitation on Suits
    53  
Section 6.7. Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment
    53  
Section 6.8. Collection Suit by Trustee
    53  
Section 6.9. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
    53  
Section 6.10. Priorities
    54  
Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs
    54  
 
       
ARTICLE VII.
       
 
       
TRUSTEE
       
 
       
Section 7.1. Duties of Trustee
    54  
Section 7.2. Rights of Trustee
    55  
Section 7.3. Individual Rights of Trustee
    56  
Section 7.4. Trustee’s Disclaimer
    56  
Section 7.5. Notice of Defaults
    56  
Section 7.6. Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes
    56  
Section 7.7. Compensation, Reimbursement and Indemnity
    56  

-ii-


 

         
    Page
Section 7.8. Replacement of Trustee
    57  
Section 7.9. Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.
    58  
Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification
    58  
Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company
    58  
Section 7.12. Paying Agent and Registrar
    58  
 
       
ARTICLE VIII.
       
 
       
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
       
 
       
Section 8.1. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
    58  
Section 8.2. Legal Defeasance and Discharge
    59  
Section 8.3. Covenant Defeasance
    59  
Section 8.4. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
    59  
Section 8.5. Deposited Money and U.S. Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions
    61  
Section 8.6. Repayment to Company
    61  
Section 8.7. Reinstatement
    61  
 
       
ARTICLE IX.
       
 
       
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
       
 
       
Section 9.1. Without Consent of Holders of Notes
    62  
Section 9.2. With Consent of Holders of Notes
    62  
Section 9.3. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
    63  
Section 9.4. Revocation and Effect of Consents
    63  
Section 9.5. Notation on or Exchange of Notes
    63  
Section 9.6. Trustee to Sign Amendment, Etc.
    64  
 
       
ARTICLE X.
       
 
       
GUARANTEE
       
 
       
Section 10.1. Unconditional Guarantee
    64  
Section 10.2. Severability
    65  
Section 10.3. Limitation of Guarantor’s Liability
    65  
Section 10.4. Release of Guarantor
    65  
Section 10.5. Contribution
    66  
Section 10.6. Waiver of Subrogation
    66  
Section 10.7. Execution of Guarantee
    66  
Section 10.8. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws
    67  
 
       
ARTICLE XI.
       
 
       
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
       
 
       
Section 11.1. Satisfaction and Discharge
    67  
Section 11.2. Application of Trust
    67  

-iii-


 

         
    Page
ARTICLE XII.
       
 
       
MISCELLANEOUS
       
 
       
Section 12.1. Trust Indenture Act Controls
    68  
Section 12.2. Notices
    68  
Section 12.3. Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes
    69  
Section 12.4. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
    69  
Section 12.5. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
    70  
Section 12.6. Rules by Trustee and Agents
    70  
Section 12.7. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
    70  
Section 12.8. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial
    70  
Section 12.9. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
    71  
Section 12.10. Successors
    71  
Section 12.11. Severability
    71  
Section 12.12. Counterpart Originals
    71  
Section 12.13. Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.
    71  
Section 12.14. Qualification of Indenture
    71  
Section 12.15. USA PATRIOT Act
    71  
 
Signatures
    S-1  
EXHIBITS
     
Exhibit A
  Form of Series A Note
 
   
Exhibit B
  Form of Series B Note
 
   
Exhibit C
  Form of Guarantee
 
   
Exhibit D(1)
  Form of Regulation S Certificate
 
   
Exhibit D(2)
  Form of Certificate to Be Delivered upon Exchange or Registration of Transfer of Notes
 
   
Exhibit E
  Form of Certificate to Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to Non-QIB Accredited Investors
 
   
Exhibit F
  Form of Certificate to Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S

-iv-


 

INDENTURE
          INDENTURE dated as of May 7, 2007 among MOBILE MINI INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Guarantors (as defined herein), if any, LAW DEBENTURE TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, as trustee (the “Trustee”) and DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS (“DBTCA”), as Paying Agent and Registrar (in each such capacity the “Paying Agent” and the “Registrar”).
          Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined below) of the Company’s 67/8% Senior Notes due 2015:
ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
Section 1.1. Definitions.
          “2013 Notes” means the Company’s 91/2% Senior Notes due 2013 issued pursuant to an Indenture dated June 26, 2003.
          “Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of a Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or at the time it merges or consolidates with or into the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person and in each case not incurred by such Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or such acquisition, merger or consolidation.
          “Additional Interest” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to Section 4 of the Registration Rights Agreement or the comparable section of any registration rights agreement entered into in connection with the issuance of any Additional Notes.
          “Additional Notes” means Notes issued pursuant to Article II and in compliance with Section 4.9 hereof, in addition to and having substantially the same terms as the $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of Series A Notes issued on the Issue Date or as the Series B Notes issued in exchange therefor.
          “Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person. The term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative of the foregoing.
          “Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar.
          “Asset Acquisition” means (1) an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or shall be merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or (2) the acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of the assets of any Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) which constitute all or substantially all of the assets of such Person or comprises any division or line of business of such Person or any other properties or assets of such Person other than in the ordinary course of business.
          “Asset Sale” means any direct or indirect sale, issuance, conveyance, transfer, lease (other than operating leases entered into in the ordinary course of business), assignment or other transfer for value by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any Sale and Leaseback Transaction) to any Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of: (1) any Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or (2) any other property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company other than in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that asset sales or other dispositions shall not include:

 


 

(a) a transaction or series of related transactions for which the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries receive aggregate consideration (exclusive of any indemnities) of less than $2.0 million; (b) the sale, lease, conveyance, disposition or other transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company as permitted under Section 5.1; (c) any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 4.7 or that constitutes a Permitted Investment; (d) the sale or discount, in each case without recourse, of accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business, but only in connection with the compromise or collection thereof; (e) the sale of or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents; (f) any sale or disposition deemed to occur in connection with creating or granting any Liens pursuant to Section 4.12; (g) the lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business; (h) any sale of Receivables pursuant to a Qualified Securitization Transaction; (i) sales of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; and (j) disposals, trade-ins or replacements of obsolete or worn out equipment.
          “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.
          “Board of Directors” means, as to any Person, the board of directors (or similar governing body) of such Person or any duly authorized committee thereof.
          “Board Resolution” means, with respect to any Person, a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.
          “Borrowing Base” means, as of any date, an amount equal to the sum of:
     (1) 85% of the aggregate book value of all accounts receivable of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Special Purpose Vehicle) as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter preceding such date; and
     (2) 80% of the aggregate cost basis of the portable storage unit lease fleet (or any successor line item or items reflecting such portable storage unit lease fleet) as indicated on its consolidated balance sheet as owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter preceding such date (plus 80% of the fair market value of any portable storage units acquired since the end of such fiscal quarter),
all calculated on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.
          “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment may be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.
          “Capital Stock” means:
     (1) with respect to any Person that is a corporation, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated and whether or not voting) of corporate stock, including each class of Common Stock and Preferred Stock of such Person, and all options, warrants or other rights to purchase or acquire any of the foregoing; and
     (2) with respect to any Person that is not a corporation, any and all partnership, membership or other equity interests of such Person, and all options, warrants or other rights to purchase or acquire any of the foregoing.
          “Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, as to any Person, the obligations of such Person under a lease that are required to be classified and accounted for as capital lease obligations under GAAP and, for purposes of this definition, the amount of such obligations at any date shall be the capitalized amount of such obligations at such date, determined in accordance with GAAP.

-2-


 

          “Cash Equivalents” means:
     (1) marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States Government or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof;
     (2) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s;
     (3) commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the date of creation thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody’s;
     (4) certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia or any U.S. branch of a foreign bank having at the date of acquisition thereof combined capital and surplus of not less than $250.0 million;
     (5) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (1) above entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above; and
     (6) investments in money market funds which invest substantially all their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (5) above.
          “Change of Control” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events:
     (1) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any Person or group of related Persons for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act (a “Group”), together with any Affiliates thereof (whether or not otherwise in compliance with the provisions of this Indenture;
     (2) the approval by the holders of Capital Stock of the Company of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company (whether or not otherwise in compliance with the provisions of this Indenture);
     (3) any Person or Group (other than any entity formed for the purpose of owning Capital Stock of the Company) shall become the owner, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, of shares representing more than 50% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of the Company; or
     (4) the replacement of a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company over a two-year period from the directors who constituted the Board of Directors of the Company at the beginning of such period, and such replacement shall not have been approved by a vote of at least a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company then still in office who either were members of such Board of Directors at the beginning of such period or whose election as a member of such Board of Directors was previously so approved.
          “Clearstream” shall mean Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme, Luxembourg.
          “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
          “Common Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, interests or other participations in, and other equivalents (however designated and whether voting or non-voting) of such Person’s common stock, whether

-3-


 

outstanding on the Issue Date or issued after the Issue Date, and includes, without limitation, all series and classes of such common stock.
          “Company” means Mobile Mini Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor obligor under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to Article V.
          “Comparable Treasury Issue” means the United States treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Bank as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the notes that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of such notes.
          “Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any Redemption Date:
     (1) the average of the bid and ask prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) on the third business day preceding such Redemption Date, as set forth in the most recently published statistical release designated “H.15 (519)” (or any successor release) published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and which establishes yields on actively traded United States treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity under the caption “Treasury Constant Maturities,” or
     (2) if such release (or any successor release) is not published or does not contain such prices on such business day, the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such Redemption Date.
          “Consolidated Assets” means, as of the date of determination, the total assets (less goodwill and intangible assets) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as shown on the balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which financial statements are available, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
          “Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the sum (without duplication) of:
     (1) Consolidated Net Income; and
     (2) to the extent Consolidated Net Income has been reduced thereby:
     (a) all income taxes of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries paid or accrued in accordance with GAAP for such period (other than income taxes attributable to extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring gains or losses or taxes attributable to sales or dispositions outside the ordinary course of business);
     (b) Consolidated Interest Expense; and
     (c) Consolidated Non-cash Charges less any non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period, all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.
          “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person, the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person during the four full fiscal quarters (the “Four Quarter Period”) ending prior to the date of the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for which financial statements are available (the “Transaction Date”) to Consolidated Fixed Charges of such Person for the Four Quarter Period. In addition to and without limitation of the foregoing, for purposes of this definition, “Consolidated EBITDA” and “Consolidated Fixed Charges” shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis for the period of such calculation to:

-4-


 

     (1) the incurrence or repayment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and the application of the proceeds thereof) giving rise to the need to make such calculation and any incurrence or repayment of other Indebtedness (and the application of the proceeds thereof), other than the incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes pursuant to working capital facilities, occurring during the Four Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to the last day of the Four Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if such incurrence or repayment, as the case may be (and the application of the proceeds thereof), occurred on the first day of the Four Quarter Period; and
     (2) any asset sales or other dispositions or Asset Acquisitions (including, without limitation, any Asset Acquisition giving rise to the need to make such calculation as a result of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any Person who becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the Asset Acquisition) incurring, assuming or otherwise being liable for Acquired Indebtedness and also including any Consolidated EBITDA (including any pro forma expense and cost reductions calculated on a basis consistent with Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act) attributable to the assets which are the subject of the Asset Acquisition or asset sale or other disposition during the Four Quarter Period) occurring during the Four Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to the last day of the Four Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if such asset sale or other disposition or Asset Acquisition (including the incurrence, assumption or liability for any such Acquired Indebtedness) occurred on the first day of the Four Quarter Period. If such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries directly or indirectly guarantees Indebtedness of a third Person, the preceding sentence shall give effect to the incurrence of such guaranteed Indebtedness as if such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person had directly incurred or otherwise assumed such guaranteed Indebtedness.
          Furthermore, in calculating “Consolidated Fixed Charges” for purposes of determining the denominator (but not the numerator) of this “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”:
     (1) interest on outstanding Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis as of the Transaction Date and which will continue to be so determined thereafter shall be deemed to have accrued at a fixed rate per annum equal to the rate of interest on such Indebtedness in effect on the Transaction Date; and
     (2) notwithstanding clause (1) above, interest on Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis, to the extent such interest is covered by agreements relating to Interest Swap Obligations, shall be deemed to accrue at the rate per annum resulting after giving effect to the operation of such agreements.
          “Consolidated Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:
     (1) Consolidated Interest Expense; plus
     (2) the product of (x) the amount of all dividend payments on any series of Preferred Stock of such Person and, to the extent permitted under this Indenture, its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than dividends paid in Qualified Capital Stock) paid, accrued or scheduled to be paid or accrued during such period times (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current effective consolidated federal, state and local income tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal.
          “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication:
     (1) the aggregate of the interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, including without limitation: (a) any amortization of debt discount and amortization or write-off of deferred financing costs; (b) the net costs under Interest Swap Obligations incurred in the fiscal quarter beginning after the Issue Date; (c) all capitalized interest; and (d) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation; and

-5-


 

     (2) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations paid, accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; less
     (3) interest income for such period.
          “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the aggregate net income (or loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded therefrom (without duplication):
     (1) after-tax gains from Asset Sales (without regard to the $2.0 million limitation set forth in the definition thereof) or abandonments or reserves relating thereto;
     (2) after-tax items classified as extraordinary or nonrecurring gains;
     (3) the net income (but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary of the referent Person to the extent that the declaration of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that income is restricted by a contract, operation of law or otherwise;
     (4) the net income of any Person, other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the referent Person, except to the extent of cash dividends or distributions paid to the referent Person or to a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the referent Person by such Person;
     (5) any restoration to income of any contingency reserve, except to the extent that provision for such reserve was made out of Consolidated Net Income accrued at any time following the Issue Date;
     (6) income or loss attributable to discontinued operations (including, without limitation, operations disposed of during such period whether or not such operations were classified as discontinued);
     (7) in the case of a successor to the referent Person by consolidation or merger or as a transferee of the referent Person’s assets, any earnings of the successor corporation prior to such consolidation, merger or transfer of assets;
     (8) fees and expenses incurred in connection with this offering of the Notes and related refinancing transactions in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15.0 million; and
     (9) charges to earnings incurred in connection with the early retirement of the 2013 Notes and the repurchase of 35% of the 2013 Notes in fiscal year 2006 with the proceeds from a concurrent equity issuance.
          “Consolidated Non-cash Charges” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (excluding any such charges constituting an extraordinary item or loss or any such charge which requires an accrual of or a reserve for cash charges for any future period).
          “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.2 or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company.
          “Credit Agreement” means the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of February 17, 2006, between the Company, certain of the Company’s subsidiaries, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder, Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch, as administrative agent and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Banc of America Securities LLC, as joint lead arrangers, together with the related documents thereto (including, without limitation, any notes, guarantee agreements and security documents), in each case as such agreements may be amended (including any amendment and restatement thereof), supplemented or

-6-


 

otherwise modified from time to time, including one or more credit agreements, loan agreements, indentures or similar agreements extending the maturity of, refinancing, replacing, renewing or otherwise restructuring (including increasing the amount of available credit thereunder or adding Subsidiaries of the Company as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder) all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or agreements or any successor or replacement agreement or agreements and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.
          “Currency Agreement” means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company against fluctuations in currency values.
          “Default” means an event or condition the occurrence of which is, or with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.
          “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.6(g) as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, until a successor shall have been appointed and become such pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof, and, thereafter, “Depositary” shall mean or include such successor.
          “Disqualified Capital Stock” means that portion of any Capital Stock which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event (other than an event which would constitute a Change of Control), matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the sole option of the holder thereof (except, in each case, upon the occurrence of a Change of Control) on or prior to the final maturity date of the Notes.
          “Domestic Restricted Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary incorporated or otherwise organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or any territory or possession of the United States.
          “Equity Offering” means a public or private equity offering of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries other than:
     (1) public offerings with respect to the common stock of the Company or any Subsidiary registered on Form S-8; and
     (2) issuances to any Subsidiary of the Company.
          “Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System.
          “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute or statutes thereto.
          “Exchange Notes” means the 67/8% Senior Notes due 2015 issued in exchange for the Initial Notes, which Exchange Notes are registered under the Securities Act and issued pursuant to the terms of a certain registration rights agreement dated as of May 7, 2007 by and among the Company, the Guarantors and the initial purchasers named therein.
          “Exchange Offer” means the offer that shall be made by the Company pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement to exchange Series A Notes for Series B Notes.
          “fair market value” means, with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction. Fair market value shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company acting reasonably and in good faith and shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company delivered to the Trustee.

-7-


 

          “Foreign Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary.
          “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession of the United States, which are in effect as of the Issue Date.
          “Guarantee” means a guarantee of the Notes by a Guarantor.
          “Guarantor” means each of the Company’s Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries that in the future executes a supplemental indenture in which such Restricted Subsidiary agrees to be bound by the terms of this Indenture as a Guarantor; provided that any Person constituting a Guarantor as described above shall cease to constitute a Guarantor when its respective Guarantee is released in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.
          “Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.
          “Indebtedness” means with respect to any Person, without duplication:
     (1) all Obligations of such Person for borrowed money;
     (2) all Obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;
     (3) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person;
     (4) all Obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, all conditional sale obligations and all Obligations under any title retention agreement (but excluding trade accounts payable and other accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business that are not overdue by 90 days or more or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted);
     (5) all Obligations for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar credit transaction;
     (6) guarantees and other contingent obligations in respect of Indebtedness referred to in clauses (1) through (5) above and clause (8) below;
     (7) all Obligations of any other Person of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (6) which are secured by any lien on any property or asset of such Person, the amount of such Obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the fair market value of such property or asset or the amount of the Obligation so secured;
     (8) all Obligations under currency agreements and interest swap agreements of such Person; and
     (9) all Disqualified Capital Stock issued by such Person with the amount of Indebtedness represented by such Disqualified Capital Stock being equal to the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference and its maximum fixed repurchase price, but excluding accrued dividends, if any.
          For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Capital Stock which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Capital Stock as if such Disqualified Capital Stock were purchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market

-8-


 

value of such Disqualified Capital Stock, such fair market value shall be determined reasonably and in good faith by the Board of Directors of the issuer of such Disqualified Capital Stock.
          “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.
          “Independent Financial Advisor” means a firm: (1) which does not, and whose directors, officers and employees or Affiliates do not, have a direct or indirect financial interest in the Company; and (2) which, in the judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, is otherwise independent and qualified to perform the task for which it is to be engaged.
          “Independent Investment Bank” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers appointed by the Company.
          “Initial Notes” means the Series A Notes.
          “Initial Purchasers” means Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., CIBC World Markets Corp., Banc of America Securities LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC.
          “Interest Swap Obligations” means the obligations of any Person pursuant to any arrangement with any other Person, whereby, directly or indirectly, such Person is entitled to receive from time to time periodic payments calculated by applying either a floating or a fixed rate of interest on a stated notional amount in exchange for periodic payments made by such other Person calculated by applying a fixed or a floating rate of interest on the same notional amount and shall include, without limitation, interest rate swaps, caps, floors, collars and similar agreements.
          “Investment” means, with respect to any Person, any direct or indirect loan or other extension of credit (including, without limitation, a guarantee) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition by such Person of any Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities or evidences of Indebtedness issued by, any other Person. “Investment” shall exclude (i) extensions of trade credit by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with normal trade practices of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be; (ii) the acquisition of property and assets from suppliers and other vendors in the normal course of business and consistent with past practice; and (iii) prepaid expenses and workers’ compensation, utility, lease and similar deposits, in the normal course of business and consistent with past practice. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Common Stock of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary not sold or disposed of.
          “Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or equivalent) by Moody’s or BBB- (or equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.
          “Issue Date” means May 7, 2007.
          “Lien” means any lien, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, security interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof and any agreement to give any security interest).
          “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.
          “Net Cash Proceeds” means, with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations when received in the form of cash

-9-


 

or Cash Equivalents (other than the portion of any such deferred payment constituting interest) received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from such Asset Sale net of:
     (1) reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and fees relating to such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees and sales commissions);
     (2) taxes paid or payable after taking into account any reduction in consolidated tax liability due to available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements;
     (3) repayment of Indebtedness that is secured by the property or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale;
     (4) amounts required to be paid to any Person owning a beneficial interest in or having a Lien on the assets subject to the Asset Sale; and
     (5) appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, after such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale.
          “Note Custodian” means DBTCA, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.
          “Notes” means the Series A Notes and the Series B Notes, if any, that are issued under this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time, including Additional Notes, if any, and any Exchange Notes, if any.
          “Obligations” means all obligations for principal, premium, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
          “Officer” means, (a) with respect to any Person that is a corporation, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person and (b) with respect to any other Person, the individuals selected by such Person to perform functions similar to those of the officers listed in clause (a).
          “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by two Officers of the Company, one of whom must be the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements of Sections 12.4 and 12.5.
          “Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee that meets the requirements of Sections 12.4 and 12.5. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or the Trustee.
          “Pari Passu Debt” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that ranks pari passu in right of payment with the Notes or such Guarantee, as applicable.
          “Permitted Business” means any business conducted by the Company on the Issue Date, any reasonable extension thereof, and any additional business reasonably ancillary, incidental, complementary or related to, or a reasonable extension, development or expansion of, the business conducted by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date, in each case, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

-10-


 

          “Permitted Indebtedness” means, without duplication, each of the following:
     (1) Indebtedness under the Notes issued on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $150.0 million;
     (2) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Credit Agreement in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the greater of (A) $425.0 million less the amount of all required permanent repayments (which are accompanied by a corresponding permanent commitment reduction) thereunder with the Net Cash Proceeds from Asset Sales and (B) $25.0 million plus the Borrowing Base;
     (3) other Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the Issue Date reduced by the amount of any scheduled amortization payments or mandatory prepayments when actually paid or permanent reductions thereon;
     (4) Interest Swap Obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company covering Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that such Interest Swap Obligations are entered into to protect the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries from fluctuations in interest rates on its outstanding Indebtedness to the extent the notional principal amount of such Interest Swap Obligation does not, at the time of the incurrence thereof, exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness to which such Interest Swap Obligation relates;
     (5) Indebtedness under Currency Agreements; provided that in the case of Currency Agreements which relate to Indebtedness, such Currency Agreements do not increase the Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding other than as a result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder;
     (6) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company for so long as such Indebtedness is held by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or the holder of a Lien permitted under this Indenture, in each case subject to no Lien held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or the holder of a Lien permitted under this Indenture; provided that if as of any date any Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or the holder of a Lien permitted under this Indenture owns or holds any such Indebtedness or holds a Lien in respect of such Indebtedness, such date shall be deemed the incurrence of Indebtedness not constituting Permitted Indebtedness under this clause (6) by the issuer of such Indebtedness;
     (7) Indebtedness of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company for so long as such Indebtedness is held by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or the holder of a Lien permitted under this Indenture, in each case subject to no Lien other than a Lien permitted under this Indenture; provided that (a) any Indebtedness of the Company to any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor is unsecured and subordinated, pursuant to a written agreement, to the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and (b) if as of any date any Person other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or the holder of a Lien permitted under this Indenture owns or holds any such Indebtedness or any Person holds a Lien in respect of such Indebtedness, such date shall be deemed the incurrence of Indebtedness not constituting Permitted Indebtedness under this clause (7) by the Company;
     (8) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five business days of incurrence;
     (9) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of performance bonds, bankers’ acceptances, workers’ compensation claims, surety or appeal bonds, payment obligations in connection with self-insurance or similar obligations, and bank overdrafts (and letters of credit in respect thereof) in the ordinary course of business;

-11-


 

     (10) Indebtedness represented by Capitalized Lease Obligations and Purchase Money Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $15.0 million and (y) 2.0% of Consolidated Assets of the Company at any one time outstanding;
     (11) Refinancing Indebtedness;
     (12) Indebtedness represented by guarantees by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred under this Indenture;
     (13) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of guarantees, indemnities or obligations in respect of purchase price adjustments in connection with the acquisition or disposition of assets;
     (14) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to a Qualified Securitization Transaction; provided, however, that after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness under this clause (14) plus any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (2) and outstanding on the date of such incurrence does not exceed the greater of (a) $425.0 million and (b) $25.0 million plus the Borrowing Base;
     (15) Acquired Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $10.0 million;
     (16) additional Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $25.0 million at any one time outstanding (which amount may, but need not, be incurred in whole or in part under the Credit Agreement); and
     (17) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $50.0 million at any one time outstanding.
          For purposes of determining compliance with Section 4.9, (1) in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Indebtedness described in clauses (1) through (17) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio provisions of Section 4.9, the Company shall, in its sole discretion, classify (or later reclassify) such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this definition; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Agreement up to the maximum amount permitted under clause (2) of this definition above shall be deemed to have been incurred pursuant to clause (2) of this definition; (2) the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness shall be counted only once and any obligations arising under any guarantee, lien, letter of credit or similar instrument supporting such Indebtedness shall be disregarded; (3) the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary may incur pursuant to Section 4.9 shall not be deemed to be exceeded, with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness, due solely to the result of fluctuations in the exchange rates of currencies; and (4) the accrual of interest, accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Capital Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Capital Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Capital Stock for purposes of Section 4.9.
          “Permitted Investments” means:
     (1) Investments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in any Person that is or will become immediately after such Investment a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or that will merge or consolidate into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;
     (2) Investments in the Company by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;
     (3) investments in cash and Cash Equivalents;

-12-


 

     (4) loans and advances to employees, directors and officers of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business for bona fide business purposes not in excess of $500,000 at any one time outstanding;
     (5) Currency Agreements and Interest Swap Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of the Company’s or its Restricted Subsidiaries’ businesses and otherwise in compliance with this Indenture;
     (6) additional Investments in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $15.0 million and (y) 2.0% of Consolidated Assets of the Company at any one time outstanding;
     (7) Investments in securities of trade creditors or customers received pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such trade creditors or customers or in good faith settlement of delinquent obligations of such trade creditors or customers;
     (8) Investments made by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of consideration received in connection with an Asset Sale made in compliance with Section 4.10;
     (9) Investments represented by guarantees that are otherwise permitted under this Indenture;
     (10) Investments the payment for which is Qualified Capital Stock of the Company;
     (11) Investments in a Special Purpose Vehicle in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction; provided, however, that the only assets transferred to such Special Purpose Vehicle consist of Receivables and related assets of such Special Purpose Vehicle; and
     (12) Investments in existence on the date of this Indenture and an Investment in any Person to the extent such Investment replaces or refinances an Investment in such Person existing on the date of this Indenture in an amount not exceeding the amount of the Investment being replaced or refinanced; provided, however, that the new Investment is on terms and conditions no less favorable to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries than the Investment being renewed or replaced.
          “Permitted Liens” means the following types of Liens:
     (1) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims either (a) not delinquent or (b) contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and as to which the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries shall have set aside on its books such reserves as may be required pursuant to GAAP;
     (2) statutory Liens of landlords and Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen, repairmen and other Liens imposed by law incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith, if such reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made in respect thereof;
     (3) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security, including any Lien securing letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice in connection therewith, or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, warranty requirements, government contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money);
     (4) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as such Lien is adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment shall not have been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired;

-13-


 

     (5) easements, rights-of-way, zoning restrictions and other similar charges or encumbrances in respect of real property not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (6) any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease Obligation; provided that such Liens do not extend to any property or assets which is not leased property subject to such Capitalized Lease Obligation other than proceeds thereof;
     (7) Liens securing Purchase Money Indebtedness incurred or in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that (a) such Purchase Money Indebtedness shall not exceed the purchase price or other cost of such property or equipment and shall not be secured by any property or equipment of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company other than the property and equipment so acquired and (b) the Lien securing such Purchase Money Indebtedness shall be created within 90 days of such acquisition;
     (8) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;
     (9) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to commercial letters of credit which encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and products and proceeds thereof;
     (10) Liens encumbering deposits made to secure obligations arising from statutory, regulatory, contractual, or warranty requirements of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including rights of offset and set-off;
     (11) Liens securing Interest Swap Obligations which Interest Swap Obligations relate to Indebtedness that is otherwise permitted under this Indenture;
     (12) Liens securing Indebtedness under Currency Agreements;
     (13) Liens securing Acquired Indebtedness incurred in accordance with Section 4.9; provided that:
     (a) such Liens secured such Acquired Indebtedness at the time of and prior to the incurrence of such Acquired Indebtedness by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and were not granted in connection with, or in anticipation of, the incurrence of such Acquired Indebtedness by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, and
     (b) such Liens do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than the property or assets that secured the Acquired Indebtedness prior to the time such Indebtedness became Acquired Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and are no more favorable to the lienholders than those securing the Acquired Indebtedness prior to the incurrence of such Acquired Indebtedness by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;
     (14) Liens on assets of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor to secure Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary that is otherwise permitted under this Indenture;
     (15) leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses granted to others that do not materially interfere with the ordinary cause of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (16) banker’s Liens, rights of setoff and similar Liens with respect to cash and Cash Equivalents on deposit in one or more bank accounts in the ordinary course of business;

-14-


 

     (17) Liens arising from filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements regarding leases;
     (18) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payments of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;
     (19) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (16) or (17) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”; provided that, in the case of clause (17), such Liens do not extend to any assets other than the assets of such Foreign Subsidiaries;
     (20) Liens on Receivables to reflect sales of receivables pursuant to a Qualified Securitization Transaction;
     (21) other Liens securing Indebtedness for borrowed money with respect to property or assets with an aggregate fair market value (valued at the time of creation thereof) of not more than $15.0 million at any time in the aggregate; and
     (22) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers.
          “Person” means an individual, partnership, corporation, unincorporated organization, trust or joint venture, or a governmental agency or political subdivision thereof.
          “PORTAL Market” means the Private Offerings, Resales and Trading through Automated Linkages Market, commonly referred to as the Portal Market, operated by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or any successor thereto.
          “Preferred Stock” of any Person means any Capital Stock of such Person that has preferential rights to any other Capital Stock of such Person with respect to dividends or redemptions or upon liquidation.
          “Purchase Date” means, with respect to any Note to be repurchased, the date fixed for such repurchase by or pursuant to this Indenture.
          “Purchase Money Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the normal course of business for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price, or the cost of installation, construction or improvement, of property or equipment.
          “Purchase Price” means the amount payable for the repurchase of any Note on a Purchase Date, exclusive of accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest (if any) thereon to the Purchase Date, unless otherwise specifically provided.
          “QIB” means a qualified institutional buyer as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.
          “Qualified Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Capital Stock.
          “Qualified Securitization Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or reasonably related to a transaction or series of transactions in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (1) a Special Purpose Vehicle or (2) any other Person, or may grant a security interest in, any equipment and related assets (including contract rights) or Receivables or interests therein secured by goods or services financed thereby (whether such Receivables are then existing or arising in the future) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, and any assets relating thereto including, without limitation, all security or ownership interests in goods or services financed thereby, the proceeds of such Receivables, and other assets which are customarily sold or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with securitization transactions involving such assets, as any agreement governing any such transactions may be renewed, refinanced, amended, restated or modified from time to time.

-15-


 

          “Rating Agency” means (1) each of Moody’s and S&P and (2) if Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the Notes for reasons outside the Company’s control, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act, selected by the Company or any parent company of the Company as a replacement agency for Moody’s or S&P, as the case may be.
          “Receivables” means any right of payment from or on behalf of any obligor, whether constituting an account, chattel paper, instrument, general intangible or otherwise, arising from the financing by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of goods or services, and monies due thereunder, security or ownership interests in the goods and services financed thereby, records relating thereto, and the right to payment of any interest or finance charges and other obligations with respect thereto, proceeds from claims on insurance policies related thereto, any other proceeds related thereto, and other related rights.
          “Redemption Date” means, with respect to any Note to be redeemed, the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture.
          “Redemption Price” means the amount payable for the redemption of any Note on a Redemption Date, exclusive of accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest (if any) thereon to the Redemption Date, unless otherwise specifically provided.
          “Reference Treasury Dealer” means Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and its successors; provided, however, that if it shall cease to be a primary U.S. Government securities dealer in New York City (a “Primary Treasury Dealer”), the Company shall substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer.
          “Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any Redemption Date, the average, as determined by the Company, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Company by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m. on the third business day preceding such Redemption Date.
          “Refinance” means, in respect of any security or Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue a security or Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for, such security or Indebtedness in whole or in part. “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have correlative meanings.
          “Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Refinancing by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of Indebtedness incurred in accordance with Section 4.9 (other than pursuant to clauses (2), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8) , (9), (10), (12), (13), (14), (16) or (17) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”), in each case that does not:
     (1) result in an increase in the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of such Person as of the date of such proposed Refinancing above the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness, plus (ii) the accrued interest on and amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing such Indebtedness, plus (iii) the amount of reasonable expenses incurred by the Company in connection with such Refinancing; or
     (2) create Indebtedness with: (a) a Weighted Average Life to Maturity that is less than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced; or (b) a final maturity earlier than the final maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced;
provided that (x) if such Indebtedness being Refinanced is Indebtedness solely of the Company (and is not otherwise guaranteed by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), then such Refinancing Indebtedness shall be Indebtedness solely of the Company and (y) if such Indebtedness being Refinanced is subordinate or junior to the Notes or any Guarantee, then such Refinancing Indebtedness shall be subordinate to the Notes or such Guarantee, as the case may be, at least to the same extent and in the same manner as the Indebtedness being Refinanced.
          “Registration Rights Agreement” means the registration rights agreement dated as of the Issue Date among the Company and the Initial Purchasers.

-16-


 

          “Regulation S” means Regulation S as promulgated under the Securities Act.
          “Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer of the Trustee assigned by the Trustee to administer this Indenture and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.
          “Restricted Subsidiary” of any Person means any Subsidiary of such Person which at the time of determination is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
          “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.
          “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.
          “Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any direct or indirect arrangement with any Person or to which any such Person is a party, providing for the leasing to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of any property, whether owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary at the Issue Date or later acquired, which has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person or to any other Person from whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such Person on the security of such Property.
          “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
          “Series A Notes” means the Company’s 67/8% Senior Notes due 2015 issued under this Indenture and not registered under the Securities Act, whether issued on the Issue Date or thereafter, including any Additional Notes, if applicable.
          “Series B Notes” means notes issued by the Company hereunder containing terms identical to the Series A Notes (except that (i) interest and Additional Interest (if any) thereon shall accrue from the last date on which interest was paid on the Series A Notes or, if no such interest has been paid, from the date of original issuance, (ii) the legend or legends relating to transferability and other related matters set forth on the Series A Notes, including the text referred to in footnote 2 of Exhibit A, shall be removed or appropriately altered, and (iii) as otherwise set forth herein), to be offered to Holders of Series A Notes in exchange for such Series A Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer or any exchange offer specified in any registration rights agreement relating to Additional Notes or in a registered public offering of Additional Notes.
          “Significant Subsidiary”, with respect to any Person, means any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that satisfies the criteria for a “significant subsidiary” set forth in Rule 1.02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act.
          “Special Purpose Vehicle” means a bankruptcy-remote entity or trust or other special purpose entity that is formed by the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or any other Person for the purpose of, and engages in no material business other than in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction or other similar transactions of Receivables or other similar or related assets.
          “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.
          “Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Guarantor, as the case may be.

-17-


 

          “Subsidiary”, with respect to any Person, means:
     (1) any corporation of which the outstanding Capital Stock having at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors under ordinary circumstances shall at the time be owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person; or
     (2) any other Person of which at least a majority of the voting interest under ordinary circumstances is at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person.
          “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA; provided that in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after such date, “TIA” means, to the extent required by any such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as so amended.
          “Transfer Restricted Security” means a Note that is a restricted security as defined in Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act.
          “Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any Redemption Date, the rate per annum equal to the yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, compounded semi-annually, assuming a price for such Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such Redemption Date.
          “Trustee” means the party named as such above until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.
          “Unrestricted Subsidiary” of any Person means:
     (1) any Subsidiary of such Person that at the time of determination shall be or continue to be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of such Person in the manner provided below; and
     (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
          The Board of Directors may designate any Subsidiary (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary owns any Capital Stock of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided that:
     (1) the Company certifies to the Trustee that such designation complies with Section 4.7; and
     (2) each Subsidiary to be so designated and each of its Subsidiaries has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
          For purposes of making the determination of whether any such designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary complies with Section 4.7, the portion of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is represented by the interest of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Subsidiary, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, shall be deemed to be an Investment. Such designation will be permitted only if such Investment would be permitted at such time under Section 4.7.

-18-


 

          The Board of Directors may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary only if:
     (1) immediately after giving effect to such designation, the Company is able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) in compliance with Section 4.9(a); and
     (2) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
          Any such designation by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.
          “U.S. Government Securities” shall mean securities which are (i) direct obligations of the United States of America for the payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (ii) obligations of a person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America, the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank or trust company as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Securities or a specific payment of interest on or principal of any such U.S. Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of a depository receipt.
          “U.S. Person” means any U.S. Person as defined in Regulation S.
          “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (a) the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness into (b) the sum of the total of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payment of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) which will elapse between such date and the making of such payment.
          “Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” of any Person means any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of such Person which at the time of determination is a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person.
          “Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means any Subsidiary of such Person of which all the outstanding voting securities (other than in the case of a foreign Subsidiary, directors’ qualifying shares or an immaterial amount of shares required to be owned by other Persons pursuant to applicable law) are owned by such Person or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of such Person.
Section 1.2. Other Definitions.
       
Term   Defined in Section
“Acceleration Notice”
  6.2  
“Act
  1.5 (a) 
“Adjusted Net Assets”
  10.5  
“Affiliate Transaction”
  4.11  
“Agent Members”
  2.6 (b) 
“Certificated Notes”
  2.1  
“Change of Control Offer”
  4.15 (a) 
“Change of Control Offer Period”
  3.9 (b) 
“Covenant Defeasance”
  8.3  
“Covenant Suspension Event”
  4.20 (a) 
“Event of Default”
  6.1  

-19-


 

       
Term   Defined in Section
“Foreign Person”
  2.6 (c) 
“Funding Guarantor”
  10.5  
“Global Notes”
  2.1  
“incur”
  4.9 (a) 
“Institutional Accredited Investors”
  2.1  
“Legal Defeasance”
  8.2  
“Net Proceeds Offer”
  4.10  
“Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date”
  4.10  
“Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date”
  4.10  
“Offshore Certificated Notes”
  2.1  
“Paying Agent”
  2.3  
“Permanent Regulation S Global Note”
  2.1  
“Private Placement Legend”
  2.6 (h) 
“Reference Date”
  4.7  
“Registrar”
  2.3  
“Regulation S Global Note”
  2.1  
“Replacement Assets”
  4.10 (3)(b) 
“Restricted Payment”
  4.7 (a) 
“Reversion Date”
  4.20 (c) 
“Rule 144A Global Note”
  2.1  
“Special Redemption”
  3.8  
“Suspended Covenants”
  4.20 (a) 
“Suspension Date”
  4.20 (b) 
“Suspension Period”
  4.20 (c) 
“Surviving Entity”
  5.1  
“Temporary Regulation S Global Note”
  2.1  
“U.S. Certificated Notes”
  2.1  
Section 1.3. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.
          Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.
          The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:
          “indenture securities” means the Notes;
          “indenture security holder” means a Holder;
          “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;
          “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee;
          “obligor” on the Notes means the Company and any successor obligor upon the Notes.
          All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them.
Section 1.4. Rules of Construction.
          Unless the context otherwise requires:
     (a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

-20-


 

     (b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;
     (c) “or” is not exclusive;
     (d) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; and
     (e) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and the TIA shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement and successor sections or rules adopted by the Commission from time to time unless otherwise specified.
Section 1.5. Acts of Holders.
          (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of Holders signing or bound by such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.1) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section.
          (b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him or her the execution thereof. Where such execution is by an officer of a corporation or a member of a partnership, on behalf of such corporation or partnership, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of his or her authority.
          (c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the register maintained by the Registrar.
          (d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done or suffered to be done by the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.
ARTICLE II.
THE NOTES
Section 2.1. Form and Dating.
          The Series A Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage in addition to those set forth in Exhibit A. The Series B Notes shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B. The notation on each Note relating to the Guarantees, if any, shall be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit C. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
          The terms and provisions contained in the Notes and Guarantees shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture, and the Company, the Guarantors, if any, and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.

-21-


 

          Notes offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of a single permanent global Note in registered form, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (the “Rule 144A Global Note”), deposited with the Note Custodian for the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Note Custodian for the Depositary or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.
          Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of a single temporary global Note in registered form substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (the “Temporary Regulation S Global Note”), deposited with the Note Custodian for the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. At any time following 40 days after the later of the consummation of the offering of the Notes and the Issue Date, upon receipt by the Trustee and the Company of a duly executed certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C(1), a single permanent Global Note in registered form substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (the “Permanent Regulation S Global Note,” and together with the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, the “Regulation S Global Note”) duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided shall be deposited with the Note Custodian for the Depositary. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made in the records of the Note Custodian for the Depositary or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.
          Notes offered and sold to institutional accredited investors (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) (“Institutional Accredited Investors”), if any, shall be issued in the form of permanent U.S. Certificated Notes in registered form in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A (the “U.S. Certificated Notes”). Notes issued pursuant to Section 2.6 in exchange for interests in the Rule 144A Global Note or the Regulation S Global Note shall be in the form of permanent Certificated Notes in registered form substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (the “Offshore Certificated Notes”), in the case of those issued in exchange for the Regulation S Global Note, and U.S. Certificated Notes, in the case of those issued in exchange for the Rule 144A Global Note.
          The Offshore Certificated Notes and U.S. Certificated Notes are sometimes collectively herein referred to as the “Certificated Notes.” The Rule 144A Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note are sometimes referred to herein as the “Global Notes.”
Section 2.2. Execution and Authentication.
          An Officer of the Company shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature and the Notes shall be attested to by another Officer of the Company. The seal of the Company shall be reproduced on the Notes and may be in facsimile form.
          If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid. Each Guarantor, if any, shall execute a Guarantee in the manner set forth in Section 10.7.
          A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.
          The Trustee, upon a written order of the Company signed by two Officers of the Company, together with the other documents required by Sections 12.4 and 12.5, shall authenticate (i) Series A Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in the aggregate principal amount not to exceed $150.0 million and (ii) subsequent to the Issue Date and subject to Section 4.9, Additional Notes. The Trustee, upon written order of the Company signed by two Officers of the Company, together with the other documents required by Sections 12.4 and 12.5, shall authenticate Series B Notes; provided that such Series B Notes shall be issuable only upon the valid surrender for cancellation of Series A Notes of a like aggregate principal amount in accordance with the Exchange Offer or an exchange offer specified in any registration rights agreement relating to Additional Notes or in connection with one or more registered public offerings of Additional Notes. Such written order of the Company shall specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated. Any Additional Notes shall be part of the same issue as the Notes being issued on the Issue Date and will vote on all matters as one

-22-


 

class with the Notes being issued on the Issue Date, including, without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions, Change of Control Offers and Net Proceeds Offers.
          The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company.
Section 2.3. Registrar and Paying Agent.
          The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. At the option of the Company, payment of interest and Additional Interest (if any) may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal, Redemption Price and Purchase Price of, and interest and Additional Interest (if any) on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Trustee or the Paying Agent. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. The Depositary shall, by acceptance of a Global Note, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Note may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by the Depositary (or its agent), and that ownership of a beneficial interest in the Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry.
          The Company initially appoints Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Note Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.
          The Paying Agent is hereby authorized to enter into a letter of representations with the Depositary in the form provided by the Company and to act in accordance with such letter.
Section 2.4. Paying Agents to Hold Money in Trust.
          The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than DBTCA or the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest (if any) on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.
Section 2.5. Holder Lists.
          The Registrar shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee or DBTCA is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least five Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes, and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a).

-23-


 

Section 2.6. Transfer and Exchange.
          (a) Transfer and Exchange Generally; Book Entry Provisions. Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note to the Registrar, and satisfaction of the requirements for such transfer set forth in this Section 2.6, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount and bearing such restrictive legends as may be required by this Indenture.
          Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at any such office or agency maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 4.2. Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Notes which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.
          All Notes presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar duly executed, by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing. Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, and in addition to the requirements set forth in the legend referred to in Section 2.6(h)(i) below, in connection with any transfer of Transfer Restricted Securities any request for transfer shall be accompanied by a certification to the Trustee relating to the manner of such transfer substantially in the form of Exhibit D(2).
          (b) Book-Entry Provisions for the Global Notes. The Rule 144A Global Note and Regulation S Global Note initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of such Depositary, (ii) be delivered to the Note Custodian and (iii) bear legends as set forth in Section 2.6(h).
          Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, held on their behalf by the Depositary, or the Note Custodian, or under the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, and the Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of any Note.
          Transfers of the Rule 144A Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note shall be limited to transfers of such Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note in whole, but not in part, to the Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees. Beneficial interests in the Rule 144A Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note may be transferred in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary and the provisions of this Section 2.6. The registration of transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in a Global Note, which does not involve the issuance of a Certificated Note, shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with this Indenture (including the restrictions on transfer set forth herein) and the procedures of the Depositary therefor. The Trustee shall have no responsibility or liability for any act or omission of the Depositary.
          At any time at the request of the beneficial holder of an interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or Permanent Regulation S Global Note to obtain a Certificated Note, such beneficial holder shall be entitled to obtain a Certificated Note upon written request to the Trustee and the Note Custodian in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Note Custodian and Depositary for the issuance thereof. Upon receipt of any such request, the Trustee, or the Note Custodian at the direction of the Trustee, will cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depositary and the Note Custodian, the aggregate principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note or Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as appropriate, to be reduced by the principal amount of the Certificated Note issued upon such request to such beneficial holder and, following such reduction, the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to such beneficial holder (or its nominee) a Certificated Note or Certificated Notes in the appropriate aggregate principal amount

-24-


 

in the name of such beneficial holder (or its nominee) and bearing such restrictive legends as may be required by this Indenture.
          (c) Transfers to Non-QIB Institutional Accredited Investors. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Transfer Restricted Security to any Institutional Accredited Investor that is not a QIB (other than any Person that is not a U.S. Person as defined under Regulation S, a “Foreign Person”):
     (i) the Registrar shall register the transfer of any Note, whether or not such Note bears the Private Placement Legend, if (x) the proposed transferee has certified in writing to the Registrar that the requested transfer is at least two years after the later of (A) the Issue Date of the Notes and (B) the last date on which any Notes were acquired from an Affiliate of the Company and has delivered legal opinions and such other information as the Trustee and the Company may reasonably require, or (y) the proposed transferee has delivered to the Registrar (A) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E and (B) such certifications, legal opinions and other information as the Trustee and the Company may reasonably request to confirm that such transaction is in compliance with the Securities Act; and
     (ii) if the proposed transferor is an Agent Member holding a beneficial interest in the Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the documents required by clause (i), and (y) instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more Certificated Notes of like tenor and amount.
          (d) Transfers to QIBs. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Transfer Restricted Security to a QIB (other than Foreign Persons):
     (i) if the Note to be transferred consists of Certificated Notes or an interest in the Regulation S Global Note, the Registrar shall register the transfer if such transfer is being made by a proposed transferor who has checked the box provided for on a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D(2) stating, or has otherwise advised the Company and the Registrar in writing, that the sale has been made in compliance with the provisions of Rule 144A to a transferee who is a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A; and
     (ii) if the proposed transferee is an Agent Member, and the Note to be transferred consists of Certificated Notes or an interest in the Regulation S Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the documents referred to in clause (i), and (y) instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Certificated Notes or the interest in the Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, to be transferred, and the Trustee shall cancel the Certificated Notes or decrease the amount of the Regulation S Global Note so transferred.
          (e) Transfers of Interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note:
     (i) the Registrar shall register the transfer of an interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Certificate if (x) the proposed transferor has delivered to the Registrar a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F and the transferee shall have delivered a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D(1) stating, among other things, that the proposed transferee is a Foreign Person or (y) the proposed transferee is a QIB and the proposed transferor has checked the box provided for on a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D(2) stating, or has otherwise advised the Company and the Registrar in writing, that the sale has been made in compliance with the provisions of Rule 144A to a transferee who is a

-25-


 

QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A; and
     (ii) if the proposed transferee is an Agent Member, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the documents referred to in clause (i), and (y) instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Temporary Regulation S Global Note to be transferred, and the Note Custodian, shall decrease the amount of the Temporary Regulation S Global Note.
          (f) Transfers to Foreign Persons. The following provisions shall apply with respect to any transfer of a Transfer Restricted Security to a Foreign Person:
     (i) the Registrar shall register any proposed transfer of a Note to a Foreign Person upon receipt of a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F from the proposed transferor and such certifications, legal opinions and other information as the Trustee or the Company may reasonably request; and
     (ii) (a) if the proposed transferor is an Agent Member holding a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or the Note to be transferred consists of Certificated Notes, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the documents required by clause (i), and (y) instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or cancel the Certificated Notes, as the case may be, to be transferred, and (b) if the proposed transferee is an Agent Member, upon receipt by the Registrar of instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Certificated Notes to be transferred, and the Trustee shall decrease the amount of the Rule 144A Global Note.
          (g) The Depositary. The Depositary shall be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act. The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. Initially, the Rule 144A Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note shall be issued to the Depositary, registered in the name of Cede & Co., as the nominee of the Depositary, and deposited with the Note Custodian for Cede & Co.
          Notes in Certificated form issued in exchange for all or a part of a Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall be registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the Depositary, pursuant to instructions from its direct or indirect participants or otherwise, shall instruct the Trustee. Upon execution and authentication, the Trustee shall deliver such Certificated Notes in Certificated form to the persons in whose names such Notes in Certificated form are so registered.
          Certificated Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in the Rule 144A Global Note or the Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, if at any time:
     (i) the Depositary for the Notes notifies the Company that the Depositary is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the Rule 144A Global Note or the Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, and a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days after delivery of such notice; or
     (ii) the Company, at its sole discretion, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of Certificated Notes under this Indenture,
and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an authentication order in accordance with Section 2.2, authenticate and deliver Certificated Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal

-26-


 

amount of the Rule 144A Global Note or the Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, in exchange for such Global Notes.
          (h) Legends.
          (i) Except as permitted by the following paragraphs (ii) and (iii), each Note certificate evidencing Global Notes and Certificated Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall (x) be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Section 2.6 (including those set forth in the legend below) unless such restrictions on transfer shall be waived by written consent of the Company, and the holder of each Transfer Restricted Security, by such Holder’s acceptance thereof, agrees to be bound by all such restrictions on transfer and (y) bear the legend set forth below (the “Private Placement Legend”):
“THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (C) IT IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR”), (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT WITHIN TWO YEARS AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS NOTE RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE EXCEPT (A) TO MOBILE MINI INC. OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES (OR HAS FURNISHED ON ITS BEHALF BY A U.S. BROKER-DEALER) TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE FOR THIS NOTE), (D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (F) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO MOBILE MINI INC. IF MOBILE MINI INC. SO REQUESTS), OR (G) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE WITHIN TWO YEARS AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS NOTE, IF THE PROPOSED TRANSFEREE IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE TRUSTEE AND MOBILE MINI INC. SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS EITHER OF THEM MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANS-

-27-


 

ACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.”
          (ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Security (including any Transfer Restricted Security represented by a Global Note) pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act:
     (a) in the case of any Transfer Restricted Security that is a Certificated Note, the Registrar shall permit the Holder thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Security for a Certificated Note that does not bear the legend set forth in (i) above and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Security; and
     (b) in the case of any Transfer Restricted Security represented by a Global Note, such Transfer Restricted Security shall not be required to bear the legend set forth in (i) above, but shall continue to be subject to the provisions of Section 2.6(b); provided, however, that with respect to any request for an exchange of a Transfer Restricted Security that is represented by a Global Note for a Certificated Note that does not bear the legend set forth in (i) above, which request is made in reliance upon Rule 144, the Holder thereof shall certify in writing to the Registrar that such request is being made pursuant to Rule 144 (such certifications to be substantially in the form of Exhibit D(2));
in each case, upon the delivery by the transferor of such opinions and other information as the Trustee or the Company shall reasonably request.
          (iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon consummation of the Exchange Offer, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an authentication order in accordance with Section 2.2, the Trustee shall authenticate Series B Notes in exchange for Series A Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer, which Series B Notes shall not bear the legend set forth in (i) above, and the Registrar shall rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Series A Notes, in each case unless the Company has notified the Registrar in writing that the Holder of such Series A Notes is either (A) a broker-dealer, (B) a Person participating in the distribution of the Series A Notes or (C) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144A) of the Company.
          (iv) Each Global Note, whether or not a Transfer Restricted Security, shall also bear the following legend on the face thereof:
THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITARY OR A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.
UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS

-28-


 

REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.
          (v) Any Global Note may be endorsed with or have incorporated in the text thereof such legends or recitals or changes not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture as may be required by the Note Custodian, the Depositary or by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. in order for the Notes to be tradable on the PORTAL Market or tradable on Euroclear or Clearstream or as may be required for the Notes to be tradable on any other market developed for trading of securities pursuant to Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act or required to comply with any applicable law or any regulation thereunder or with the rules and regulations of any securities exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Notes may be listed or traded or to conform with any usage with respect thereto, or to indicate any special limitations or restrictions to which any particular Notes are subject.
          (i) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in Global Notes have been exchanged for Certificated Notes, redeemed, repurchased or cancelled, all Global Notes shall be returned to or retained and cancelled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Certificated Notes, redeemed, repurchased or cancelled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Notes shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or the Note Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, to reflect such reduction. In the event of any transfer of any beneficial interest between the Rule 144A Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note in accordance with the standing procedures and instructions between the Depositary and the Note Custodian and the transfer restrictions set forth herein, the aggregate principal amount of each of the Rule 144A Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note shall be appropriately increased or decreased, as the case may be, and an endorsement shall be made on each of the Rule 144A Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note by the Trustee or the Note Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, to reflect such reduction or increase.
          (j) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.
          (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Certificated Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s request.
          (ii) No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Section 2.6).
          (iii) The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.
          (iv) All Certificated Notes and Global Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Certificated Notes or Global Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Certificated Notes or Global Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.
          (v) The Company shall not be required:
     (a) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.2 and ending at the close of business on the day of selection; or

-29-


 

     (b) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or
     (c) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date.
          (vi) Prior to due presentment of the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of all payments with respect to such Notes, and neither the Trustee, any Agent nor the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
          (vii) The Trustee shall authenticate Certificated Notes and Global Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.2.
Section 2.7. Replacement Notes.
          If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or either the Company or the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an authentication order in accordance with Section 2.2, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements for replacement of Notes are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Trustee and the Company may charge the Holder for their expenses in replacing a Note.
          Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.
Section 2.8. Outstanding Notes.
          The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee or the Note Custodian in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.9, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note.
          If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.7, it shall cease to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser for value.
          If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.1, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.
          If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a Redemption Date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.
Section 2.9. Treasury Notes.
          In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or by any Affiliate thereof shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver of consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. The Company agrees to notify the Trustee of the existence of any such treasury Notes or Notes owned by the Company or an Affiliate thereof.

-30-


 

Section 2.10. Temporary Notes.
          Until Certificated Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an authentication order in accordance with Section 2.2, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Certificated Notes, but may have such variations as the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Certificated Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.
          Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.
Section 2.11. Cancellation.
          The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall destroy all canceled Notes in accordance with the Trustee’s usual procedures. The Trustee shall maintain a record of the destruction of all canceled Notes. Certification of the destruction of all canceled Notes shall be delivered to the Company. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that have been paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.
Section 2.12. Defaulted Interest.
          If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, the Company shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.1. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date, provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) shall mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.
Section 2.13. Persons Deemed Owners.
          Prior to due presentment of a Note for registration of transfer and subject to Section 2.12, the Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent, any co-registrar and any Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name any Note shall be registered upon the register of Notes kept by the Registrar as the absolute owner of such Note (whether or not such Note shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notation of the ownership or other writing thereon made by anyone other than the Company, any co-registrar or any Registrar) for the purpose of receiving all payments with respect to such Note and for all other purposes, and none of the Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent, any co-registrar or any Registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.
Section 2.14. CUSIP Numbers.
          The Company in issuing the Notes may use a “CUSIP” number, and if so, the Trustee shall use the CUSIP number in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number printed in the notice or on the Notes, and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. The Company shall notify the Trustee of any change to the CUSIP numbers.

-31-


 

Section 2.15. Designation.
          The Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes is hereby irrevocably designated as “senior indebtedness” or such other term denoting seniority for the purposes of any future Indebtedness of the Company which the Company makes subordinate to any senior indebtedness or such other term denoting seniority.
ARTICLE III.
REDEMPTION AND REPURCHASE
Section 3.1. Notices to Trustee.
          If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.7 or 3.8, it shall furnish to the Registrar, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, the Redemption Date, the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the Redemption Price.
          If the Company is required to offer to repurchase Notes pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.10 or 4.15, it shall notify the Registrar in writing, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Purchase Date, of the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the repurchase shall occur, the Purchase Date, the principal amount of Notes required to be repurchased and the Purchase Price and shall furnish to the Registrar an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that (a) the Company is required to make or has made a Net Proceeds Offer or a Change of Control Offer, as the case may be, and (b) the conditions set forth in Section 4.10 or 4.15, as the case may be, have been satisfied.
          If the Registrar is not the Trustee, the Company shall, concurrently with each notice of redemption or repurchase, cause the Registrar to deliver to the Trustee a certificate (upon which the Trustee may rely) setting forth the principal amounts of Notes held by each Holder.
Section 3.2. Selection of Notes.
          Except as set forth below, if less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed, the Registrar shall select the Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed in compliance with the requirements of the national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not then listed on a national securities exchange, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Registrar shall deem fair and appropriate. In the event of partial redemption by lot, the particular Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Registrar from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption.
          If less than all of the Notes tendered are to be repurchased pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.10, the Registrar shall select the Notes or portions thereof to be repurchased in compliance with Section 4.10, as applicable. In the event of partial repurchase by lot, the particular Notes or portions thereof to be repurchased shall be selected at the close of business of the last Business Day prior to the Purchase Date. If less than all of the Notes tendered are to be redeemed pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.7 or 3.8, the Registrar shall select the Notes only pro rata or on as nearly a pro rata basis as is practicable (subject to DTC procedures) or by such other method as may be required by law.
          The Registrar shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes or portions thereof selected for redemption or repurchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or repurchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or repurchased. Notes and portions thereof selected shall be in amounts of $1,000 or integral multiples of $1,000; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed. No Notes of a principal amount of $1,000 or less shall be redeemed in part.

-32-


 

Section 3.3. Notice of Optional or Special Redemption.
          In the event Notes are to be redeemed pursuant to Section 3.7 or 3.8, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date, the Company shall mail by first-class mail a notice of redemption to each Holder at its registered address whose Notes are to be redeemed in whole or in part, with a copy to the Trustee.
          The notice shall identify the Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed and shall state:
     (a) the Redemption Date;
     (b) the Redemption Price;
     (c) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued;
     (d) the name and address of the Paying Agent;
     (e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price, Additional Interest, if any, and, unless the Redemption Date is after a record date and/or before the succeeding interest payment date, accrued interest thereon to the Redemption Date;
     (f) that, unless the Company defaults in making the redemption payment, interest and any Additional Interest on Notes called for redemption will cease to accrue on and after the Redemption Date, and the only remaining right of the Holders of such Notes is to receive payment of the Redemption Price, any Additional Interest and, unless the Redemption Date is after a record date and/or before the succeeding interest payment date, accrued interest thereon to the Redemption Date upon surrender to the Paying Agent of the Notes redeemed;
     (g) if fewer than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the identification of the particular Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed, as well as the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption; and
     (h) the section of the Notes pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed.
          At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided that the Company shall deliver to the Trustee, at least 35 days prior to the Redemption Date, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.
Section 3.4. Effect of Notice of Redemption.
          Once notice of redemption is mailed, Notes or portions thereof called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date at the Redemption Price. Upon surrender to any Paying Agent, such Notes or portions thereof shall be paid at the Redemption Price, plus Additional Interest, if any, and accrued interest to the Redemption Date; provided, however, that installments of interest which are due and payable on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Notes, registered as such, at the close of business on the relevant record date for the payment of such installment of interest.
Section 3.5. Deposit of Redemption Price or Purchase Price.
          On or before 10:00 A.M. New York City time on each Redemption Date or Purchase Date, the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the aggregate amount due on all Notes to be redeemed or repurchased on that date, including without limitation any accrued and unpaid interest and

-33-


 

Additional Interest, if any, to the Redemption Date or Purchase Date. The Company, the Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money not required for that purpose.
          Unless the Company defaults in making such payment, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes to be redeemed or repurchased will cease to accrue on the applicable Redemption Date or Purchase Date, whether or not such Notes are presented for payment. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest will be paid on the unpaid principal, from the applicable Redemption Date or Purchase Date until such principal is paid, and on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.1.
Section 3.6. Notes Redeemed or Repurchased in Part.
          Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or repurchased in part, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to portion of the Note surrendered that is not to be redeemed or repurchased.
Section 3.7. Optional Redemption.
          The Company may redeem the Notes at any time at its option, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice. To redeem the Notes prior to May 1, 2011, the Company must pay a redemption price equal to the greater of:
     (a) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed; and
     (b) the sum of the present values of (1) the redemption price of the Notes at May 1, 2011 (as set forth below) and (2) the remaining scheduled payments of interest from the Redemption Date to May 1, 2011, but excluding accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, discounted to the Redemption Date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months), at the Treasury Rate (determined on the second business day immediately preceding the Redemption Date) plus 50 basis points,
plus, in either case, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).
          Any notice to Holders of such a redemption will include the appropriate calculation of the redemption price, but need not include the redemption price itself. The actual redemption price, calculated as described above, will be set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee no later than two business days prior to the Redemption Date (unless clause (b) of the definition of “Comparable Treasury Price” is applicable, in which case such Officers’ Certificate shall be delivered on the Redemption Date).
          Beginning on May 1, 2011, the Company may redeem the Notes at its option, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount thereof) if redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing on May 1 of the year set forth below:
         
Year   Percentage
2011
    103.438 %
2012
    101.719 %
2013 and thereafter
    100.000 %
          In addition, the Company must pay accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes redeemed.

-34-


 

Section 3.8. Optional Redemption upon Equity Offerings.
          At any time or from time to time, in the event the Company completes one or more Equity Offerings on or before May 1, 2010, the Company may, at its option, use the net cash proceeds from any such Equity Offerings to redeem up to 35% of the principal amount of the Notes (a “Special Redemption”) at a Redemption Price of 106.875% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the Redemption Date, provided that (1) at least 65% of the principal amount of the Notes issued hereunder remains outstanding immediately after each such Special Redemption; and (2) such Special Redemption shall occur not more than 90 days after the date of the closing of the applicable Equity Offering. Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.8 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.1 through 3.6.
Section 3.9. Repurchase upon Change of Control Offer.
          (a) In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.15, the Company shall be required to commence a Change of Control Offer, it shall follow the procedures specified in this Section 3.9.
          (b) The Change of Control Offer shall remain open for a period from the date of the mailing of the notice of the Change of Control Offer described in paragraph (c) until a date determined by the Company which is at least 30 but no more than 60 days from the date of mailing of such notice and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Change of Control Offer Period”). On the Purchase Date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days prior to the last day of the Change of Control Offer Period and no later than such last day, the Company shall purchase the principal amount of Notes properly tendered in response to the Change of Control Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.
          (c) Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer. The Change of Control Offer shall be made to all Holders. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Change of Control Offer, shall state:
     (1) the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control, providing information, to the extent publicly available, regarding the Person or Persons acquiring control, and stating that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.9 and Section 4.15 and that, to the extent lawful, all Notes properly tendered will be accepted for payment;
     (2) the Purchase Price, the last day of the Change of Control Offer Period, and the Purchase Date;
     (3) that any Note not properly tendered or otherwise not accepted for repurchase will continue to accrue interest and Additional Interest, if any;
     (4) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the amount due on the Purchase Date, all Notes or portions thereof accepted for repurchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest and Additional Interest, if any, after the Purchase Date;
     (5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will be required to tender the Notes, with the form entitled Option of Holder to Elect Purchase on the reverse of the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice not later than the third Business Day preceding the Purchase Date;
     (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Change of Control Offer Period, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal

-35-


 

amount of Notes delivered for repurchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have the Notes redeemed in whole or in part; and
     (7) that Holders whose Notes are being repurchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the portion of the Notes tendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer) that is not to be repurchased, which portion must be equal to $1,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple thereof.
          (d) On or before 10:00 A.M. New York City time on the Purchase Date, the Company shall to the extent lawful, (i) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Purchase Price, together with accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the Purchase Date in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered and accepted for repurchase and (iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being repurchased by the Company. The Paying Agent shall promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail to each Holder of Notes so repurchased the amount due in connection with such Notes, and the Company shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Company in the form of an Officers’ Certificate shall authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to transfer by book entry) to each relevant Holder a new Note, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered to the Holder thereof; provided that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $l,000 or an integral multiple thereof. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date.
          (e) If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, in each case to the Purchase Date, shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders pursuant to the Change of Control Offer.
Section 3.10. Repurchase upon Application of Net Proceeds.
          (a) In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10, the Company shall be required to commence a Net Proceeds Offer, it shall follow the procedures specified in this Section 3.10.
          (b) The notice of a Net Proceeds Offer shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Net Proceeds Offer. Each Net Proceeds Offer will be mailed to all record Holders as shown on the register of Holders within 30 days following the Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date, with a copy to the Trustee, and shall comply with the procedures set forth in this Indenture. Upon receiving notice of the Net Proceeds Offer, Holders may elect to tender their Notes in whole or in part in a principal amount of $2,000 (or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) in exchange for cash. A Net Proceeds Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days or such longer period as may be required by law. Upon the expiration of that period, the Company shall promptly (but in any event within three Business Days following such expiration) purchase the Notes and any such other pari passu Indebtedness properly tendered in accordance with this Section 3.10 and Section 4.10. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Net Proceeds Offer, shall state:
     (1) that the Net Proceeds Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.10 and Section 4.10;
     (2) the Net Proceeds Offer Amount, the Purchase Price and the Purchase Date;
     (3) that any Note not properly tendered or otherwise not accepted for repurchase shall continue to accrue interest and Additional Interest, if any;
     (4) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the amount due on the Purchase Date, all Notes or portions thereof accepted for repurchase pursuant to the Net Proceeds Offer shall cease to accrue interest and Additional Interest, if any, after the Purchase Date;

-36-


 

     (5) that Holders electing to have any Notes repurchased pursuant to any Net Proceeds Offer shall be required to tender the Notes, with the form entitled Option of Holder to Elect Purchase on the reverse of the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Purchase Date;
     (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the Purchase Date, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Notes delivered for repurchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Notes repurchased in whole or in part; and
     (7) that, to the extent Holders properly tender Notes (along with any other pari passu Indebtedness of the Company properly tendered) in an amount exceeding the Net Proceeds Offer Amount, the tendered Notes will be purchased pro rata based on the aggregate amounts of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness of the Company properly tendered (and the Trustee shall select the tendered Notes of tendering Holders pro rata based on the amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness of the Company properly tendered).
          (c) On or before 10:00 A.M. New York City time on the Purchase Date, the Company shall to the extent lawful, (i) accept for payment, pro rata in accordance with this Indenture to the extent necessary, the Net Proceeds Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Net Proceeds Offer (along with any other pari passu Indebtedness of the Company properly tendered), or if less than the Net Proceeds Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes properly tendered, (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Purchase Price, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the Purchase Date in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered and accepted for repurchase and (iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being repurchased by the Company. The Paying Agent shall promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail to each Holder of Notes so repurchased the amount due in connection with such Notes, and the Company shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Company in the form of an Officers’ Certificate shall authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion to the Holder thereof; provided that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Net Proceeds Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date.
          (d) If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, in each case to the Purchase Date, shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders to the Net Proceeds Offer.
ARTICLE IV.
COVENANTS
Section 4.1. Payment of Principal and Interest.
          (a) The Company shall pay or cause to be paid the principal, Redemption Price and Purchase Price of, and interest and Additional Interest (if any) on, the Notes on the dates, in the amounts and in the manner provided herein and in the Notes. Principal, Redemption Price, Purchase Price and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company, holds as of 10:00 A.M. New York City time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay the aggregate amount then due. The Company shall pay all Additional Interest, if any, on the dates, in the amounts and in the manner set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

-37-


 

          (b) The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal, Redemption Price and Purchase Price at the rate equal to 2% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.
Section 4.2. Maintenance of Office or Agency.
          (a) The Company shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Office of the Trustee.
          (b) The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligations to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, for such purposes. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.
          (c) The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.3. The Trustee may resign such agency at any time by giving written notice to the Company no later than 30 days prior to the effective date of such resignation.
Section 4.3. Reports.
          (a) Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the Commission, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish the Trustee, on behalf of the Holders of the Notes:
     (1) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” that describes the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries (showing in reasonable detail, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company, if any) and, with respect to the annual information only, a report thereon by the Company’s certified independent accountants; and
     (2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports,
in each case within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations. The Company shall at all times comply with TIA § 314(a).
          (b) In addition, following the consummation of the exchange offer contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the Commission, the Company will file a copy of all such information and reports with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations (unless the Commission will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. In addition, the Company has agreed that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, it will furnish to the Holders and to securi-

-38-


 

ties analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
Section 4.4. Compliance Certificate.
          (a) The Company and each Guarantor shall deliver to the Trustee, within 105 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge, after due inquiry, the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in Default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (and, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default) of which he or she may have knowledge, and that to the best of his or her knowledge, after due inquiry, no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes are prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event.
          (b) The Company shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, promptly upon any Officer of the Company obtaining knowledge of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and describing its status with reasonable particularity and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.
Section 4.5. Taxes.
          The Company shall pay or discharge, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay or discharge, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.
Section 4.6. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.
          The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though such law has not been enacted.
Section 4.7. Limitation on Restricted Payments.
          (a) The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly (each of the actions set forth in clauses (1), (2), (3) and (4) below being referred to as a “Restricted Payment”):
     (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution (other than dividends or distributions payable in Qualified Capital Stock of the Company) on or in respect of shares of the Company’s Capital Stock to holders of such Capital Stock;
     (2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Capital Stock of the Company or any warrants, rights or options to purchase or acquire shares of any class of such Capital Stock (other than any such Capital Stock or warrants, rights or options owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company);

-39-


 

     (3) make any principal payment on, purchase, defease, redeem, prepay, decrease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to any scheduled final maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Indebtedness; or
     (4) make any Investment (other than Permitted Investments);
if at the time of such Restricted Payment or immediately after giving effect thereto,
     (i) a Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; or
     (ii) the Company is not able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) in compliance with Section 4.9(a); or
     (iii) the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments (including such proposed Restricted Payment) made subsequent to the Issue Date (the amount expended for such purposes, if other than in cash, being the fair market value of such property as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company) shall exceed the sum of:
     (w) 50% of the cumulative Consolidated Net Income (or if cumulative Consolidated Net Income shall be a loss, minus 100% of such loss) of the Company from April 1, 2003 to the date the Restricted Payment occurs (the “Reference Date”) (treating such period as a single accounting period); plus
     (x) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company from any Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Company) from the issuance and sale subsequent to July 1, 2003 and on or prior to the Reference Date of (1) Qualified Capital Stock of the Company, (2) warrants, options or other rights to acquire Qualified Capital Stock of the Company (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Qualified Capital Stock) or (3) convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Capital Stock or debt securities that have been converted or exchanged in accordance with their terms for Qualified Capital Stock; plus
     (y) without duplication of any amounts included in clause (iii)(x) above, 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds of any equity contribution received by the Company from a holder of the Company’s Capital Stock subsequent to July 1, 2003 and on or prior to the Reference Date (excluding, in the case of clauses (iii)(x) and (y), any net cash proceeds from an Equity Offering to the extent used to redeem the Notes in compliance with the provisions set forth under Section 3.8); plus
     (z) without duplication, the sum of:
     (1) the aggregate amount returned in cash on or with respect to Investments (other than Permitted Investments) made subsequent to July 1, 2003 whether through interest payments, principal payments, dividends or other distributions or payments;
     (2) the net cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the disposition of all or any portion of such Investments (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company); and
     (3) upon redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the fair market value of such Subsidiary;
provided, however, that the sum of clauses (1), (2) and (3) above shall not exceed the aggregate amount of all such Investments made subsequent to the Issue Date.

-40-


 

          (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of paragraph (a) of this Section 4.7, the provisions of this Section 4.7 do not prohibit:
     (1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration of such dividend if the dividend would have been permitted on the date of declaration;
     (2) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of any shares of Capital Stock of the Company, either (i) solely in exchange for shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or (ii) through the application of net proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company;
     (3) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of any Subordinated Indebtedness either (i) solely in exchange for shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company, or (ii) through the application of net proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of (a) shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or (b) Refinancing Indebtedness;
     (4) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition by the Company of Common Stock of the Company from officers, directors and employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or their authorized representatives upon the death, disability or termination of employment of such employees or termination of their seat on the board of the Company, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1.5 million in any calendar year with any unused amounts in such calendar year being carried forward to the next succeeding calendar year; provided that the aggregate amount of repurchases that may be made pursuant to this clause (4) shall not exceed $3.0 million in any calendar year;
     (5) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25.0 million;
     (6) repurchases of Qualified Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants or other convertible or exchangeable securities; and
     (7) repurchases of Qualified Capital Stock constituting fractional shares in an aggregate amount not to exceed $100,000.
          If the Company makes a Restricted Payment which, at the time of the making of such Restricted Payment, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of the Company, would be permitted under the requirements of this Indenture, such Restricted Payment shall be deemed to have been made in compliance with this Indenture notwithstanding any subsequent adjustment made in good faith to the Company’s financial statements affecting Consolidated Net Income.
          In determining the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made subsequent to the Issue Date in accordance with clause (iii) of Section 4.7(a), amounts expended pursuant to clauses (1), (2)(ii), 3(ii)(a) and (4) shall be included in such calculation.
Section 4.8. Limitation of Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.
          The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to:
     (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on or in respect of its Capital Stock;

-41-


 

     (2) make loans or advances to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary or to pay any Indebtedness or other obligation owed to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or
     (3) transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company,
except in each case for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:
     (a) applicable law, rule, regulation or order;
     (b) this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees;
     (c) the Credit Agreement;
     (d) customary non-assignment provisions of any contract or any lease governing a leasehold interest of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;
     (e) any instrument governing Acquired Indebtedness, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person or the properties or assets of the Person so acquired;
     (f) agreements existing on the Issue Date to the extent and in the manner such agreements are in effect on the Issue Date;
     (g) any encumbrance or restriction on the transfer of assets subject to any Lien permitted under this Indenture imposed by the holder of such Lien;
     (h) restrictions imposed by any agreement to sell assets or Capital Stock permitted under this Indenture to any Person pending the closing of such sale;
     (i) Purchase Money Indebtedness for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that only impose restrictions on the property so acquired;
     (j) any agreement pursuant to which Indebtedness was issued if (A) the encumbrance or restriction applies only in the event of a payment default or a default with respect to a financial covenant contained in such Indebtedness, (B) the encumbrance or restriction is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders than is customary in comparable financings (as determined by the Company) and (C) the Company determines that any such encumbrance or restriction will not materially affect the Company’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the Notes;
     (k) Indebtedness permitted to be incurred subsequent to the date of this Indenture pursuant to Section 4.9; provided that such encumbrances or restrictions are no less favorable to the Company, taken as a whole, in any material respect than the encumbrances or restrictions contained in the Credit Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date;
     (l) any Qualified Securitization Transaction; provided that such encumbrances and restrictions are customarily required by the institutional sponsor or arranger at the time of entering into such Qualified Securitization Transaction in similar types of documents relating to the purchase of similar Receivables in connection with the financing therewith;
     (m) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements (in each case relating solely to the respective joint venture or similar entity or the equity interests therein) entered into in the ordinary course of business; and

-42-


 

     (n) an agreement governing Indebtedness incurred to Refinance the Indebtedness issued, assumed or incurred pursuant to an agreement referred to in clauses (b) and (d) through (k) above; provided, however, that the provisions relating to such encumbrance or restriction contained in any such Indebtedness are no less favorable to the Company in any material respect as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in their reasonable and good faith judgment than the provisions relating to such encumbrance or restriction contained in agreements referred to in such clauses (b) and (d) through (k).
Section 4.9. Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness.
          (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume, guarantee, acquire, become liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to, or otherwise become responsible for payment of (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness); provided, however, that if no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of or as a consequence of the incurrence of any such Indebtedness, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is or, upon such incurrence, becomes a Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Acquired Indebtedness) and any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not or will not, upon such incurrence, become a Guarantor may incur Acquired Indebtedness, in each case if on the date of the incurrence of such Indebtedness, after giving effect to the incurrence thereof, the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company is greater than 2.0 to 1.0.
          (b) The Company will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness which by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) is expressly subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is also by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) made expressly subordinate to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee, as the case may be, to the same extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be.
Section 4.10. Limitation on Asset Sales.
          (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:
     (1) the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of (as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors);
     (2) at least 75% of the consideration received by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from such Asset Sale shall be in the form of cash, Cash Equivalents and/or Replacement Assets (as defined below) (or a combination thereof) and is received at the time of such disposition; provided that
     (A) the amount of any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet) of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Guarantee of a Guarantor) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets; and
     (B) the fair market value of any securities or other assets received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for any such assets that are converted into cash within 180 days after such Asset Sale;
shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision; and

-43-


 

     (3) upon the consummation of an Asset Sale, the Company shall apply, or cause such Restricted Subsidiary to apply, the Net Cash Proceeds relating to such Asset Sale within 365 days of receipt thereof either:
     (a) to repay (i) any Obligations under the Credit Agreement and effect a permanent reduction in the availability under such Credit Agreement and (ii) in the case of an Asset Sale by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, Obligations of such Restricted Subsidiary;
     (b) to invest or commit to invest in properties and assets that replace the properties and assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale or in properties and assets (including Capital Stock) that will be used in the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as existing on the Issue Date or in businesses reasonably related thereto (“Replacement Assets”);
     (c) to acquire or commit to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or a majority of the voting Capital Stock of a Permitted Business; and/or
     (d) a combination of prepayment and investment permitted by the foregoing clauses (3)(a) through (3)(c);
provided that in the case of a commitment to invest under clauses (b) and (c) above, such investment or acquisition shall be consummated within six months after such commitment.
          (b) When the Net Cash Proceeds from Asset Sales not applied or invested as provided in the preceding paragraph total $15.0 million or more (each, a “Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date”), the Company will, within 30 days, make an offer to purchase (the “Net Proceeds Offer”) to all Holders and, to the extent required by the terms of any Pari Passu Debt, an offer to purchase to all holders of such Pari Passu Debt, on a date (the “Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date”) not less than 30 nor more than 60 days following the applicable Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date, from all Holders (and holders of any Pari Passu Debt) on a pro rata basis, that amount of Notes (and Pari Passu Debt) equal to the Net Proceeds Offer Amount at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes (and Pari Passu Debt) to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of purchase; provided, however, that if at any time any non-cash consideration received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, as the case may be, in connection with any Asset Sale is converted into or sold or otherwise disposed of for cash (other than as contemplated by clause 2(b) above and other than interest received with respect to any such non-cash consideration), then such conversion or disposition shall be deemed to constitute an Asset Sale hereunder and the Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be applied in accordance with this covenant.
          (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing Sections 4.10(a) and (b), the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will be permitted to consummate an Asset Sale without complying with such paragraph to the extent that:
     (1) at least 75% of the consideration for such Asset Sale constitutes Replacement Assets; and
     (2) such Asset Sale is for fair market value;
provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any Asset Sale permitted to be consummated under this paragraph shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds subject to the provisions of the foregoing Sections 4.10(a) and (b).
          (d) In the event of the transfer of substantially all (but not all) of the property and assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as an entirety to a Person in a transaction permitted under Section 5.1, which transaction does not constitute a Change of Control, the successor corporation shall be deemed to have sold the properties and assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries not so transferred for purposes of this covenant, and shall comply with the provisions of this covenant with respect to such deemed sale as if it were an Asset Sale. In addition, the fair market value of such properties and assets of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries deemed to be sold shall be deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds for purposes of this covenant.

-44-


 

          (e) Each Net Proceeds Offer will be mailed to the record Holders as shown on the register of Holders within 30 days following the Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date, with a copy to the Trustee, and shall comply with the procedures set forth in this Indenture. Upon receiving notice of the Net Proceeds Offer, Holders may elect to tender their Notes in whole or in part in a principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof in exchange for cash. To the extent Holders properly tender Notes in an amount exceeding the Net Proceeds Offer Amount, Notes of tendering Holders will be purchased on a pro rata basis (based on amounts tendered). A Net Proceeds Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 business days or such longer period as may be required by law. If any Net Cash Proceeds remain after the consummation of any Net Proceeds Offer, the Company may use those Net Cash Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. Upon completion of each Net Proceeds Offer, the amount of Net Cash Proceeds will be reset at zero.
          (f) The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 4.10 or Section 3.10, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.10 or Section 3.10 by virtue thereof.
Section 4.11. Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates.
          (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or permit to exist any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with, or for the benefit of, any of its Affiliates (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”), other than (x) Affiliate Transactions permitted under paragraph (c) of this Section and (y) Affiliate Transactions on terms that are no less favorable than those that might reasonably have been obtained in a comparable transaction at such time on an arm’s-length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary.
          (b) All Affiliate Transactions (and each series of related Affiliate Transactions which are similar or part of a common plan) involving aggregate payments or other property with a fair market value in excess of $5.0 million shall be approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, such approval to be evidenced by a Board Resolution stating that such Board of Directors has determined that such transaction complies with the foregoing provisions. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company enters into an Affiliate Transaction (or a series of related Affiliate Transactions related to a common plan) that involves an aggregate fair market value of more than $20.0 million, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall, prior to the consummation thereof, obtain a favorable opinion as to the fairness of such transaction or series of related transactions to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from a financial point of view, from an Independent Financial Advisor and file the same with the Trustee.
          (c) The restrictions set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 4.11 shall not apply to:
     (1) reasonable fees and compensation (including the payment of reasonable and customary benefits (including retirement, health, option, deferred compensation and other benefits plans) to officers and employees of the Company) paid to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors or senior management;
     (2) transactions exclusively between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or exclusively between or among such Restricted Subsidiaries, provided such transactions are not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture;
     (3) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date or any amendment thereto or any transaction contemplated thereby (including pursuant to any amendment thereto) in any replacement agreement thereto so long as any such amendment or replacement agreement is not more disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date;

-45-


 

     (4) Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments permitted by this Indenture;
     (5) any sale, conveyance or other transfer of Receivables and other related assets customarily transferred in a Qualified Securitization Transaction; and
     (6) the issuance of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company otherwise permitted hereunder.
Section 4.12. Limitation on Liens.
          The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or permit or suffer to exist any Liens of any kind against or upon any property or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries whether owned on the Issue Date or acquired after the Issue Date, or any proceeds therefrom, or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income or profits therefrom unless:
     (1) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes or the Guarantee of such Guarantor, as the case may be, are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; and
     (2) in all other cases, the Notes or the Guarantee of such Guarantor, as the case may be, are equally and ratably secured,
except for:
     (a) Liens existing as of the Issue Date to the extent and in the manner such Liens are in effect on the Issue Date;
     (b) Liens securing Indebtedness and other Obligations under the Credit Agreement incurred pursuant to clause (2) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”;
     (c) Liens securing the Notes and the Guarantees;
     (d) Liens of the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company on assets of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;
     (e) Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness which is incurred to Refinance any Indebtedness which has been secured by a Lien permitted under this Indenture and which has been incurred in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; provided, however, that such Liens: (i) are no less favorable to the Holders in any material respect and are not more favorable to the lienholders in any material respect with respect to such Liens than the Liens in respect of the Indebtedness being Refinanced; and (ii) do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not securing the Indebtedness so Refinanced; and
     (f) Permitted Liens.
Section 4.13. Continued Existence.
          Subject to Article V, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate or other existence and the corporate or other existence of each Guarantor in accordance with the organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or such Guarantor, except to the extent that the Board of Directors of the Company determines in good faith that the preservation of such existence is no longer necessary or desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company or such Guarantor, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders.

-46-


 

Section 4.14. Insurance Matters.
          The Company shall provide or cause to be provided for itself and each of its Subsidiaries insurance (including appropriate self-insurance) against loss or damage of the kinds that, in the reasonable, good faith opinion of the Company, are adequate and appropriate for the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries in a prudent manner, with reputable insurers or with the government of the United States of America or an agency or instrumentality thereof, in such amounts, with such deductibles, and by such methods as shall be customary, in the reasonable, good faith opinion of the Company, for corporations similarly situated in the industry, unless, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, the failure to provide such insurance (together with all other such failures) would not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
Section 4.15. Offer to Repurchase upon Change of Control.
          (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder will have the right to require that the Company purchase all or a portion of such Holder’s Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”), at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the Purchase Date.
          (b) The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.
          (c) The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 4.15 or Section 3.9, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.15 or Section 3.9 by virtue thereof.
Section 4.16. Additional Subsidiary Guarantees.
          If the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries transfers or causes to be transferred, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, any property to any Domestic Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, or if the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall organize, acquire or otherwise invest in another Domestic Restricted Subsidiary having total assets with a book value in excess of $500,000, then such transferee or acquired or other Restricted Subsidiary shall:
     (1) execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture on the terms set forth in this Indenture; and
     (2) deliver to the Trustee an opinion of counsel that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Restricted Subsidiary and constitutes a legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary.
     Thereafter, such Restricted Subsidiary shall be a Guarantor for all purposes of this Indenture.
Section 4.17. Payments for Consent.
          The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such

-47-


 

consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.
Section 4.18. Limitation on Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries.
          The Company will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to issue any Preferred Stock (other than to the Company or to a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) or permit any Person (other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) to own any Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor.
Section 4.19. Conduct of Business.
          The Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not engage in any businesses other than a Permitted Business, except to the extent as would not be material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
Section 4.20. Suspension of Covenants.
          (a) During any period of time that: (i) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from two Rating Agencies and (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “Covenant Suspension Event”), the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be subject to the provisions of Sections 3.10, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 4.10, 4.11 and 5.1(a)(2) (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”).
          (b) Upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event, any Guarantees of the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, will also be suspended as of such date (the “Suspension Date”).
          (c) In the event that the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “Reversion Date”) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraws their Investment Grade Rating or downgrades the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants with respect to future events and the Guarantees of the Subsidiary Guarantors will be reinstated if such Guarantees are then required by the terms of this Indenture. The period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reversion Date is referred to in this Indenture as the “Suspension Period.”
          (d) Notwithstanding that the Suspended Covenants may be reinstated, no Default or Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred as a result of a failure to comply with the Suspended Covenants during the Suspension Period (or upon termination of the Suspension Period or after that time based solely on events that occurred during the Suspension Period).
          (e) On the Reversion Date, all Indebtedness incurred during the Suspension Period will be classified as having been incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.9(a) (to the extent such Indebtedness would be permitted to be incurred or issued thereunder as of the Reversion Date and after giving effect to Indebtedness incurred or issued prior to the Suspension Period and outstanding on the Reversion Date). To the extent such Indebtedness would not be so permitted to be incurred or issued pursuant to Sections 4.9(a), such Indebtedness will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is initially classified as permitted under clause (3) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”. Calculations made after the Reversion Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.7 will be made as though Section 4.7 had been in effect since the Issue Date and throughout the Suspension Period. For the avoidance of doubt, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period shall reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.7(b), but no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred on the Reversion Date as a result of any actions taken by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries during the Suspension Period.
          (f) The Company shall deliver promptly to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate notifying the Trustee of any Covenant Suspension Event or Reversion Date, as the case may be, pursuant to this Section.

-48-


 

ARTICLE V.
SUCCESSORS
Section 5.1. Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets.
          (a) The Company will not, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, consolidate or merge with or into any Person, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of (or cause or permit any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of) all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (determined on a consolidated basis for the Company and the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries) whether as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to any Person unless:
          (1) either:
     (a) the Company shall be the surviving or continuing corporation; or
     (b) the Person (if other than the Company) formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires by sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition the properties and assets of the Company and of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries substantially as an entirety (the “Surviving Entity”):
     (x) shall be a corporation organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia; and
     (y) shall expressly assume, by supplemental indenture (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee), executed and delivered to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on all of the Notes and the performance of every covenant of the Notes, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement on the part of the Company to be performed or observed;
     (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the assumption contemplated by clause (1)(b)(y) above (including giving effect to any Indebtedness and Acquired Indebtedness incurred or anticipated to be incurred in connection with or in respect of such transaction), either (x) the Company or such Surviving Entity, as the case may be, shall be able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to Section 4.9(a) or (y) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company would be no less than such ratio immediately prior to such transaction;
     (3) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the assumption contemplated by clause (1)(b)(y) above (including, without limitation, giving effect to any Indebtedness and Acquired Indebtedness incurred or anticipated to be incurred and any Lien granted in connection with or in respect of the transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing; and
     (4) the Company or the Surviving Entity shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture comply with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and that all conditions precedent in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been satisfied.
          For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or otherwise, in a single transaction or series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company the Capital Stock of which constitutes all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.

-49-


 

          (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (1), (2) and (3) of Section 5.1(a), the Company may merge with an Affiliate that is a Person that has no material assets or liabilities and which was organized solely for the purpose of reorganizing the Company in another jurisdiction.
          (c) Each Guarantor (other than any Guarantor whose Guarantee is to be released in accordance with the terms of the Guarantee and this Indenture in connection with any transaction complying with Section 4.10) will not, and the Company will not cause or permit any Guarantor to, consolidate with or merge with or into any Person other than the Company or any other Guarantor unless:
     (1) the entity formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Guarantor) or to which such sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a corporation or a partnership or a limited liability company, in each case, organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia;
     (2) such entity (if other than the Guarantor) assumes by supplemental indenture all of the obligations of the Guarantor under its Guarantee, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement;
     (3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and
     (4) immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the use of any net proceeds therefrom on a pro forma basis, the Company could satisfy the provisions of clause (2) of Section 5.1(a).
          Any merger or consolidation of a Guarantor with and into the Company (with the Company being the surviving entity) or another Guarantor that is a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company need only comply with clause (4) of Section 5.1(a).
Section 5.2. Successor Corporation Substituted.
          Upon any consolidation, combination or merger or any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in accordance with Section 5.1 in which the Company is not the continuing corporation, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such conveyance, lease or transfer is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture, the Notes and the Registration Rights Agreement with the same effect as if such Surviving Entity had been named as such. When a successor corporation assumes all of the obligations of the predecessor hereunder and under the Notes and the Security Documents and agrees in writing to be bound hereby and thereby, the predecessor shall be released from such obligations.
ARTICLE VI.
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
Section 6.1. Events of Default.
          Each of the following constitutes an “Event of Default”:
     (a) the failure to pay interest on any Notes when the same becomes due and payable and the default continues for a period of 30 days;
     (b) the failure to pay the principal on any Notes, when such principal becomes due and payable, at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise (including the failure to make a payment to purchase Notes tendered pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or a Net Proceeds Offer);
     (c) a default in the observance or performance of any other covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture which default continues for a period of 60 days after the Company receives written notice

-50-


 

specifying the default (and demanding that such default be remedied) from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes (except in the case of a default with respect to Section 5.1, which will constitute an Event of Default with such notice requirement but without such passage of time requirement);
     (d) the failure to pay at final maturity (giving effect to any applicable grace periods and any extensions thereof) the stated principal amount of any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or the acceleration of the final stated maturity of any such Indebtedness (which acceleration is not rescinded, annulled or otherwise cured within 20 days of receipt by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of notice of any such acceleration) if the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at final stated maturity or which has been accelerated (in each case with respect to which the 20-day period described above has elapsed), aggregates $15.0 million or more at any time;
     (e) one or more judgments in an aggregate amount in excess of $15.0 million shall have been rendered against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and such judgments remain undischarged, unpaid or unstayed for a period of 60 days after such judgment or judgments become final and non-appealable;
     (f) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company:
     (i) commences a voluntary case under any Bankruptcy Law,
     (ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,
     (iii) consents to the appointment of a custodian or receiver of it or for all or substantially all of its property,
     (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or
     (v) admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due; or
     (g) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:
     (i) is for relief in an involuntary case against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company;
     (ii) appoints a custodian or receiver of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of any of the foregoing;
     (iii) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries;
     and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or
     (h) any Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect or is declared to be null and void and unenforceable or is found to be invalid or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary denies its liability under its Guarantee (other than by reason of release of a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of this Indenture).
Section 6.2. Acceleration.
          If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (f) or (g) of Section 6.1 above with respect to the Company) shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding Notes may declare the principal of and accrued interest on all the Notes to be due

-51-


 

and payable by notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration” (the “Acceleration Notice”), and the same shall become immediately due and payable.
          If an Event of Default specified in clause (f) or (g) of Section 6.1 above with respect to the Company occurs and is continuing, then all unpaid principal of, and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all of the outstanding Notes shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.
          At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes as described in the preceding paragraph, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may rescind and cancel such declaration and its consequences:
     (1) if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree;
     (2) if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration;
     (3) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid;
     (4) if the Company has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements and advances; and
     (5) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in clause (f) of Section 6.1, the Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived.
     No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.
Section 6.3. Other Remedies.
          If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.
          The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding, and any recovery or judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.
Section 6.4. Waiver of Past Defaults.
          The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may waive any existing or past Default or Event of Default under this Indenture, and its consequences, except a default in the payment of the principal of or interest on any Notes. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
Section 6.5. Control by Majority.
          Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any

-52-


 

trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with applicable law or this Indenture or that the Trustee reasonably determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may subject the Trustee to personal liability and the Trustee shall be entitled to the benefit of Sections 7.1(c)(iii) and 7.1(e).
Section 6.6. Limitation on Suits.
          A Holder of a Note may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if:
     (a) the Holder of a Note gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;
     (b) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
     (c) such Holder or Holders of Notes offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee reasonable indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;
     (d) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of indemnity; and
     (e) during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request.
A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note.
Section 6.7. Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.
          Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal of, or premium, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on the Note, on or after the respective due dates thereon (including in connection with an offer to repurchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the written consent of such Holder.
Section 6.8. Collection Suit by Trustee.
          If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.l(a) or (b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and Additional Interest, if any, and such further amounts as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expense, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.
Section 6.9. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.
          The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents (including accountants, experts or such other processionals as the Trustee deems necessary, advisable or appropriate) and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled to participate as a member, voting or otherwise, of any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims, and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable

-53-


 

compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7 out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.
Section 6.10. Priorities.
          If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article VI, it shall pay out the money in the following order:
     First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.7, including payment of all compensation, expense and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;
     Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, Purchase Price, Redemption Price and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, Purchase Price, Redemption Price and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, respectively; and
     Third: to the Company, the Guarantors, if any, or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.
The Trustee may fix a special record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10.
Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs.
          In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.7 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.
ARTICLE VII.
TRUSTEE
Section 7.1. Duties of Trustee.
          (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise thereof, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.
          (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:
     (i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the TIA and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this In-

-54-


 

denture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture or the TIA against the Trustee; and
     (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, without investigation, as to the truth or the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon and statements, certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform on their face to the requirements of this Indenture but not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein or otherwise verify the contents thereof.
          (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:
     (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.1;
     (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and
     (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.5.
          (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to this Section 7.1.
          (e) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holder, pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, including, without limitation, Section 6.5, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.
          (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
Section 7.2. Rights of Trustee.
          (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.
          (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrain from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel and Opinions of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.
          (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys, accountants, experts and such other professionals as the Trustee deems necessary, advisable or appropriate and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any attorney, accountant, expert or other such professional appointed with due care.
          (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.
          (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficiently evidenced by a written order signed by two Officers of the Company.

-55-


 

          (f) The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default under Section 6.1 (other than under Section 6.1(a) (subject to the following sentence) or Section 6.1(b)) unless either (i) a Responsible Officer shall have actual knowledge thereof, or (ii) the Trustee shall have received notice thereof in accordance with Section 12.2 from the Company or any Holder of the Notes. The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the Company’s obligation to pay Additional Interest, or the cessation of such obligation, unless the Trustee receives written notice thereof from the Company or any Holder.
          (g) The Trustee shall have no duty (i) to cause the maintenance of any insurance, (ii) to see to the payment or discharge of any tax, charge or Lien levied against any part of the Collateral, or (iii) to see to the filing or refiling of any Security Documents.
Section 7.3. Individual Rights of Trustee.
          The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest within the meaning of the TIA it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply (subject to the consent of the Company) to the Commission for permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee shall also be subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11.
Section 7.4. Trustee’s Disclaimer.
          The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.
Section 7.5. Notice of Defaults.
          If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default in payment on any Note (including the failure to make a mandatory repurchase pursuant hereto), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes.
Section 7.6. Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.
          Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c).
          A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes shall be mailed to the Company and filed with the Commission and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d). The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange.
Section 7.7. Compensation, Reimbursement and Indemnity.
          The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and the rendering by it of the services required hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by or on behalf

-56-


 

of it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s attorneys, accountants, experts and such other professionals as the Trustee deems necessary, advisable or appropriate.
          The Company shall indemnify the Trustee and its officers, directors, employees and agents against any and all losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture (including its duties under Section 9.6), including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture or any Guarantee against the Company or a Guarantor (including this Section 7.7) and defending itself against or investigating any claim (whether asserted by the Company, any Guarantor, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence or willful misconduct. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend any claim or threatened claim asserted against the Trustee, and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
          The obligations of the Company under this Section 7.7 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee, the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and the termination of this Indenture.
          To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section 7.7, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal, Redemption Price or Purchase Price of or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee, the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and the termination of this Indenture.
          When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(f) or (g) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.
Section 7.8. Replacement of Trustee.
          A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.8.
          The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of Notes of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if:
     (a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;
     (b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;
     (c) a custodian, receiver or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property for the purpose of rehabilitation, conversion or liquidation; or
     (d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.
          If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the date on which the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.

-57-


 

          If a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after the retiring trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of Notes of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
          If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder of a Note who has been a bona fide holder of a Note or Notes for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10, such Holder of a Note may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
          A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The Company shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders of the Notes. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.7. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.8, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.7 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.
Section 7.9. Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.
          If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation that is eligible under Section 7.10, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.
Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification.
          There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof (including the District of Columbia) that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.
          This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b).
Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.
          The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.
Section 7.12. Paying Agent and Registrar.
          The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee in this Article VII, including without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Paying Agent and Registrar as if the Paying Agent and Registrar were named as the Trustee herein.
ARTICLE VIII.
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
Section 8.1. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
          The Company may, at its option evidenced by a resolution of its Board of Directors set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, at any time, elect to have its obligations and the obligations of any Guarantors discharged with respect to the then outstanding Notes in accordance with either Section 8.2 or 8.3 as provided in this Article VIII.

-58-


 

Section 8.2. Legal Defeasance and Discharge.
          Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.1 of the option applicable to this Section 8.2, the Company and any Guarantor shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4, be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company and the Guarantors, if any, shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes and any Guarantees thereon, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.5 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (a) through (d) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes, this Indenture and the Security Documents (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:
     (a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due;
     (b) the Company’s obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payments;
     (c) the rights, powers, trust, duties and immunities of the Trustee and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith; and
     (d) the Legal Defeasance provisions of this Article VIII.
          Subject to compliance with this Article VIII, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.2, notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.3.
Section 8.3. Covenant Defeasance.
          Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.1 of the option applicable to this Section 8.3, the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4, be released from its obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 3.9, 3.10, 3.11, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.7 through 4.12 and 4.14 through 4.19, both inclusive, and Section 5.1(b), Article XI and Article XII with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or Act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document, and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.1, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.1 of the option applicable to this Section 8.3, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4, Sections 6.1(c) through 6.1(j) shall not constitute Events of Default.
Section 8.4. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.
          The following are the conditions precedent to the application of either Section 8.2 or 8.3 to the outstanding Notes as specified:

-59-


 

          In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:
     (1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. government obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable Redemption Date, as the case may be;
     (2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that:
     (a) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or
     (b) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law,
in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;
     (3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
     (4) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or an Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowings);
     (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under this Indenture (other than a Default or an Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowings) or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;
     (6) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders over any other creditors of the Company or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Company or others;
     (7) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with;
     (8) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that assuming no intervening bankruptcy of the Company between the date of deposit and the 91st day following the date of deposit and that no Holder is an insider of the Company, after the 91st day following the date of deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; and
     (9) certain other customary conditions precedent are satisfied.

-60-


 

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Opinion of Counsel required by clause (2) above with respect to a Legal Defeasance need not be delivered if all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (1) have become due and payable or (2) will become due and payable on the maturity date within one year, or are to be called for redemption within one year, under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company.
Section 8.5.   Deposited Money and U.S. Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.
          Subject to Section 8.6, all money and U.S. Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.5 only) pursuant to Section 8.4 in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (other than the Company) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, Redemption Price or Purchase Price of, and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, the Notes, that such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
          The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or U.S. Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.4 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.
          Anything in this Article VIII to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or U.S. Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.4 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.4), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
Section 8.6. Repayment to Company.
          Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal, Redemption Price or Purchase Price of, or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such amount has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Company for payment thereof as a general creditor, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, at the expense of the Company, if required by applicable law cause to be published once, in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national editions), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days after the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.
Section 8.7. Reinstatement.
          If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or U.S. Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.2 or 8.3, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.2 or 8.3 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.2 or 8.3, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment with respect to any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

-61-


 

ARTICLE IX.
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
Section 9.1. Without Consent of Holders of Notes.
          Notwithstanding Section 9.2 of this Indenture, the Company, the Guarantors, if any, and the Trustee (or, as applicable, the Paying Agent or Registrar) may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes or any Security Document without the consent of any Holder of a Note:
     (a) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency so long as such changes do not adversely affect the rights of any of the Holders in any material respect.
     (b) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s obligations to the Holders of the Notes in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets pursuant to Article V;
     (c) to comply with the requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA; or
     (d) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the rights hereunder of any Holder of the Notes in any material respect.
          Upon the written request of the Company, accompanied by a Board Resolution (evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate) authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.2, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.
Section 9.2. With Consent of Holders of Notes.
          Except as provided below in this Section 9.2, the Company, the Trustee (or, as applicable, the Paying Agent or Registrar) and the Guarantors, if any, may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.2, 6.4 and 6.7, any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes).
          Without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):
     (1) reduce the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment;
     (2) reduce the rate of or change or have the effect of changing the time for payment of interest, including defaulted interest, on any Notes;
     (3) reduce the principal of or change or have the effect of changing the fixed maturity of any Notes, or change the date on which any Notes may be subject to redemption or reduce the redemption price therefor;
     (4) make any Notes payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

-62-


 

     (5) make any change in provisions of this Indenture protecting the right of each Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on such Note on or after the due date thereof or to bring suit to enforce such payment, or permitting Holders of a majority in principal amount of Notes to waive Defaults or Events of Default;
     (6) after the Company’s obligation to purchase Notes arises thereunder, amend, change or modify in any material respect the obligation of the Company to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change of Control or make and consummate a Net Proceeds Offer with respect to any Asset Sale that has been consummated or, after such Change of Control has occurred or such Asset Sale has been consummated, modify any of the provisions or definitions with respect thereto;
     (7) change any provision of this Indenture or the related definitions affecting the ranking of the Notes or any Guarantees in a manner materially adverse to the Holders of the Notes; or
     (8) release any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary from any of its obligations under its Guarantee or this Indenture otherwise than in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.
          Upon the written request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of the Board (evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate) authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.2, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture.
          It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.
          After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.2 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.
Section 9.3. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.
          Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect.
Section 9.4. Revocation and Effect of Consents.
          Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and therefore binds every Holder.
Section 9.5. Notation on or Exchange of Notes.
          The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

-63-


 

          Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.
Section 9.6. Trustee to Sign Amendment, Etc.
          The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amended or supplemental indenture until the Board approves such amended or supplemental indenture. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, in addition to the documents required by Sections 12.4 and 12.5, and, subject to Section 7.1, shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that (i) the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture, (ii) no Event of Default shall occur as a result of the execution of such Officers’ Certificate or the delivery of such Opinion of Counsel and (iii) the amended or supplemental indenture complies with the terms of this Indenture.
ARTICLE X.
GUARANTEE
Section 10.1. Unconditional Guarantee.
          Each Guarantor, if any, upon the execution and delivery of a Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.16, hereby unconditionally guarantees, on a senior basis and jointly and severally, to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that: (i) the principal of and interest on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, subject to any applicable grace period, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon redemption, purchase pursuant to Article III or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal, if any, and interest on any interest, to the extent lawful, of the Notes and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or of any such other obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, subject to any applicable grace period, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, upon redemption, purchase pursuant to Article III or otherwise, subject, however, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) above, to the limitations set forth in Section 10.3. Each Guarantor, if any, upon the execution and delivery of a Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.16, hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof (other than a waiver of all or part of the provisions of this Article X), the recovery of any judgment against the Company, and action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor, if any, upon the execution and delivery of a Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.16, hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, this Indenture and in this Guarantee. If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, any Guarantor, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to the Company or any Guarantor, any amount paid by the Company or any Guarantor to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. Each Guarantor, if any, upon the execution and delivery of a Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.16, further agrees that, as between each Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article VI for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article VI, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by each Guarantor for the purpose of this Guarantee.

-64-


 

Section 10.2. Severability.
          In case any provision of this Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
Section 10.3. Limitation of Guarantor’s Liability.
          (a) Each Guarantor, if any, upon the execution and delivery of a Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.16, and by its acceptance hereof each Holder hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the guarantee by such Guarantor pursuant to its Guarantee not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of any Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar Federal or state law. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Holders and such Guarantor hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor under the Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Guarantee or pursuant to Section 10.5, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under the Guarantee not constituting such fraudulent transfer or conveyance.
          (b) The Guarantees of the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be suspended during any Suspension Period, as provided in Section 4.20(b) hereof.
Section 10.4. Release of Guarantor.
          (a) Any Guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.16 shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, without any further action required on the part of the Trustee or any Holder of the Notes, upon:
     (1) the unconditional release of such Restricted Subsidiary from its liability in respect of the Indebtedness in connection with which such Guarantee was executed and delivered pursuant to Section 4.16;
     (2) the legal defeasance of the Notes as described under Sections 8.2 and 8.3;
     (3) (A) the merger of any Guarantor into the Company, (B) the dissolution of any Guarantor into the Company or (C) the transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of any Guarantor to the Company; or
     (4) the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of, or the sale of all of the capital stock of, or other disposition (by merger or otherwise) to any Person which is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of all of the Company’s Capital Stock in, or all or substantially all of the assets of, such Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (A) such sale or disposition of such Capital Stock or assets is otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture and (B) such assumption, guarantee or other liability of such Restricted Subsidiary has been released by the holders of the other Indebtedness so guaranteed.
          (b) The Trustee shall deliver an appropriate instrument evidencing such release upon receipt of a request by the Company accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel certifying as to the compliance with this Section 10.4. Any Guarantor not so released shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes as provided in this Article X.
          (c) All Guarantees shall be of no further force and effect upon the occurrence of a Legal Defeasance or a Covenant Defeasance pursuant to Section 8.2 or 8.3, subject to reinstatement pursuant to Section 8.7 under the circumstances described therein.

-65-


 

Section 10.5. Contribution.
          In order to provide for just and equitable contribution among the Guarantors, the Guarantors agree, inter se, that in the event any payment or distribution is made by any Guarantor (a “Funding Guarantor”) under the Guarantee, such Funding Guarantor shall be entitled to a contribution from all other Guarantors in a pro rata amount based on the Adjusted Net Assets (as defined below) of each Guarantor (including the Funding Guarantor) for all payments, damages and expenses incurred by that Funding Guarantor in discharging the Company’s obligations with respect to the Notes or any other Guarantor’s obligations with respect to the Guarantee. “Adjusted Net Assets” of such Guarantor at any date shall mean the lesser of the amount by which (x) the fair value of the property of such Guarantor exceeds the total amount of liabilities, including, without limitation, contingent liabilities (after giving effect to all other fixed and contingent liabilities incurred or assumed on such date), but excluding liabilities under the Guarantee, of such Guarantor at such date and (y) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Guarantor at such date exceeds the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Guarantor on its debts (after giving effect to all other fixed and contingent liabilities incurred or assumed on such date), excluding debt in respect of the Guarantee of such Guarantor, as they become absolute and matured.
Section 10.6. Waiver of Subrogation.
          Until all Obligations under the Notes and this Indenture are paid in full, each Guarantor, if any, upon the execution and delivery of a Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.16, hereby irrevocably waives any claims or other rights which it may now or hereafter acquire against the Company that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of such Guarantor’s obligations under the Guarantee and this Indenture, including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, indemnification, and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of any Holder against the Company, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity, or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from the Company, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim or other rights. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence and the Notes shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall have been deemed to have been paid to such Guarantor for the benefit of, and held in trust for the benefit of, the Holders, and shall, forthwith be paid to the Trustee for the benefit of such Holders to be credited and applied upon the Notes, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. Each Guarantor, if any, upon the execution and delivery of a Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.16, acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the waiver set forth in this Section 10.6 is knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.
Section 10.7. Execution of Guarantee.
          To evidence its guarantee to the Holders set forth in this Article X, each Guarantor required to execute and deliver of a Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.16 hereby agrees to execute the Guarantee in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C, which shall be endorsed on each Note ordered to be authenticated and delivered by the Trustee. Each Guarantor, upon the execution and delivery of a Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.16, hereby agrees that its Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Guarantee. Each such Guarantee shall be signed on behalf of each Guarantor by two Officers, or an Officer and an Assistant Secretary or one Officer shall sign and one Officer or an Assistant Secretary (each of whom shall, in each case, have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate actions) shall attest to such Guarantee prior to the authentication of the Note on which it is endorsed, and the delivery of such Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of such Guarantee on behalf of such Guarantor. Such signatures upon the Guarantee may be by manual or facsimile signature of such officers and may be imprinted or otherwise reproduced on the Guarantee, and in case any such officer who shall have signed the Guarantee shall cease to be such officer before the Note on which such Guarantee is endorsed shall have been authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or disposed of by the Company, such Note nevertheless may be authenticated and delivered or disposed of as though the Person who signed the Guarantee had not ceased to be such officer of the Guarantor.

-66-


 

Section 10.8. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws.
          Each Guarantor, upon the execution and delivery of a Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.16, hereby covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law that would prohibit or forgive each such Guarantor from performing its Guarantee as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) each such Guarantor hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.
ARTICLE XI.
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
Section 11.1. Satisfaction and Discharge.
          This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect (except as set forth below) as to all outstanding Notes and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture when:
          (1) either:
     (a) all the Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
     (b) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (1) have become due and payable or (2) will become due and payable within one year, or may be called for redemption within one year, under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, and the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to the date of deposit, together with irrevocable instructions from the Company directing the Trustee to apply such funds to the payment thereof at maturity or redemption, as the case may be;
     (2) the Company has paid all other sums payable under this Indenture by the Company; and
     (3) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.
          Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the Company’s obligations in Sections 2.3, 2.4, 2.6, 2.7, 2.11, 7.7, 7.8, 12.2, 12.3 and 12.4, and the Trustee’s and Paying Agent’s obligations in Section 11.2 shall survive until the Notes are no longer outstanding. Thereafter, only the Company’s obligations in Section 7.7 shall survive.
Section 11.2. Application of Trust.
          All money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.1 shall be held in trust and, at the written direction of the Company, be invested prior to maturity in U.S. Government Securities, and applied by the

-67-


 

Trustee in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for the payment of which money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
ARTICLE XII.
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 12.1. Trust Indenture Act Controls.
          If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of the TIA or another provision that would be required or deemed under such Act to be part of and govern this Indenture if this Indenture were subject thereto, the latter provision shall control. If any provision of this Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the TIA that may be so modified or excluded, the latter provision shall be deemed to apply to this Indenture as so modified or to be excluded, as the case may be.
Section 12.2. Notices.
          Any notice or communication by the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar to others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:
          If to the Company:
Mobile Mini Inc.
7420 South Kyrene Road, Suite 101
Tempe, Arizona 85283
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
Fax: (480) 894-6433
          With a copy to:
Squire, Sanders & Dempsey L.L.P
Two Renaissance Square
40 North Central Avenue, Suite 2700
Phoenix, AZ 85004-4441
Attention: Joseph P. Richardson, Esq.
Fax: (602) 253-8129
          If to the Trustee:
Law Debenture Trust Company of New York
400 Madison Avenue, 4th Floor
New York, New York 10017
Attention: Corporate Trust Services
Fax: (212) 750-1361

-68-


 

          If to the Paying Agent or Registrar:
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas
60 Wall Street, 27th Floor
MS: NY60-2710
New York, New York 10005
Attention: Trust & Securities Services
Fax: (732) 380-2345
          With a copy to:
Deutsche Bank National Trust Company
for Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas
25 DeForest Avenue
Mail Stop: SUM01-0105
Summit, New Jersey 07901
Fax: (732) 578-4635
          The Company or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
          All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed, or in the case of any offer to purchase Notes under Section 3.9, 3.10 or 3.11 upon the date the communication is postmarked; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, except that notices to the Trustee shall be effective only upon receipt.
          Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.
          If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the address receives it.
          If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.
Section 12.3. Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.
          Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).
Section 12.4. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.
          Upon any request or application by the Company and/or any Guarantor to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company and/or any Guarantor shall furnish to the Trustee:
     (a) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.5) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

-69-


 

     (b) if requested by the Trustee, an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.5) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.
Section 12.5. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.
          Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and shall include:
     (a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;
     (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
     (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and
     (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.
Section 12.6. Rules by Trustee and Agents.
          The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.
Section 12.7. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.
          No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, agent or stockholder or Affiliate of the Company, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, agent or stockholder or Affiliate of any of the Guarantors, if any, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Guarantors under the Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes and Guarantees by accepting a Note and a Guarantee waives and releases all such liabilities. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes and the Guarantees. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities law and it is the view of the Commission that such a waiver is against public policy.
Section 12.8. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial.
          THE VALIDITY AND INTERPRETATION OF THIS INDENTURE, THE GUARANTEES, IF ANY, AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. EACH PARTY HERETO AGREES TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY NEW YORK STATE COURT SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK OR ANY FEDERAL COURT SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN RESPECT OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE GUARANTEES, IF ANY, AND THE NOTES, AND IRREVOCABLY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS IN RESPECT OF SUCH SUIT OR ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES.

-70-


 

EACH OF THE TRUSTEE, THE COMPANY AND ANY GUARANTOR IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT THAT IT MAY EFFECTIVELY DO SO UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, TRIAL BY JURY AND ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT AND ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. Nothing herein shall affect the right of the Trustee or any Holder of the Notes to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or to commence legal proceedings or otherwise proceed against the Company or any Guarantor in any other jurisdiction.
Section 12.9. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.
          This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.
Section 12.10. Successors.
          All agreements of the Company and any Guarantor in this Indenture and the Notes and Guarantees shall bind their successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.
Section 12.11. Severability.
          In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes or any Guarantees shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
Section 12.12. Counterpart Originals.
          The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together shall represent the same agreement.
Section 12.13. Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.
          The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture, which have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
Section 12.14. Qualification of Indenture.
          The Company shall qualify this Indenture under the TIA in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement and shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees for the Company, the Trustee and the Holders) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of qualification of this Indenture and the Notes and printing this Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Company any such Officers’ Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any such qualification of this Indenture under the TIA.
Section 12.15. USA PATRIOT Act.
          The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act the Trustee and the Paying Agent, like all financial institutions, are required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with Law Debenture Trust Company of New York or Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee and the Paying Agent with such information as they may request in order for the Trustee and the Paying Agent to satisfy the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act.

-71-


 

[Signatures on following page]

-72- 


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.
         
  MOBILE MINI INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
  A ROYAL WOLF PORTABLE STORAGE, INC.

DELIVERY DESIGN SYSTEMS, INC.

MOBILE MINI, LLC (CA)

MOBILE MINI, LLC (DE)

MOBILE MINI I, INC.

MOBILE MINI HOLDINGS, INC.

MOBILE MINI OF OHIO, LLC

MOBILE MINI TEXAS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, L.L.P.

TEMPORARY MOBILE STORAGE, INC.
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

S-1


 

         
         
  LAW DEBENTURE TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK,
as Trustee
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

S-2


 

         
         
  DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,
as Paying Agent and Registrar
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

S-3


 

         
EXHIBIT A
FORM OF SERIES A NOTE
(Face of Note)
MOBILE MINI INC.
67/8% SENIOR NOTE DUE 2015
[THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITARY OR A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.
UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.] 1
THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (C) IT IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3), OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR”), (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT WITHIN TWO YEARS AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS NOTE RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE EXCEPT (A) TO MOBILE MINI INC. OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES (OR HAS FURNISHED ON ITS BEHALF BY A U.S. BROKER-DEALER) TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE FOR THIS NOTE), (D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURI-
 
1   To be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

A-1


 

TIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (F) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO MOBILE MINI INC. IF MOBILE MINI INC. SO REQUESTS), OR (G) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE WITHIN TWO YEARS AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS NOTE, IF THE PROPOSED TRANSFEREE IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE TRUSTEE AND MOBILE MINI INC. SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS EITHER OF THEM MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

A-2


 

MOBILE MINI INC.
67/8% SENIOR NOTE DUE 2015
         
        CUSIP No. 60740F AF2
No. 001      
$                      
Interest Payment Dates: May 1 and November 1, commencing November 1, 2007
Record Dates: April 15 and October 15
          MOBILE MINI INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company,” which term includes any successor corporation under the indenture hereinafter referred to ), for value received, promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, the principal sum of $[         ] on May 1, 2015.
          Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as set forth at this place.
          Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefits under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

A-3


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be duly executed under its corporate seal.
         
  Dated:

MOBILE MINI INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
This is one of the Notes referred to
in the within-mentioned Indenture:
LAW DEBENTURE TRUST COMPANY
OF NEW YORK, as Trustee
         
By:
       
 
       
 
  Authorized Signatory    

A-4


 

(Back of Note)
67/8% Senior Notes due 2015
          Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.
          1. Interest. The Company promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate of 67/8% per annum from the date of original issuance until maturity and shall pay the Additional Interest pursuant to the registration rights agreement referred below. The Company shall pay interest and Additional Interest semi-annually on May 1 and November 1 of each year, commencing November 1, 2007, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on this Note will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided, further, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be November 1, 2007. The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue payments of the principal, Purchase Price and Redemption Price of this Note from time to time on demand at a rate that is 2% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest, if any (without regard to any applicable grace periods), hereon from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
          2. Method of Payment. The Company shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Additional Interest, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the April 15 and October 15 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Any such installment of interest or Additional Interest, if any, not punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered Holders on such Interest Payment Date, and may be paid to the registered Holders at the close of business on a special interest payment date to be fixed by the Trustee for the payment of such defaulted interest, notice whereof shall be given to the registered Holders not less than 10 days prior to such special interest payment date, or may be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in the Indenture. The Notes will be payable as to principal, Redemption Price, Purchase Price, interest and Additional Interest, if any, at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest and Additional Interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal, Redemption Price and Purchase Price of, and interest and Additional Interest (if any) on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.
          3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company may act in any such capacity.
          4. Indenture. The Company issued $150.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the Notes under an Indenture dated as of May 7, 2007 (the “Indenture”) between the Company, the Guarantors party thereto from time to time and the Trustee. Additional Notes may be issued from time to time, subject to limitations set forth in the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such

A-5


 

terms. The Notes are general obligations of the Company. The Company may issue Additional Notes under the Indenture.
          5. Optional Redemption. The Company may redeem the Notes at any time at its option, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice. To redeem the Notes prior to May 1, 2011, the Company must pay a redemption price equal to the greater of:
     (a) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed; and
     (b) the sum of the present values of (1) the redemption price of the Notes at May 1, 2011 (as set forth below) and (2) the remaining scheduled payments of interest from the Redemption Date to May 1, 2011, but excluding accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, discounted to the Redemption Date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months), at the Treasury Rate (determined on the second business day immediately preceding the Redemption Date) plus 50 basis points,
plus, in either case, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).
          Beginning on May 1, 2011, the Company may redeem the Notes at its option, in whole or in part, at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount thereof) if redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing on July 1 of the year set forth below:
         
Year   Percentage
2011
    103.438 %
2012
    101.719 %
2013 and thereafter
    100.000 %
          In addition, the Company must pay accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes redeemed.
          6. Optional Redemption upon Equity Offerings. At any time, or from time to time, on or prior to May 1, 2010, the Company may, at its option, use the net cash proceeds of one or more public or private offering of Qualified Capital Stock (as defined in the Indenture) of the Company to redeem up to 35% of the principal amount of the Notes issued under the Indenture at a redemption price of 106.875% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the Redemption Date; provided that at least 65% of the principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately after any such redemption and the Company makes such redemption not more than 90 days after the consummation of any such Equity Offering.
          7. Mandatory Redemption. Except as set forth in Paragraph 9 below with respect to repurchases of Notes in certain events, the Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or repurchase payments with respect to the Notes.
          8. Selection and Notice of Redemption. Subject to the provisions of the Indenture, a notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 (or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) may be redeemed in part, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the Redemption Date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.
          If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select the Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed (a) in compliance with the requirements of the national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed; or (b) if the Notes are not listed on any national securities exchange, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate.

A-6


 

          9. Repurchase at Option of Holder.
          (a) Change of Control Offer. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control (unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem the Notes as described in paragraph 5 above and in the Indenture), the Company shall be required to make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a Purchase Price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of repurchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture.
          (b) Net Proceeds Offer. If on the 366th day after an Asset Sale the Company has not applied or invested the Net Cash Proceeds or non-cash consideration received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in connection with any Asset Sale that is converted into or sold or otherwise disposed of for cash (as described in Section 4.10 of the Indenture) relating to such Asset Sale as set forth in clauses (3)(a) and (3)(b) of paragraph (a) of Section 4.10 of the Indenture (each, a “Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date”), such aggregate amount of Net Cash Proceeds which has not been applied or invested on or before such Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date as permitted in clauses (3)(a) and (3)(b) of paragraph (a) of Section 4.10 of the Indenture (each, a “Net Proceeds Offer Amount”) shall be applied by the Company to make an offer to purchase (the “Net Proceeds Offer”) pursuant to Sections 3.10 and 4.10 of the Indenture to all Holders and, to the extent required by the terms of any other debt that is pari passu with the Notes (“Pari Passu Debt”), to all holders of such Pari Passu Debt on a date (the “Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date”) not less than 30 nor more than 60 days following the applicable Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date, from all Holders (and holders of any Pari Passu Debt) pro rata, the maximum amount of Notes and such other Pari Passu Debt equal to the Net Proceeds Offer Amount with respect to the Notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes (and Pari Passu Debt) to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the Purchase Date.
          Each Net Proceeds Offer will be mailed to the record Holders as shown on the register of Holders within 30 days following the Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date, with a copy to the Trustee, and shall comply with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. Upon receiving notice of the Net Proceeds Offer, Holders may elect to tender their Notes in whole or in part in integral multiples of $1,000 in exchange for cash. To the extent Holders properly tender Notes in an amount exceeding the Net Proceeds Offer Amount, the tendered Notes will be purchased pro rata based on the aggregate amounts of Notes and Pari Passu Debt of the Company properly tendered (and the Trustee shall select the tendered Notes of tendering Holders pro rata based on the amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness of the Company properly tendered). A Net Proceeds Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days or such longer period as may be required by law.
          10. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 (or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof). The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, it need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.
          11. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.
          12. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture and the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, and any existing default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture and the Notes may be amended or supplemented

A-7


 

to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for the assumption of the Company’s obligations to Holders of the Notes in case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets pursuant to Article V of the Indenture, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, or to comply with the Trust Indenture Act.
          13. Defaults and Remedies. (i) the failure to pay interest on any Notes when the same becomes due and payable and the default continues for a period of 30 days; (ii) the failure to pay the principal on any Notes, when such principal becomes due and payable, at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise (including the failure to make a payment to purchase Notes tendered pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or a Net Proceeds Offer); (iii) a default in the observance or performance of any other covenant or agreement contained in the Indenture which default continues for a period of 30 days after the Company receives written notice specifying the default (and demanding that such default be remedied) from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes (except in the case of a default under Section 5.1 of the Indenture, which will constitute an Event of Default with such notice requirement but without such passage of time requirement); (iv) the failure to pay at final maturity (giving effect to any applicable grace periods and any extensions thereof) the stated principal amount of any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or the acceleration of the final stated maturity of any such Indebtedness (which acceleration is not rescinded, annulled or otherwise cured within 20 days of receipt by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of notice of any such acceleration) if the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at final stated maturity or which has been accelerated (in each case with respect to which the 20-day period described above has elapsed), aggregates $15.0 million or more at any time; (v) one or more judgments in an aggregate amount in excess of $15.0 million shall have been rendered against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and such judgments remain undischarged, unpaid or unstayed for a period of 60 days after such judgment or judgments become final and non-appealable; (vi) certain events of bankruptcy affecting the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries; or (vii) any Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect or is declared to be null and void and unenforceable or is found to be invalid or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary denies its liability under its Guarantee (other than by reason of release of a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Indenture).
          14. Trustee Dealings with Company. Subject to certain limitations, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates as if it were not Trustee.
          15. No Recourse Against Others. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.
          16. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.
          17. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).
          18. Discharge Prior to Maturity. If the Company deposits with the Trustee or Paying Agent cash or U.S. Government Securities sufficient to pay the principal or Redemption Price of, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes to maturity or a specified Redemption Date and satisfies certain conditions specified in the Indenture, the Company will be discharged from the Indenture, except for certain Sections thereof.
          19. Governing Law. The validity and interpretation of the Indenture, the Guarantees, if any, and this Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of New York, but without

A-8


 

giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the law of another jurisdiction would be required thereby. Each party hereto agrees to submit to the jurisdiction of any New York state court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York or any federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York in respect of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Indenture, the Guarantees, if any, and the Notes, and irrevocably accepts for itself and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts in respect of such suit or action or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees. Each of the Trustee, the Company and any Guarantor irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so under applicable law, trial by jury and any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.
          20. CUSIP Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or repurchase and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.
          21. Registration Rights. Pursuant to a registration rights agreement, the Company will be obligated upon the occurrence of certain events to consummate an exchange offer pursuant to which the Holder of this Note shall have the right to exchange this Series A Note for the Company’s 91/2% Senior Notes due 2013, Series B, which have been registered under the Securities Act, in like principal amount and having terms identical in all material respects as the Series A Notes. The Holders shall be entitled to receive certain additional interest payments in the event such exchange offer is not consummated and upon certain other conditions, all pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of such registration rights agreement.
          The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Request may be made to:
Mobile Mini Inc.
7420 South Kyrene Road, Suite 101
Tempe, Arizona 85283
Attention: Secretary

A-9


 

ASSIGNMENT FORM
          To assign this Note, fill in the form below:
          (I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to
 
(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Print or type assignee’s name address and zip code)
     
and irrevocably appoint
   
 
   
agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.
     Date:                     
         
 
  Your Signature:    
 
       
 
      (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
     
Signature Guarantee:
   
 
   
 
  (Participant in recognized signature guarantee medallion program)

A-10


 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE
          If you wish to elect to have all or any portion of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 (“Net Proceeds Offer”) or Section 4.15 (“Change of Control Offer”) of the Indenture, check the applicable boxes
     
o Net Proceeds Offer:
  o Change of Control Offer:
 
   
     in whole o
       in whole o
 
   
     in part     o
       in part     o
 
   
     Amount to be
       Amount to be
     purchased: $                    
       purchased: $                    
             
Dated:                     
  Signature:        
 
           
 
      (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)    
         
Signature Guarantee:  
       
 
       
 
  (Participant in recognized signature guarantee medallion program)    
 
       
Social Security Number or
Taxpayer Identification Number:
     
 
       

A-11


 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF NOTES
          The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for Certificated Notes or a part of another Global Note have been made:
                 
            Principal amount of    
            this Global Note    
    Amount of decrease   Amount of increase   following such   Signature of
    in principal amount   in principal amount   decrease (or   authorized officer of
Date of Exchange   of this Global Note   of this Global Note   increase)   Trustee
                 
 

A-12


 

EXHIBIT B
FORM OF SERIES B NOTE
(Face of Note)
MOBILE MINI INC.
67/8% SENIOR NOTE DUE 2015
[THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITARY OR A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.
UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.] 2
 
2   To be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

B-1


 

MOBILE MINI INC.
67/8% SENIOR NOTE DUE 2015
     
    CUSIP No. 60740F AH8
No.  
$                    
Interest Payment Dates: May 1 and November 1, commencing November 1, 2007
Record Dates: April 15 and October 15
          MOBILE MINI INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company,” which term includes any successor corporation under the indenture hereinafter referred to ), for value received, promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, the principal sum of $[ ] on May 1, 2015.
          Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as set forth at this place.
          Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefits under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be duly executed under its corporate seal.
         
  Dated:

MOBILE MINI INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
  Attested to as of the date hereof:
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
This is one of the Notes referred to
in the within-mentioned Indenture:
LAW DEBENTURE TRUST COMPANY
OF NEW YORK, as Trustee
         
By:
       
 
       
 
  Authorized Signatory    

B-2


 

(Back of Note)
67/8% Senior Notes due 2015
          Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.
          1. Interest. The Company promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate of 67/8% per annum from the date of original issuance until maturity and shall pay the Additional Interest pursuant to the registration rights agreement referred below. The Company shall pay interest and Additional Interest semi-annually on May 1 and November 1 of each year, commencing November 1, 2007, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on this Note will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided, further, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be November 1, 2007. The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue payments of the principal, Purchase Price and Redemption Price of this Note from time to time on demand at a rate that is 2% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest, if any (without regard to any applicable grace periods), hereon from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
          2. Method of Payment. The Company shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Additional Interest, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the April 15 and October 15 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Any such installment of interest or Additional Interest, if any, not punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered Holders on such Interest Payment Date, and may be paid to the registered Holders at the close of business on a special interest payment date to be fixed by the Trustee for the payment of such defaulted interest, notice whereof shall be given to the registered Holders not less than 10 days prior to such special interest payment date, or may be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in the Indenture. The Notes will be payable as to principal, Redemption Price, Purchase Price, interest and Additional Interest, if any, at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest and Additional Interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal, Redemption Price and Purchase Price of, and interest and Additional Interest (if any) on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Trustee or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.
          3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company may act in any such capacity.
          4. Indenture. The Company issued $150.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the Notes under an Indenture dated as of May 7, 2007 (the “Indenture”) between the Company, the Guarantors party thereto from time to time and the Trustee. Additional Notes may be issued from time to time, subject to limitations set forth in the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such

B-3


 

terms. The Notes are general obligations of the Company. The Company may issue Additional Notes under the Indenture.
          5. Optional Redemption. The Company may redeem the Notes at any time at its option, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice. To redeem the Notes prior to May 1, 2011, the Company must pay a redemption price equal to the greater of:
     (a) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed; and
     (b) the sum of the present values of (1) the redemption price of the Notes at May 1, 2011 (as set forth below) and (2) the remaining scheduled payments of interest from the Redemption Date to May 1, 2011, but excluding accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, discounted to the Redemption Date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months), at the Treasury Rate (determined on the second business day immediately preceding the Redemption Date) plus 50 basis points,
plus, in either case, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).
          Beginning on May 1, 2011, the Company may redeem the Notes at its option, in whole or in part, at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount thereof) if redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing on July 1 of the year set forth below:
         
Year   Percentage
2011
    103.438 %
2012
    101.719 %
2013 and thereafter
    100.000 %
          In addition, the Company must pay accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes redeemed.
          6. Optional Redemption upon Equity Offerings. At any time, or from time to time, on or prior to July 1, 2006, the Company may, at its option, use the net cash proceeds of one or more public or private offering of Qualified Capital Stock (as defined in the Indenture) of the Company to redeem up to 35% of the principal amount of the Notes issued under the Indenture at a redemption price of 106.875% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the Redemption Date; provided that at least 65% of the principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately after any such redemption and the Company makes such redemption not more than 90 days after the consummation of any such Equity Offering.
          7. Mandatory Redemption. Except as set forth in Paragraph 9 below with respect to repurchases of Notes in certain events, the Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or repurchase payments with respect to the Notes.
          8. Selection and Notice of Redemption. Subject to the provisions of the Indenture, a notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 (or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) may be redeemed in part, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the Redemption Date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.
          If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select the Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed (a) in compliance with the requirements of the national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed; or (b) if the Notes are not listed on any national securities exchange, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate.

B-4


 

          9. Repurchase at Option of Holder.
          (a) Change of Control Offer. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control (unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem the Notes as described in paragraph 5 above and in the Indenture), the Company shall be required to make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a Purchase Price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of repurchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture.
          (b) Net Proceeds Offer. If on the 366th day after an Asset Sale the Company has not applied or invested the Net Cash Proceeds or non-cash consideration received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in connection with any Asset Sale that is converted into or sold or otherwise disposed of for cash (as described in Section 4.10 of the Indenture) relating to such Asset Sale as set forth in clauses (3)(a) and (3)(b) of paragraph (a) of Section 4.10 of the Indenture (each, a “Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date”), such aggregate amount of Net Cash Proceeds which has not been applied or invested on or before such Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date as permitted in clauses (3)(a) and (3)(b) of paragraph (a) of Section 4.10 of the Indenture (each, a “Net Proceeds Offer Amount”) shall be applied by the Company to make an offer to purchase (the “Net Proceeds Offer”) pursuant to Sections 3.10 and 4.10 of the Indenture to all Holders and, to the extent required by the terms of any other debt that is pari passu with the Notes (“Pari Passu Debt”), to all holders of such Pari Passu Debt on a date (the “Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date”) not less than 30 nor more than 60 days following the applicable Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date, from all Holders (and holders of any Pari Passu Debt) pro rata, the maximum amount of Notes and such other Pari Passu Debt equal to the Net Proceeds Offer Amount with respect to the Notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes (and Pari Passu Debt) to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the Purchase Date.
          Each Net Proceeds Offer will be mailed to the record Holders as shown on the register of Holders within 30 days following the Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date, with a copy to the Trustee, and shall comply with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. Upon receiving notice of the Net Proceeds Offer, Holders may elect to tender their Notes in whole or in part in integral multiples of $1,000 in exchange for cash. To the extent Holders properly tender Notes in an amount exceeding the Net Proceeds Offer Amount, the tendered Notes will be purchased pro rata based on the aggregate amounts of Notes and Pari Passu Debt of the Company properly tendered (and the Trustee shall select the tendered Notes of tendering Holders pro rata based on the amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness of the Company properly tendered). A Net Proceeds Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days or such longer period as may be required by law.
          10. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 (or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof). The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, it need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.
          11. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.
          12. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture and the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, and any existing default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture and the Notes may be amended or supplemented

B-5


 

to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for the assumption of the Company’s obligations to Holders of the Notes in case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets pursuant to Article V of the Indenture, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, or to comply with the Trust Indenture Act.
          13. Defaults and Remedies. (i) the failure to pay interest on any Notes when the same becomes due and payable and the default continues for a period of 30 days; (ii) the failure to pay the principal on any Notes, when such principal becomes due and payable, at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise (including the failure to make a payment to purchase Notes tendered pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or a Net Proceeds Offer); (iii) a default in the observance or performance of any other covenant or agreement contained in the Indenture which default continues for a period of 30 days after the Company receives written notice specifying the default (and demanding that such default be remedied) from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes (except in the case of a default with respect to the “Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets” covenant, which will constitute an Event of Default with such notice requirement but without such passage of time requirement); (iv) the failure to pay at final maturity (giving effect to any applicable grace periods and any extensions thereof) the stated principal amount of any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or the acceleration of the final stated maturity of any such Indebtedness (which acceleration is not rescinded, annulled or otherwise cured within 20 days of receipt by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of notice of any such acceleration) if the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at final stated maturity or which has been accelerated (in each case with respect to which the 20-day period described above has elapsed), aggregates $15.0 million or more at any time; (v) one or more judgments in an aggregate amount in excess of $15.0 million shall have been rendered against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and such judgments remain undischarged, unpaid or unstayed for a period of 60 days after such judgment or judgments become final and non-appealable; (vi) certain events of bankruptcy affecting the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries; or (vii) any Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect or is declared to be null and void and unenforceable or is found to be invalid or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary denies its liability under its Guarantee (other than by reason of release of a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Indenture).
          14. Trustee Dealings with Company. Subject to certain limitations, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates as if it were not Trustee.
          15. No Recourse Against Others. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.
          16. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.
          17. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).
          18. Discharge Prior to Maturity. If the Company deposits with the Trustee or Paying Agent cash or U.S. Government Securities sufficient to pay the principal or Redemption Price of, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes to maturity or a specified Redemption Date and satisfies certain conditions specified in the Indenture, the Company will be discharged from the Indenture, except for certain Sections thereof.
          19. Governing Law. The validity and interpretation of the Indenture, the Guarantees, if any, and this Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of New York, but without

B-6


 

giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the law of another jurisdiction would be required thereby. Each party hereto agrees to submit to the jurisdiction of any New York state court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York or any federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York in respect of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Indenture, the Guarantees, if any, and the Notes, and irrevocably accepts for itself and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts in respect of such suit or action or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees. Each of the Trustee, the Company and any Guarantor irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so under applicable law, trial by jury and any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.
          20. CUSIP Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or repurchase and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.
          The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Request may be made to:
Mobile Mini Inc.
7420 South Kyrene Road, Suite 101
Tempe, Arizona 85283
Attention: Secretary

B-7


 

ASSIGNMENT FORM
     To assign this Note, fill in the form below:
     (I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to
 
(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
 
 
 
 
 
(Print or type assignee’s name address and zip code)
         
and irrevocably appoint
       
 
       
agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.
             
 
  Date:        
 
     
 
   
             
 
  Your Signature:        
 
     
 
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
   
             
 
  Signature Guarantee:        
 
     
 
(Participant in recognized signature guarantee medallion program)
   

B-8


 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE
          If you wish to elect to have all or any portion of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 (“Net Proceeds Offer”) or Section 4.15 (“Change of Control Offer”) of the Indenture, check the applicable boxes
                         
    o Net Proceeds Offer:   o Change of Control Offer:
 
                       
 
      in whole   o       in whole   o
 
                       
 
      in part   o       in part   o
 
                       
 
      Amount to be           Amount to be    
        purchased: $                           purchased: $                    
                     
Dated:
          Signature:        
 
 
 
         
 
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)
   
         
Signature Guarantee:
       
 
 
 
(Participant in recognized signature guarantee medallion program)
   
         
Social Security Number or
       
Taxpayer Identification Number:
       
 
 
 
   

B-9


 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF NOTES
     The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for Certificated Notes or a part of another Global Note have been made:
                 
            Principal amount of    
            this Global Note    
    Amount of decrease   Amount of increase   following such   Signature of
    in principal amount   in principal amount   decrease (or   authorized officer of
Date of Exchange   of this Global Note   of this Global Note   increase)   Trustee
 
               
 
 
 
 
 

B-10


 

EXHIBIT C
GUARANTEE
          For value received, [each of] the undersigned hereby unconditionally guarantees to the Holder of this Note the cash payments in United States dollars of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on this Note (and including Additional Interest payable thereon) in the amounts and at the times when due and interest on the overdue principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, of this Note, if lawful, and the payment or performance of all other Obligations of the Company under the Indenture (as defined below) or this Note, to the Holder of this Note and the Trustee, all in accordance with and subject to the terms and limitations of this Note, Article X of the Indenture and this Guarantee. This Guarantee will become effective in accordance with Article X of the Indenture and its terms shall be evidenced therein. The validity and enforceability of this Guarantee shall not be affected by the fact that it is not affixed to any particular Note. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture dated as of May 7, 2007, between Mobile Mini Inc., a Delaware corporation, as issuer (the “Company”), Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (the “Trustee”) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as Paying Agent and Registrar (in each such capacity the “Paying Agent” and the “Registrar”) (as amended or supplemented, the “Indenture”).
          THIS GUARANTEE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. Each Guarantor hereby agrees to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Guarantee.
     This Guarantee is subject to release upon the terms set forth in the Indenture.
             
    [GUARANTOR(S)]    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
Name:
   
 
      Title:    

C-1


 

EXHIBIT C(1)
FORM OF REGULATION S CERTIFICATE
                    ,_______
Law Debenture Trust Company of New York
400 Madison Avenue, 4th Floor
New York, New York 10017
Attention: Corporate Trust Services
           Re:   Mobile Mini Inc. (the “Company”)
67/8% Senior Notes due 2015 (the “Notes”)
Dear Sirs:
          This letter relates to U.S. $                      principal amount at maturity of Notes represented by a certificate (the “Legended Certificate”) which bears a legend outlining restrictions upon transfer of such Legended Certificate. Pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Indenture (the “Indenture”) dated as of May 7, 2007 relating to the Notes, we hereby certify that we are (or we will hold such securities on behalf of) a person outside the United States to whom the Notes could be transferred in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
          You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this letter have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.
             
    Very truly yours,    
 
           
    [Name of Transferee]    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
Authorized Signature
   
C(1)-1

 


 

EXHIBIT C(2)
CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED
UPON EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER OF NOTES
                    , ______
Deutsche Bank Services Tennessee Inc.
648 Grassmere Park Road
Nashville, Tennessee 37211
Attention: Transfer Department
          Re:   Mobile Mini Inc. (the “Company”)
67/8% Senior Notes due 2015 (the “Notes”)
Dear Sirs:
          This Certificate relates to $                      principal amount of Notes held in
          o book-entry* or o certificated form*
          by                                         (the “Transferor”).
          The Transferor:*
          o has requested the Registrar by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Note held by the Depositary a Note or Notes in certificated, registered form of authorized denominations in an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above); or
          o has requested the Registrar by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes.
          In connection with such request and in respect of each such Note, the Transferor does hereby certify that Transferor is familiar with the Indenture relating to the above captioned Notes and as provided in Section 2.6 of such Indenture, the transfer of this Note does not require registration under the Securities Act (as defined below) because:*
          o Such Note is being acquired for the Transferor’s own account, without transfer.
          o Such Note is being transferred to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)) in reliance on Rule 144A and accordingly the undersigned does hereby certify that the Note is being transferred to a person that the transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises
 
*   Check applicable box
C(2)-1

 


 

sole investment discretion and the Notes have been transferred in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and in accordance with any applicable securities law of any state of the United States.
          o Such Note is being transferred to an “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) in accordance with Regulation D under the Securities Act.
          o Such Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from registration in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities Act.
          o Such Note is being transferred in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.
          o Such Note is being transferred in reliance on and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, other than Rule 144A, 144 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act. An Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such transfer does not require registration under the Securities Act accompanies this Certificate.
          You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.
             
    Very truly yours,    
 
           
         
    [INSERT NAME OF TRANSFEROR]    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
Name:
   
 
      Title    
         
Date:
       
 
 
 
   
C(2)-2

 


 

EXHIBIT D
FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE
DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH
TRANSFERS TO NON-QIB ACCREDITED INVESTORS
                    ,_______
Law Debenture Trust Company of New York
400 Madison Avenue, 4th Floor
New York, New York 10017
Attention: Corporate Trust Services
           Re:   Mobile Mini Inc. (the “Company”)
67/8% Senior Notes due 2015 (the “Notes”)
Dear Sirs:
          In connection with our proposed purchase of 67/8% Senior Notes due 2015 (the “Notes”) of the Company, we confirm that:
          1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture dated as of May 7, 2007 relating to the Notes (the “Indenture”) and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
          2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act or any other applicable securities law, and that the Notes may not be offered, sold or otherwise transferred except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should offer, sell, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of any Notes, we will do so only (A) to the Company or any Subsidiary thereof, (B) inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, (C) inside the United States to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes to you a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter, (D) outside the United States to a foreign person in compliance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act (if available), (F) in accordance with another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, or (G) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any person purchasing any of the Notes from us a notice advising such purchaser that resales of the Notes are restricted as stated herein and in the Indenture.
          3. We understand that, with respect to any proposed transfer of any Notes, pursuant to paragraphs 2(B), 2(C), 2(D) and 2(E) above, we will be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed transfer complies with such restrictions and that with respect to any transfer in accordance with paragraph 2(F) we will be required to furnish to you and the Company such legal opinions and other information as you or the Company may reasonably require to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to such effect. We acknowledge that no representation is made as to the availability of any Rule 144 exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
          4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable

D-1


 

of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are acquiring the Notes for investment purposes and not with a view to, or offer of sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act or the securities laws of any state of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction, and we are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.
          5. We are acquiring the Notes purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.
          You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.
             
    Very truly yours,    
 
           
    (Name of Transferee)    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
Authorized Signature
   

D-2


 

EXHIBIT E
FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED
IN CONNECTION WITH TRANSFERS
PURSUANT TO REGULATION S
                    , ______
Law Debenture Trust Company of New York
400 Madison Avenue, 4th Floor
New York, New York 10017
Attention: Corporate Trust Services
           Re:   Mobile Mini Inc. (the “Company”)
67/8% Senior Notes due 2015 (the “Notes”)
Dear Sirs:
          In connection with our proposed sale of $___aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and, accordingly, we represent that:
     (1) the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States;
     (2) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States;
     (3) no directed selling efforts have been made by us, any of our affiliates or any person acting on our behalf in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S, as applicable;
     (4) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933; and
     (5) if we are a dealer or a person receiving a selling concession fee or other remuneration in respect of the Notes, and the proposed transfer takes place within 40 days of the Issue Date (as defined in the Indenture), or we are an officer or director of the Company or an Initial Purchaser (as defined in the Indenture), we certify that the proposed transfer is being made in accordance with Rule 904(b) of Regulation S.
          You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this letter have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.
             
    Very truly yours,    
 
           
    [Name of Transferor]    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
Authorized Signature
   

E-1

exv5
 

EXHIBIT 5.1
OPINION OF SQUIRE, SANDERS & DEMPSEY L.L.P.
June 25, 2007
Mobile Mini, Inc.
7420 South Kyrene Road, Suite #101
Tempe, Arizona 85283
RE: REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-4
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     We have acted as counsel to Mobile Mini, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) in connection with the Company’s offer (the “Exchange Offer”) to exchange its 6 7/8% Senior Notes due 2015 (the “New Securities”) for any and all of its outstanding 6 7/8% Senior Notes due 2015 (the “Old Securities”) pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the “Registration Statement”), and certain matters relating thereto.
     We have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records, certificates of public officials and other instruments as we have deemed necessary or advisable for the purpose of rendering this opinion.
     In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of all natural persons, the accuracy and completeness of all documents submitted to us, the authenticity of all original documents, and the conformity to authentic original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies (including telecopies). This opinion letter is given, and all statements herein are made, in the context of the foregoing.
     Upon the basis of the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the New Securities, when duly executed, authenticated and delivered in exchange for the Old Securities in accordance with the terms of the Indenture governing the New and Old Securities and the Exchange Offer, will be valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.
     We hereby consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are “experts” within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), nor do we admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or under the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
     We do not express an opinion on any matters other than those expressly set forth in this letter. This opinion is rendered solely in connection with the above matter. This opinion may not be relied upon by you for any other purpose or relied upon by or furnished to any other person without our prior written consent.
Very truly yours,
         
     
  /s/ Squire, Sanders & Dempsey L.L.P.
 
 
  SQUIRE, SANDERS & DEMPSEY L.L.P.   
     
 

exv12
 

Exhibit 12
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
     The following table sets forth Mobile Mini, Inc.’s ratio of earnings to fixed charges on a historical basis for each of the last five (5) years ended December 31, and for the three (3) months ended March 31, 2006 and 2007, (dollars in thousands).
                                                         
                                            Three Months Ended
    Fiscal Year Ended December 31,   March 31,
    2002   2003   2004   2005   2006   2006   2007
Earnings:
                                                       
 
                                                       
Net income
    18,239       5,912       20,659       33,988       42,776       8,204       12,697  
 
                                                       
Tax provision
    11,661       3,780       13,773       20,220       27,151       5,323       8,190  
Fixed charges:
                                                       
 
                                                       
Interest expense
    11,587       16,299       20,434       23,177       23,681       6,446       5,953  
Interest portion rent expense
    914       1,293       1,416       856       1,091       249       319  
         
 
                                                       
Total earnings:
    42,401       27,284       56,282       78,241       94,699       20,222       27,159  
         
 
                                                       
Total fixed charges:
    12,501       17,592       21,850       24,033       24,772       6,695       6,272  
         
 
                                                       
Earnings to fixed charges:
    3.4       1.6       2.6       3.3       3.8       3.0       4.3  
         

exv23w1
 

Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the reference of our firm under the caption “Experts” in the Registration Statement (Form S-4) and related Prospectus of Mobile Mini, Inc. for the registration of $150,000,000 of 6 7/8% Senior Notes due 2015 and to the incorporation by reference therein of our reports dated February 28, 2007, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Mobile Mini, Inc., Mobile Mini, Inc. management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Mobile Mini, Inc. included in its Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2006, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Phoenix, Arizona
June 21, 2007

 

exv25
 

EXHIBIT 25.1
 
 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form T-1
STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A
CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE
CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY OF A
TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO SECTION 305(b)(2) o
Law Debenture Trust Company of New York
(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)
     
New York
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or
organization if not a U.S. national bank)
  01-0622605
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
     
400 Madison Avenue, 4th Floor
(Address of principal executive offices)
  10017
(Zip Code)
Law Debenture Corporate Services Inc.
400 Madison Avenue, 4th Floor
New York, NY 10017, (212) 750-7464
(Name, address and telephone number of agent for services)
MOBILE MINI, INC.
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation or organization)
  86-0748362
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
7420 South Kyrene Road, Suite 101
Tempe, Arizona 85283
(480) 894-6311

(Address of principal executive offices)
Debt Securities
(Title of the indenture securities)
 
 

 


 

Item 1. General information.
Furnish the following information as to the trustee-
a. Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.
     
Name   Address
 
Superintendent of Banks of the State of New York
  2 Rector Street, New York, NY 10006, and Albany, NY 12203
b. Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.
Yes
Item 2. Affiliations with the obligor.
If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such affiliation.
     None.
Item 16. List of exhibits.
List below all exhibits filed as a part of this statement of eligibility.
1. A copy of the articles of association of the trustee as now in effect. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit T.1-1 to Exhibit 25.1 (Form T-1) to the obligor’s Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 12, 2005.)
2. A copy of the certificate of authority of the trustee to commence business, if not contained in the articles of association. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit T.1-2 to Exhibit 25.1 (Form T-1) to the obligor’s Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 12, 2005.)
3. A copy of the existing bylaws of the trustee, or instruments corresponding thereto. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit T.1-3 to Exhibit 25.1 (Form T-1) to the obligor’s Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 12, 2005.)
4. The consents of the Trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act.
5. A copy of the latest report of condition of the trustee published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority.

 


 

SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 the trustee, Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, a trust company organized and existing under the laws of New York, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of New York, and State of New York, on the 18th day of June 2007.
         
  LAW DEBENTURE TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
(Trustee)
 
 
  By:   /s/ Boris Treyger    
    Boris Treyger   
    Assistant Vice President   

 


 

         
Exhibit T-1.4
June 18, 2007
To Whom It May Concern:
     Pursuant to the provisions of Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, Law Debenture Trust Company of New York (“Law Debenture”) hereby consents that reports of examinations by Federal, State, Territorial or District authorities pertaining to Law Debenture may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request therefor.
     If you have any questions, please contact Adam Berman, Vice President, Law Debenture Trust Company of New York at (212) 750-6474.
         
  LAW DEBENTURE TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
 
 
  By:   /s/ Boris Treyger    
    Boris Treyger   
    Its: Vice President   

 


 

         
Exhibit T-1.5
T-1 Item 16
Consolidated Report of Condition (attached as Exhibit A hereto) of
LAW DEBENTURE TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
of 767 Third Avenue, New York, NY 10017,
a limited purpose trust company (“LDTC-NY”) and U.S. subsidiary of Law Debenture Corporation plc, London, England (“Law Debenture”), as of the close of business December 31, 2005, published with the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council/Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and in accordance with Chapter 2 of the Consolidated Laws of the State of New York Banking Department license granted on May 8, 2002.
     Subsequent to this Consolidated Report of Condition dated December 31, 2005, a Guarantee and Keep Well Agreement (attached as Exhibit B hereto) was executed by subsidiaries of Law Debenture, to effect capitalization of LDTC-NY in the total aggregate amount of $50,000,000, on July 12, 2002.
     I, Boris Treyger, Vice President of Law Debenture Trust Company of New York do hereby declare that this Report of Condition has been prepared in conformance with instructions issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and is true to the best of my knowledge and belief.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this certificate the 18th day of June 2007.
         
     
  /s/ Boris Treyger    
  Boris Treyger   
  Vice President
Law Debenture Trust Company of New York 
 
 
     I, Patrick J. Healy, Vice President of Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, do hereby attest that the signature set forth above is the true and genuine signature of Adam K. Berman, Vice President of Law Debenture Trust Company of New York.
Attested by:
         
     
  /s/ Patrick J. Healy    
  Patrick J. Healy   
  Its Vice President   

 


 

         
INCUMBENCY CERTIFICATE
     I, Daniel R. Fisher, hereby certify that I am Senior Vice President of Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, a limited purpose trust company established in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, and that as such I am authorized to execute this Incumbency Certificate on behalf of Law Debenture Trust Company of New York.
     I hereby certify that the following persons are duly elected and qualified incumbents in the corporate offices indicated and each such person is authorized to sign or countersign, execute, acknowledge, endorse, verify, deliver or accept on behalf of Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, whether in a fiduciary capacity or otherwise, all agreements, checks, drafts, orders, indentures, notes, mortgages, deeds, conveyances, transfers, endorsements, assignments, certificates, declarations, receipts, discharges, releases, satisfactions, settlements, petitions, schedules, accounts, affidavits, bonds, undertakings, guarantees, proxies and other instruments or documents.
         
Name   Office   Signature
 
       
Patrick J. Healy
  Vice President   /s/ Patrick J. Healy
 
       
Adam Berman
  Vice President   /s/ Adam Berman
 
       
Boris Treyger
  Vice President   /s/ Boris Treyger
    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this certificate this 18th day of June  , 2007.
         
     
  /s/ Daniel R. Fisher    
  By: Daniel R. Fisher   
  Its: Senior Vice President and Director of the Board   
 
     I, Nancy Jo Kuenstner, President and Director of the Board o f Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, do hereby attest that the signature set forth opposite the name above, is the true and genuine specimen signature of Daniel R. Fisher, Senior Vice President of Law Debenture Trust Company of New York. By my signature, I authorize the officers of Law Debenture Trust Company of New York to take such action as described above.
         
     
  /s/ Nancy Jo Kuenstner    
  By: Nancy Jo Kuenstner   
  Its: President and Director of the Board   
 

 


 

EXHIBIT A
Consolidated Report of Condition for Insured Commercial and State-Chartered Savings Banks for December 31, 2005
All schedules are to be reported in thousands of dollars. Unless otherwise indicated, report the amount outstanding as of the last business day of the quarter.
Schedule RC—Balance Sheet
                             
Dollar Amounts In Thousands   RCON   Bill   Mill   Thou
ASSETS
                           
1. Cash and balances due from depository institutions (from Schedule RC-A):
                           
a. Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin(1)
    0081               71       1.a.
b. Interest-bearing balances(2)
    0071       3       895       1.b.
2. Securities:
                           
a. Held-to-maturity securities (from Schedule RC-B, column A)
    1754                       2.a.
b. Available-for-sale securities (from Schedule RC-B, column D)
    1773                       2.b.
3. Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell:
                           
a. Federal funds sold
    B987                       3.a.
b. Securities purchased under agreements to resell(3)
    B989                       3.b.
4. Loans and lease financing receivables (from Schedule RC-C):
                           
a. Loans and leases held for sale
    5369                       4.a
b. Loans and leases, net of unearned income
    B528                       4.b
c. LESS: Allowance for loan and lease losses
    3123                       4.c.
d. Loans and leases, net of unearned income and allowance (item 4.b minus 4.c)
    B529                       4.d.
5. Trading assets (from Schedule RC-D)
    3545                       5.
6. Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases)
    2145               14       6.
7. Other real estate owned (from Schedule RC-M)
    2150                       7.
8. Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies (from Schedule RC-M)
    2130                       8.
9. Customers’ liability to this bank on acceptances outstanding
    2155                       9.
10. Intangible assets:
                           
a. Goodwill
    3163                     10.a.
b. Other intangible assets (from Schedule RC-M)
    0426                     10.b.
11. Other assets (from Schedule RC-F)
    2160               902     11.
12. Total assets (sum of items 1 through 11)
    2170       4       882     12.
 
(1)   Includes cash items in process of collection and unposted debits.
 
(2)   Includes time certificates of deposit not held for trading.
 
(3)   Includes all securities resale agreements, regardless of maturity.
                             
Dollar Amounts in Thousands   RCON   Bill   Mill   Thou
LIABILITIES
                           
13. Deposits:
                           
a. In domestic offices (sum of totals of columns A and C from Schedule RC-E)
    2200                     13.a.
(1) Noninterest-bearing(1)
    6631                     13.a.(1)
(2) Interest-bearing
    6636                     13.a.(2)
b. Not applicable
                           
14. Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase:
                           
a. Federal funds purchased(2)
    B993                     14.a.
b. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase(3)
    B995                     14.b.
15. Trading liabilities (from Schedule RC-D)
    3548                     15.
16. Other borrowed money (includes mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases) (from Schedule RC-M)
    3190                     16.
17. Not applicable
                           
18. Bank’s liability on acceptances executed and outstanding
    2920                     18.
19 Subordinated notes and debentures(4)
    3200                     19.
20. Other liabilities (from Schedule RC-G)
    2930       1       460     20.
21. Total liabilities (sum of items 13 through 20)
    2948       1       460     21.
22. Minority interest in consolidated subsidiaries
    3000                     22.
EQUITY CAPITAL
                           
23. Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus
    3838                     23.
24. Common stock
    3230               1     24.
25. Surplus (exclude all surplus related to preferred stock)
    3839       3       377     25.
26. a. Retained earnings
    3692               44     26.a.
b. Accumulated other comprehensive income(5)
    B530                     26.b.

 


 

                                 
Dollar Amounts in Thousands   RCON   Bill   Mill   Thou
27. Other equity capital components(6)
    A130                       27.  
28. Total equity capital (sum of items 23 through 27)
    3210       3       422       28.  
29. Total liabilities, minority interest, and equity capital (sum of items 21, 22, and 28)
    3300       4       882       29.  
Memorandum
To be reported with the March Report of Condition.
             
        RCON   Number
1.
  Indicate in the box at the right the number of the statement below that best describes the        
 
  most comprehensive level of auditing work performed for the bank by independent        
 
  external auditors as of any date during 2004   6724   M.1.
         
 
       
1
  =   Independent audit of the bank conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards by a certified public accounting firm which submits a report on the bank
 
       
2
  =   Independent audit of the bank’s parent holding company conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards by a certified public accounting firm which submits a report on the consolidated holding company (but not on the bank separately)
 
       
3
  =   Attestation on bank management’s assertion on the effectiveness of the bank’s internal control over financial reporting by a certified public accounting firm
 
       
4
  =   Directors’ examination of the bank conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards by a certified public accounting firm (may be required by state chartering authority)
 
       
5
  =   Directors’ examination of the bank performed by other external auditors (may be required by state chartering authority)
 
       
6
  =   Review of the bank’s financial statements by external auditors
 
       
7
  =   Compilation of the bank’s financial statements by external auditors
 
       
8
  =   Other audit procedures (excluding tax preparation work)
 
       
9
  =   No external audit work
 
(1)   Includes total demand deposits and noninterest-bearing time and savings deposits.
 
(2)   Report overnight Federal Home Loan Bank advances in Schedule RC. Item 16, “Other borrowed money.”
 
(3)   Includes all securities repurchase agreements, regardless of maturity.
 
(4)   Includes limited-life preferred stock and related surplus.
 
(5)   Includes net unrealized holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities, accumulated net gains (losses) on cash flow hedges, and minimum pension liability adjustments.
 
(6)   Includes treasury stock and unearned Employee Stock Ownership Plan shares.

 


 

EXHIBIT B
GUARANTEE AND KEEP WELL AGREEMENT
     This Guarantee and Keep Well Agreement (the “Agreement”) dated as of July 12, 2002 is entered into by and among Law Debenture Guarantee Limited (the “Guarantor”), LDC Trust Management Limited (the “Parent”), and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York (the “Trust Company”).
     WHEREAS, the Guarantor and the Trust Company are wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Parent;
     WHEREAS, in order to enable the Trust Company to conduct its corporate trust business and meet qualification requirements of documents pertaining to its acceptance of trust appointments, the Trust Company requires combined capital and surplus of U.S. $50,000,000; and
     WHEREAS, the Parent and the Guarantor have determined that the execution and delivery by them of this Agreement is necessary in order for the Trust Company to conduct, promote and attain corporate trust business in the United States.
     Now, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises herein and intending to be legally bound by this Agreement, each of the Guarantor, the Trust Company and the Parent hereby agree as follows:
     1. Stock Ownership.
     During the term of this Agreement, the Parent will own, indirectly or directly, all of the capital stock of the Trust Company and the Guarantor; provided, however, that, upon sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to and the consent of the Trust Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), the Guarantor may sell, transfer or otherwise assign any such capital stock (or any interest therein) that it now owns or may hereafter acquire.
     2. Covenants of the Parent.
     It is understood and agreed by all parties hereto that the obligations under Section 3(a) are solely those of the Guarantor and no recourse can be had in connection therewith against the Parent.
     (a) The Parent agrees that during the term of this Agreement, it shall not, without the prior written consent of the Trust Company and the Guarantor, unless it has already contributed the Maximum Aggregate Capitalization Amount (as defined below), cause the Guarantor to consolidate with or merge into any other corporation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve the Guarantor (or otherwise cause the Guarantor to suffer any liquidation, winding up or dissolution), or sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to any person, except (i) the merger or consolidation of the Guarantor and any person, provided, that the surviving corporation is the Guarantor, and (ii) sales, transfers, leases and other dispositions of assets in the ordinary course of the Guarantor’s business, provided, that such sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of assets does not materially adversely affect the Guarantor’s ability to perform its obligations hereunder.
     (b) If, during the term of this Agreement, the Guarantor is unable or refuses to perform its obligations under section 3(a) of this Agreement, the Parent may, at its option or at the request of the Trust Company, cause such obligations to be performed. During the term of this Agreement, the Parent agrees to monitor the financial condition and management of the Guarantor and the Trust Company.
     3. The Guarantee
     (a) The Guarantor hereby guarantees a combined capital and surplus to the Trust Company in the amount of U.S. $50 million; provided, however, that the maximum amount of capitalization shall not at any time exceed U.S. $50 million in the aggregate (the “Maximum Aggregate Capitalization Amount”). Under no circumstances shall the Guarantor be required to pay or contribute any amounts in excess of the Maximum Aggregate Capitalization Amount hereunder.
     (b) If, during the term of this Agreement, the Trust Company is unable to make timely payment of any debt, liability or other obligation as the same shall become due (the “Guaranteed Obligations”), the Trust Company shall request from the Guarantor, and the Guarantor promptly shall provide the Trust Company, pursuant to its obligations under (a) above, such funds (in the form of cash or liquid assets in an amount sufficient to permit the Trust Company to make timely payment in respect of such debt, liability or other obligation) as equity, provided, however, that such Guaranteed Obligations shall not in the aggregate exceed the Maximum Aggregate Capitalization Amount. Any request for payment pursuant to this section shall specifically identify the debt, liability or other obligation in respect of which the Trust Company is unable to make timely payment and with respect to which the Trust Company seeks funds not to exceed the Maximum Aggregate Capitalization Amount. Each of the Trust Company and the Guarantor hereby acknowledges that any funds provided by the Guarantor pursuant thereto shall be used solely to make payment with respect to such identified Guaranteed Obligation and not for any other purposes. Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement as provided hereunder or otherwise, this Agreement shall continue in effect or be reinstated with respect to the payment of a debt, liability or an obligation which is rescinded or must otherwise be returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization, dissolution or liquidation of the Trust Company, all as though such payment had not been made, provided, however, that such Guaranteed Obligations shall not in the aggregate exceed the Maximum Aggregate Capitalization Amount.

 


 

     (c) Any payments made hereunder by the Guarantor to the Trust Company within 30 days after the end of a quarterly period shall be deemed to have been made as of the end of such period.
     (d) This Agreement may be amended from time to time by mutual written consent of duly authorized officers of each of the Guarantor, the Parent and the Trust Company.
     (e) This Agreement may be terminated only upon written notification to the Trust Company by the Guarantor and the Parent, and in no event shall termination occur earlier than ninety days following such written notification. Unless so terminated, this Agreement shall remain in effect for the duration of the Trust Company’s conducting of trust business in the United States.
     (f) The Guarantor hereby waives any failure or delay on the part of the Trust Company in asserting or enforcing any of its rights or in making any claims or demands hereunder. The Trust Company may at any time, without the Guarantor’s consent, without notice to the Guarantor and without affecting or impairing the Trust Company’s rights, or impairing the Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, do any of the following with respect to any obligation: (a) grant renewals and extensions of time, for payment or otherwise, (b) accept new or additional documents, instruments or agreements relating to or in substitution of said obligation, or (c) otherwise handle the enforcement of its respective rights and remedies in accordance with its business judgment.
     (g) Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, shall give to any person, other than the parties hereto and their successors and assigns hereunder, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Agreement.
     (h) The covenants herein set forth shall be mutually binding upon, and inure to the mutual benefit of the Guarantor and its successors and assignees, the Trust Company and its respective successors and assignees, and to the Parent and its respective successors and assignees.
     (i) The obligations of the Guarantor under this Agreement are absolute and unconditional and shall remain in full force and effect without regard to, and shall not be released, suspended, discharged, terminated or otherwise affected by, any circumstance or occurrence whatsoever, including, without limitation:
     (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other document or instrument relating hereto;
     (ii) any extension or renewal for one or more periods (whether or not longer than the original period) or change in the time, manner, or place or payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations;
     (iii) any change in the ownership of capital stock of the Trust Company or any change in the identity or structure of the Trust Company, whether by consolidation, merger or otherwise;
     (iv) any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from the terms of this Agreement; or
     (v) any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Guarantor in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations in respect of this Agreement.
     4. Representations and Warranties
     (a) The Guarantor hereby represents that:
     (i) the Guarantor is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation; and
     (ii) the Guarantor has the requisite power and authority to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under this Agreement, and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement.
     (b) The Parent hereby represents that the Parent owns directly or indirectly 100% of the issued and outstanding voting common stock of the Trust Company and the Guarantor.
     5. Governing Law and Submission to Jurisdiction
     (a) Governing Law—This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.
     (b) The Parent and the Guarantor hereby irrevocably consent and hereby submit themselves to the jurisdiction of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York (the “New York Court”) solely in connection with any proceeding relating hereto.
     (c) The Parent and the Guarantor hereby severally represent and warrant each in respect of itself alone that it has no right to immunity from the service of process or jurisdiction or any judicial proceedings of any competent court located pursuant to section (b) above or from execution of any judgment in the United States or from the execution or enforcement therein of any arbitration decision in respect of any suit, action, proceeding or any other matter solely arising out of or relating to its obligations under this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, and to the extent that the Parent or the Guarantor is or becomes entitled to any such immunity with respect to the service of process or jurisdiction or any judicial proceedings of any competent court located pursuant to section (b) above, and to the extent permitted by law, it does hereby and will irrevocably and unconditionally agree not to plead or claim any such

 


 

immunity solely with respect to its obligations hereunder or any other matter under or arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Guarantor, the Trust Company and the Parent have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective duly authorized officers as of this 12 day of July 2002.

LAW DEBENTURE GUARANTEE LIMITED
         
     
By:   /s/ CAROLINE J. BANSZKY        
  Name:   Caroline J. Banszky      
  Title:   Director     
 
LDC TRUST MANAGEMENT LIMITED
 
   
By:   /s/ JULIAN MASON-JEBB      
  Name:   Julian Mason-Jebb      
  Title:   Director     
 
LAW DEBENTURE TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
 
   
By:   /s/ NJ KUENSTNER      
  Name:   NJ Kuenstner     
  Title:   President     
 

 

exv99w1
 

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
MOBILE MINI, INC.
Offer to Exchange Its
6 7/8% Exchange Senior Notes due 2015
(Registered Under The Securities Act of 1933)
For Any and All of its Outstanding
6 7/8% Senior Notes due 2015
Pursuant to the Prospectus
Dated
                    , 2007

THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK
CITY TIME, ON ___, 2007 UNLESS THE OFFER IS EXTENDED.
THE EXCHANGE AGENT FOR THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS:
DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS
     
By Hand Before 4:30 p.m.:
  By Registered or Certified Mail:
     
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas   Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas
DB Services Tennessee, Inc.   DB Services Tennessee, Inc.
Corporate Trust & Agency Services   Reorganization Unit
Reorganization Unit   P.O. Box 292737
648 Grassmere Park Road   Nashville, TN 37229-2737
Nashville, TN 37211    
    Fax: (615) 835-3701
Confirm by Telephone: (615) 835-3572    
SPU-Reorg.Operations@db.com    
     
By Hand or Overnight Delivery after   By Facsimile Transmission
4:30 p.m. on the Expiration Date:   (for Eligible Institutions only):
     
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas   Fax: (615) 835-3701
DB Services Tennessee, Inc.    
Corporate Trust & Agency Services   Confirm by Telephone: (615) 835-3572
Reorganization Unit    
648 Grassmere Park Road   Information (800) 735-7777
Nashville, TN 37211    
     
Confirm by Telephone: (615) 835-3572    
SPU-Reorg.Operations@db.com    
     DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL VIA FACSIMILE TO A NUMBER OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.
     THE INSTRUCTIONS CONTAINED HEREIN SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS COMPLETED.
     Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the same meaning given them in the Prospectus (as defined below).
     This Letter of Transmittal is to be completed by holders of Old Debentures (as defined below) if Old Debentures are to be forwarded herewith and, unless your Old Debentures are held through The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), should be accompanied by the certificates for the Old Debentures. If tenders of Old Debentures are to be made by book-entry transfer to an account maintained by Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (the “Exchange Agent”) at DTC pursuant to the procedures set forth in “Book-Entry; Delivery and Form” in the Prospectus

1


 

and in accordance with the Automated Tender Offer Program (“ATOP”) established by DTC, a tendering holder will become bound by the terms and conditions hereof in accordance with the procedures established under ATOP.
     Holders of Old Debentures whose certificates (the “certificates”) for such Old Debentures are not immediately available or who cannot deliver their certificates and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the expiration date (as defined in the Prospectus) or who cannot complete the procedures for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, must tender their Old Debentures according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in “The Exchange Offer-Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” in the Prospectus. SEE INSTRUCTION 1. DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS TO DTC IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS PROCEDURES DOES NOT CONSTITUTE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT.

2


 

NOTE: SIGNATURES MUST BE PROVIDED BELOW
PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY
ALL TENDERING HOLDERS COMPLETE THIS BOX:
DESCRIPTION OF OLD DEBENTURES TENDERED
             
Name(s) and Address(es) of Registered Holder(s)   Old Debentures Tendered
(Please fill in, if blank)   (attach additional list if necessary)
     
 
          Principal Amount
 
          of Old
 
      Principal   Debentures
 
  Certificate   Amount of Old   Tendered
 
  Number(s)   Debentures   (if less than all)**
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
  Total Amount        
 
  Tendered        
 
*   Need not be completed by book-entry holders.
 
**   Old Debentures may be tendered in whole or in part in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. All Old Debentures held shall be deemed tendered unless a lesser number is specified in this column.
(BOXES BELOW TO BE CHECKED BY ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS ONLY)
         
o   CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD DEBENTURES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH DTC AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:
         
 
  Name of Tendering Institution    
 
       
         
 
   DTC Account Number    
 
       
         
 
  Transaction Code Number    
 
       
         
o   CHECK HERE AND ENCLOSE A PHOTOCOPY OF THE NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY IF TENDERED OLD DEBENTURES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:
         
 
  Name(s) of Registered Holder(s):    
 
       
         
 
  Window Ticket Number (if any):    
 
       
         
 
   Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery:    
 
       
         
 
  Name of Institution which Guaranteed:    
 
       
         
 
  If Guaranteed Delivery is to be made By Book-Entry Transfer,
         
 
  Name of Tendering Institution:    
 
       
         
 
     DTC Account Number:    
 
       
         
 
     Transaction Code Number:    
 
       

3


 

         
o   CHECK HERE IF TENDERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER AND NON-EXCHANGED OLD DEBENTURES ARE TO BE RETURNED BY CREDITING THE DTC ACCOUNT NUMBER SET FORTH ABOVE.
 
       
o   CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER WHO ACQUIRED THE OLD DEBENTURES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT AS A RESULT OF MARKET MAKING OR OTHER TRADING ACTIVITIES (A “PARTICIPATING BROKER-DEALER”) AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.
         
 
  Name:    
 
       
 
  Address:    
 
       
 
       
     

4


 

Ladies and Gentlemen:
     The undersigned hereby tenders to Mobile Mini, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the principal amount of the Company’s
6 7/8% Senior Notes due 2015 (the “Old Debentures”) specified above in exchange for a like aggregate principal amount of the Company’s
6 7/8% Exchange Senior Notes due 2015 (the “New Debentures”), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus dated June ___, 2007 (as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Prospectus”), receipt of which is acknowledged, and in this Letter of Transmittal (which, together with the Prospectus, constitute the “Exchange Offer”). The Exchange Offer has been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
     Subject to and effective upon the acceptance for exchange of all or any portion of the Old Debentures tendered herewith in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including, if the Exchange Offer is extended or amended, the terms and conditions of any such extension or amendment), the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers to or upon the order of the Company all right, title and interest in and to such Old Debentures as are being tendered herewith. The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Exchange Agent as its agent and attorney-in-fact (with full knowledge that the Exchange Agent is also acting as agent of the Company in connection with the Exchange Offer) with respect to the tendered Old Debentures, with full power of substitution (such power of attorney being deemed to be an irrevocable power coupled with an interest), subject only to the right of withdrawal described in the Prospectus, to (i) deliver certificates for Old Debentures to the Company together with all accompanying evidences of transfer and authenticity to, or upon the order of, the Company, upon receipt by the Exchange Agent, as the undersigned’s agent, of the New Debentures to be issued in exchange for such Old Debentures, (ii) present certificates for such Old Debentures for transfer, and to transfer the Old Debentures on the books of the Company, and (iii) receive for the account of the Company all benefits and otherwise exercise all rights of beneficial ownership of such Old Debentures, all in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer.
     THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT THE UNDERSIGNED HAS FULL POWER AND AUTHORITY TO TENDER, EXCHANGE, SELL, ASSIGN AND TRANSFER THE OLD DEBENTURES TENDERED HEREBY AND THAT, WHEN THE SAME ARE ACCEPTED FOR EXCHANGE, THE COMPANY WILL ACQUIRE GOOD, MARKETABLE AND UNENCUMBERED TITLE THERETO, FREE AND CLEAR OF ALL LIENS, RESTRICTIONS, CHARGES AND ENCUMBRANCES, AND THAT THE OLD DEBENTURES TENDERED HEREBY ARE NOT SUBJECT TO ANY ADVERSE CLAIMS OR PROXIES. THE UNDERSIGNED WILL, UPON REQUEST, EXECUTE AND DELIVER ANY ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTS DEEMED BY THE COMPANY OR THE EXCHANGE AGENT TO BE NECESSARY OR DESIRABLE TO COMPLETE THE EXCHANGE, ASSIGNMENT AND TRANSFER OF THE OLD DEBENTURES TENDERED HEREBY, AND THE UNDERSIGNED WILL COMPLY WITH ITS OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT. THE UNDERSIGNED HAS READ AND AGREES TO ALL OF THE TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER.

5


 

     The name(s) and address(es) of the registered holder(s) of the Old Debentures tendered hereby should be printed above, if they are not already set forth above, as they appear on the certificates representing such Old Debentures. The certificate number(s) and the Old Debentures that the undersigned wishes to tender should be indicated in the appropriate boxes above.
     If any tendered Old Debentures are not exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer for any reason, or if certificates are submitted for more Old Debentures than are tendered or accepted for exchange, certificates for such unaccepted or non exchanged Old Debentures will be returned (or, in the case of Old Debentures tendered by book-entry transfer, such Old Debentures will be credited to an account maintained at DTC), without expense to the tendering holder, promptly following the expiration or termination of the Exchange Offer.
     The undersigned understands that tenders of Old Debentures pursuant to any one of the procedures described in “The Exchange Offer-Procedures for Tendering” in the Prospectus and in the instructions hereto will, upon the Company’s acceptance for exchange of such tendered Old Debentures, constitute a binding agreement between the undersigned and the Company upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer. In all cases in which a Participant elects to accept the Exchange Offer by transmitting an express acknowledgment in accordance with the established ATOP procedures, such Participant shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Letter of Transmittal. The undersigned recognizes that, under certain circumstances set forth in the Prospectus, the Company may not be required to accept for exchange any of the Old Debentures tendered hereby.
     Unless otherwise indicated herein in the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” below, the undersigned hereby directs that the New Debentures be issued in the name(s) of the undersigned or, in the case of a book-entry transfer of Old Debentures, that such New Debentures be credited to the account indicated above maintained at DTC. If applicable, substitute certificates representing Old Debentures not exchanged or not accepted for exchange will be issued to the undersigned or, in the case of a book-entry transfer of Old Debentures, will be credited to the account indicated above maintained at DTC. Similarly, unless otherwise indicated under “Special Delivery Instructions,” please deliver New Debentures to the undersigned at the address shown below the undersigned’s signature.
     If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is acquiring the New Debentures in the ordinary course of its business, it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of New Debentures and it has no arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in a distribution of the New Debentures. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive New Debentures for its own account in exchange for Old Debentures, it represents that the Old Debentures to be exchanged for New Debentures were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Debentures; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.
     By tendering Old Debentures pursuant to the exchange offer and executing, or otherwise becoming bound by, this letter of transmittal, a holder of Old Debentures which is a broker-dealer represents and agrees, consistent with certain interpretive letters issued by the staff of the

6


 

Division of Corporation Finance of the Securities and Exchange Commission to third parties, that (a) such Old Debentures held by the broker-dealer are held only as a nominee, or (b) such Old Debentures were acquired by such broker-dealer for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and it will deliver the prospectus (as amended or supplemented from time to time) meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such New Debentures (provided that, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, such broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act).
     The Company has agreed that, subject to the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement, the prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a participating broker-dealer (as defined below) in connection with resales of New Debentures received in exchange for Old Debentures, where such Old Debentures were acquired by such participating broker-dealer for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, for a period ending six months after the expiration date (subject to extension under certain limited circumstances) or, if earlier, when all such New Debentures have been disposed of by such participating broker-dealer. In that regard, each broker-dealer who acquired Old Debentures for its own account as a result of market-making or other trading activities (a “participating broker-dealer”), by tendering such Old Debentures and executing, or otherwise becoming bound by, this letter of transmittal, agrees that, upon receipt of notice from the Company of the occurrence of any event or the discovery of any fact which makes any statement contained in the prospectus untrue in any material respect or which causes the prospectus to omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or of the occurrence of certain other events specified in the Registration Rights Agreement, such participating broker-dealer will suspend the sale of New Debentures pursuant to the prospectus until the Company has amended or supplemented the-prospectus to correct such misstatement or omission and has furnished copies of the amended or supplemented prospectus to the participating broker-dealer or the Company has given notice that the sale of the New Debentures may be resumed, as the case may be. If the Company gives such notice to suspend the sale of the New Debentures, it shall extend the six-month period referred to above during which participating broker-dealers are entitled to use the prospectus in connection with the resale of New Debentures by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when participating broker-dealers shall have received copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus necessary to permit resales of the New Debentures or to and including the date on which the Company has given notice that the sale of New Debentures may be resumed, as the case may be.
All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred in this Letter of Transmittal shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned and any obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, personal representatives, trustees in bankruptcy, legal representatives successors and assigns of the undersigned. Except as stated in the Prospectus, this tender is irrevocable.

7


 

HOLDER(S) SIGN HERE
(See Instructions 2, 5 and 6)
(Note: Signatures(s) Must be Guaranteed if Required by instruction 2)
Must be signed by registered holder(s) exactly as name(s) appear(s) on certificate(s) for the Old Debentures hereby tendered or on a security position listing, or by any person(s) authorized to become the registered holder(s) by endorsements and documents transmitted herewith. If signature is by an attorney-in-fact, executor, administrator, trustee, guardian, officer of a corporation or another acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, please set forth the signer’s full title. See Instruction 5.
 
Signature(s) of Holder(s)
         
Date:     ,  2007
         
Name(s):
       
     
 
       
 
(Please Print)
 
       
Capacity:
       
     
 
       
Address:
       
     
(Include Zip Code)
         
Area Code and Telephone No.: 
   
 
   
 
       
     
(Tax Identification or Social Security Number(s))
   
GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURE(S)
(See Instructions 2 and 5)
         
Authorized Signature: 
   
 
   
         
Name(s): 
   
 
   
 
       
     
(Please Print)
   
         
Date: 
   
 
,  2007 
         
Capacity or Title: 
   
 
   
         
Name of Firm: 
   
 
   
         
Address: 
   
 
   
 
  (Include Zip Code)    
         
Area Code and Telephone No.: 
   
 
   

8


 

SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS
(See Instructions 1, 5 and 6)
To be completed ONLY if New Debentures are issued in the name of someone other than the registered holder of the Old Debentures whose name(s) appear(s) above.
Issue New Debentures to:
         
Name(s): 
   
 
(Please Print)
   
 
       
     
 
       
Address: 
   
 
   
 
       
     
 
       
     
(Include Zip Code)
   
 
(Taxpayer Identification or
Social Security Number)
SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS
(See Instructions 1, 5 and 6)
To be completed ONLY if New Debentures are to be sent to someone other than the registered holder of the Old Debentures whose name(s) appear(s) above, or to such registered holder(s) at an address other than that shown above.
Mail New Debentures To:
         
Name(s): 
   
 
(Please Print)
   
 
       
     
 
       
Address: 
   
 
   
 
       
     
 
       
     
(Include Zip Code)
   
 
(Taxpayer Identification or
Social Security Number)


9


 

INSTRUCTIONS
Forming Part of the Terms and Conditions of the Exchange Offer
     1. DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND CERTIFICATES; GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES. This Letter of Transmittal is to be completed if certificates are to be forwarded herewith and, unless your Old Debentures are held through DTC, should be accompanied by the certificates for the Old Debentures. If tenders are to be made pursuant to the procedures for tender by book-entry transfer set forth in “The Exchange Offer-Book-Entry Transfer” in the Prospectus and in accordance with ATOP established by DTC, a tendering holder will become bound by the terms and conditions hereof in accordance with the procedures established under ATOP. Certificates, or timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of such Old Debentures into the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC, as well as this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), if required, properly completed and duly executed, with any required signature guarantees, must be received by the Exchange Agent at one of its addresses set forth herein on or prior to the expiration date. Old Debentures may be tendered in whole or in part in the initial principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
     Holders who wish to tender their Old Debentures and (i) whose Old Debentures are not immediately available or (ii) who cannot deliver their Old Debentures and this Letter of Transmittal to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the expiration date or (iii) who cannot complete the procedures for delivery by book-entry transfer on a timely basis, may tender their Old Debentures by properly completing and duly executing a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in “The Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” in the Prospectus. Pursuant to such procedures: (i) such tender must be made by or through an Eligible Institution (as defined below); (ii) a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile) thereof and Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, substantially in the form made available by the Company, must be received by the Exchange Agent on or prior to the expiration date; and (iii) the certificates (or a book-entry confirmation (as defined in the Prospectus)) representing all tendered Old Debentures, in proper form for transfer, must be received by the Exchange Agent within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the date of execution of such Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, all as provided in “The Exchange Offer-Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” in the Prospectus.
     The Notice of Guaranteed Delivery may be delivered by hand or transmitted by telegram, telex, facsimile or mail to the Exchange Agent, and must include a guarantee by an Eligible Institution in the form set forth in such Notice. For Old Debentures to be properly tendered pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedure, the Exchange Agent must receive a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery on or prior to the expiration date. As used herein and in the Prospectus, “Eligible Institution” means a firm which is a member of a registered national securities exchange or a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States.
     THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF OLD DEBENTURES, THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF THE TENDERING HOLDER. IF SUCH DELIVERY IS BY MAIL, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT REGISTERED MAIL WITH RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, PROPERLY INSURED, BE USED. IN ALL CASES, SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE

10


 

ALLOWED TO ASSURE TIMELY DELIVERY. NO LETTERS OF TRANSMITTAL OR OLD DEBENTURES SHOULD BE SENT TO THE COMPANY.
     The Company will not accept any alternative, conditional or contingent tenders. Each tendering holder, by execution of a Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), or any Agent’s Message in lieu thereof, waives any right to receive any notice of the acceptance of such tender.
     2. GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURES. No signature guarantee on this Letter of Transmittal is required if.
     (i) this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder (which term, for purposes of this document, shall include any participant in DTC whose name appears on a security position listing as the owner of the Old Debentures) of Old Debentures tendered herewith, unless such holder(s) has completed either the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or the box entitled “Special Delivery Instructions” above, or
     (ii) such Old Debentures are tendered for the account of a firm that is an Eligible Institution.
     In all other cases, an Eligible Institution must guarantee the signature(s) on this Letter of Transmittal. See Instruction 5.
     3. INADEQUATE SPACE. If the space provided in the box captioned “Description of Old Debentures” is inadequate, the certificate number(s) and/or the principal amount of Old Debentures and any other required information should be listed on a separate signed schedule which is attached to this Letter of Transmittal.
     4. PARTIAL TENDERS AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS. Tenders of Old Debentures will be accepted only in the principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. If less than all the Old Debentures evidenced by any certificate submitted are to be tendered, fill in the principal amount of Old Debentures which are to be tendered in the box entitled “Principal Amount of Old Debentures Tendered (if less than all).” In such case, new certificate(s) for the remainder of the Old Debentures that were evidenced by your old certificate(s) will only be sent to the holder of the Old Security, promptly after the expiration date. All Old Debentures represented by certificates delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise indicated.
     Except as otherwise provided herein, tenders of Old Debentures may be withdrawn at any time on or prior to the expiration date. In order for a withdrawal to be effective on or prior to that time, a written notice of withdrawal must be timely received by the Exchange Agent at one of its addresses set forth above or in the Prospectus on, or prior to the expiration date. Any such notice of withdrawal must specify the name of the person who tendered the Old Debentures to be withdrawn, identify the Old Debentures to be withdrawn (including the principal amount of such Old Debentures) and (where certificates for Old Debentures have been transmitted) specify the name in which such Old Debentures are registered, if different from that of the withdrawing holder. If certificates for the Old Debentures have been delivered or otherwise identified to the Exchange Agent, then prior to the release of such certificates, the withdrawing holder must submit the serial numbers of the particular certificates for the Old Debentures to be withdrawn

11


 

and a signed notice of withdrawal with signatures guaranteed by an Eligible Institution, unless such holder is an Eligible Institution. If Old Debentures have been tendered pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer set forth in the Prospectus under “The Exchange Offer-Book-Entry Transfer,” any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at DTC to be credited with the withdrawal of Old Debentures and otherwise comply with the procedures of such facility. Old Debentures properly withdrawn will not be deemed validly tendered for purposes of the Exchange Offer, but may be retendered at any time on or prior to the expiration date by following one of the procedures described in the Prospectus under “The Exchange Offer-Procedures for Tendering.”
All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) of such withdrawal notices will be determined by the Company, whose determination shall be final and binding on all parties. Any Old Debentures which have been tendered for exchange but which are not exchanged for any reason will be returned to the holder thereof without cost to such holder (or, in the case of Old Debentures tendered by book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC pursuant to the book-entry procedures described in the Prospectus under “The Exchange Offer-Book-Entry Transfer,” such Old Debentures will be credited to an account maintained with DTC for the Old Debentures) as soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the Exchange Offer.
     5. SIGNATURES ON LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, ASSIGNMENTS AND ENDORSEMENTS. If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Old Debentures tendered hereby, the signature(s) must correspond exactly with the name(s) as written on time face of the certificate(s) without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.
     If any of the Old Debentures tendered hereby are owned of record by two or more joint owners, all such owners must sign this Letter of Transmittal.
     If any tendered Old Debentures are registered in different names on several certificates, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate Letters of Transmittal (or facsimiles thereof) as there are different registrations of certificates.
     If this Letter of Transmittal or any certificates or powers of attorney are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing and, unless waived by the Company, proper evidence satisfactory to the Company of such persons’ authority to so act must be submitted.
     When this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Old Debentures listed and transmitted hereby, no endorsement(s) of certificate(s) or written instrument or instruments of transfer or exchange are required unless New Debentures are to be issued in the name of a person other than the registered holder(s). Signature(s) on such certificate(s) or written instrument or instruments of transfer or exchange must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

12


 

     If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder(s) of the Old Debentures listed, the certificates must be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer or exchange, in satisfactory form as determined by the Company in its sole discretion and executed by the registered holder(s), in either case signed exactly as the name or names of the registered holder(s) appear(s) on the certificates. Signatures on such certificates or written instrument or instruments of transfer or exchange must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.
     6. SPECIAL ISSUANCE AND DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS. If New Debentures are to be issued in the name of a person other than the signer of this Letter of Transmittal, or if New Debentures are to be sent to someone other than the signer of this Letter of Transmittal or to an address other than that shown above, the appropriate boxes on this Letter of Transmittal should be completed. Certificates for Old Debentures not exchanged will be returned by mail or, if tendered by book-entry transfer, by crediting the account indicated above maintained at DTC. See Instruction 4.
     7. IRREGULARITIES. The Company will determine, in its sole discretion, all questions as to the form, validity, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance for exchange of any tender of Old Debentures, which determination shall be final and binding. The Company reserves the absolute right to reject any and all tenders of any particular Old Debentures not properly tendered or to not accept any particular Old Debentures which acceptance might, in the judgment of the Company or its counsel, be unlawful. The Company also reserves the absolute right, in its sole discretion, to waive any defects or irregularities or conditions of the Exchange Offer as to any particular Old Debentures either before or after the expiration date (including the right to waive the ineligibility of any holder who seeks to tender Old Debentures in the Exchange Offer). The interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer as to any particular Old Debentures either before or after the expiration date (including the Letter of Transmittal and the instructions thereto) by the Company shall be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with the tender of Old Debentures for exchange must be cured within such reasonable period of time as the Company shall determine. Neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any other person shall be under any duty to give notification of any defect or irregularity with respect to any tender of Old Debentures for exchange, nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give such notification.
     8. QUESTIONS, REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE AND ADDITIONAL COPIES. Questions and requests for assistance may be directed to the Exchange Agent at its address and telephone number set forth on the front of this Letter of Transmittal. Additional copies of the Prospectus, the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and the Letter of Transmittal may be obtained from the Exchange Agent or from your broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee.
     9. LOST, DESTROYED OR STOLEN CERTIFICATES. If any certificate(s) representing Old Debentures have been lost, destroyed or stolen, the holder should promptly notify the Exchange Agent. The holder will then be instructed as to the steps that must be taken in order to replace the certificate(s). This Letter of Transmittal and related documents cannot be

13


 

processed until the procedures for replacing lost, destroyed or stolen certificate(s) have been followed.
     10. SECURITY TRANSFER TAXES. Holders who tender their Old Debentures for exchange will not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes in connection therewith, except that holders who instruct the Company to register New Debentures in the name of or request that Old Debentures not tendered or not accepted in the Exchange Offer to be returned to, a person other than the registered tendering holder will be responsible for the payment of any applicable transfer tax thereon.
IMPORTANT: THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL (OR FACSIMILE THEREOF),
OR AN AGENT’S MESSAGE IN LIEU THEREOF, AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED
DOCUMENTS MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT
ON OR PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE.

14

exv99w2
 

NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
For Tender of
6 7/8% Senior Notes due 2015
of
MOBILE MINI, INC.
     This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery or one substantially equivalent hereto must be used to accept the Exchange Offer (as defined below) if (i) certificates for the Company’s (as defined below) 6 7/8% Senior Notes due 2015 (the “Old Debentures”) are not immediately available, (ii) Old Debentures and the Letter of Transmittal cannot be delivered to Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (the “Exchange Agent”) on or prior to the Expiration Date (as defined in the Prospectus referred to below) or (iii) the procedures for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis. This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery may be delivered by hand or sent by facsimile transmission, overnight courier, telex, telegram or mail to the Exchange Agent. See “The Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” in the Prospectus dated June ___, 2007 (which, together with the related Letter of Transmittal, constitutes the “Exchange Offer”) of Mobile Mini, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”).
The Exchange Agent For The Exchange Offer Is:
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas
     
By Hand Before 4:30 p.m.:
  By Registered or Certified Mail:
     
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas   Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas
DB Services Tennessee, Inc.   DB Services Tennessee, Inc.
Corporate Trust & Agency Services   Reorganization Unit
Reorganization Unit   P.O. Box 292737
648 Grassmere Park Road   Nashville, TN 37229-2737
Nashville, TN 37211    
    Fax: (615) 835-3701
Confirm by Telephone: (615) 835-3572    
SPU-Reorg.Operations@db.com    
     
By Hand or Overnight Delivery after   By Facsimile Transmission
4:30 p.m. on the Expiration Date:   (for Eligible Institutions only):
     
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas   Fax: (615) 835-3701
DB Services Tennessee, Inc.    
Corporate Trust & Agency Services   Confirm by Telephone: (615) 835-3572
Reorganization Unit    
648 Grassmere Park Road   Information (800) 735-7777
Nashville, TN 37211    
     
Confirm by Telephone: (615) 835-3572    
SPU-Reorg.Operations@db.com    

 


 

     DELIVERY OF THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION OF THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY VIA A FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION TO A NUMBER OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.
     THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY IS NOT TO BE USED TO GUARANTEE SIGNATURES. IF A SIGNATURE ON A LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS REQUIRED TO BE GUARANTEED BY AN “ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION” UNDER THE INSTRUCTIONS THERETO, SUCH SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MUST APPEAR IN THE APPLICABLE SPACE PROVIDED ON THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

 


 

THE FOLLOWING GUARANTEE MUST BE COMPLETED
GUARANTEE OF DELIVERY
(Not to be used for Signature Guarantee)
     The undersigned, a firm which is a member of a registered national securities exchange or a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States, hereby guarantees to deliver to the Exchange Agent, at one of its addresses set forth above, either the certificates for all physically tendered Old Debentures, in proper form for transfer, or confirmation of the book-entry transfer of such Old Debentures to the Exchange Agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer set forth in the Prospectus, in either case together with any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the date of execution of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
     The undersigned acknowledges that it must deliver the Old Debentures tendered hereby to the Exchange Agent within the time period set forth above and that failure to do so could result in a financial loss to the undersigned.
                     
Name of Firm:
                   
                 
        (Authorized Signature)
 
                   
Address:
      Title:            
 
               
 
                   
 
      Name:            
                 
 
  (Zip Code)       (Please type or print)        
 
                   
Area Code and Telephone Number:   Date:            
 
                   
 
                   
                 
NOTE: DO NOT SEND OLD DEBENTURES WITH THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY. ACTUAL SURRENDER OF OLD DEBENTURES MUST BE MADE PURSUANT TO, AND BE ACCOMPANIED BY, A PROPERLY COMPLETED AND FULLY EXECUTED LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND ANY OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS.

 

exv99w3
 

Offer to Exchange
6 7/8% Exchange Senior Notes due 2015
(Registered Under The Securities Act of 1933)
for Any and All Outstanding
6 7/8% Senior Notes due 2015
of
MOBILE MINI, INC.
To Our Clients:
     Enclosed is a Prospectus, dated June ___, 2007, of Mobile Mini, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and a related Letter of Transmittal (which together constitute the “Exchange Offer”) relating to the offer by the Company to exchange its 6 7/8% Exchange Senior Notes due 2015 (the “New Debentures”), pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for a like principal amount of its issued and outstanding 6 7/8% Senior Notes due 2015 (the “Old Debentures”) upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Exchange Offer.
     Please note that the Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2007 unless extended.
     The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any minimum number of Old Debentures being tendered.
     We are the holder of record and/or participant in the book-entry transfer facility of Old Debentures held by us for your account. A tender of such Old Debentures can be made only, by us as the record holder and/or participant in the book-entry transfer facility and pursuant to your instructions. The Letter of Transmittal is furnished to you for your information only and cannot be used by you to tender Old Debentures held by us for your account.
     We request instructions as to whether you wish to tender any or all of the Old Debentures held by us for your account pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer. We also request that you confirm that we may on your behalf make the representations contained in the Letter of Transmittal.
     Pursuant to the Letter of Transmittal, each holder of Old Debentures will represent to the Company that (i) the holder is not an “affiliate” of the Company, (ii) any New Debentures to be received by the holder are being acquired in the ordinary course of its business, and (iii) the holder has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate, and is not engaged and does not intend to engage in a distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of such New Debentures. If the tendering holder is a broker-dealer that will receive New Debentures for its own account in exchange for Old Debentures, we will represent on behalf of such broker-dealer that the Old Debentures to be exchanged for the New Debentures were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, and acknowledge on behalf of such broker-dealer that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such New Debentures. By acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any

 


 

resale of such New Debentures, such broker-dealer is not deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.
                Very truly yours,

 

exv99w4
 

INSTRUCTION TO REGISTERED HOLDER AND/OR
BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER PARTICIPANT FROM OWNER
OF
MOBILE MINI, INC.
6 7/8% Senior Notes due 2015
(the “Old Debentures”)
To Registered Holder and/or Participant of the Book-Entry Transfer Facility:
     The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus dated June ___, 2007 (the “Prospectus”) of Mobile Mini, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the accompanying Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), that together constitute the Company’s offer (the “Exchange Offer”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings as ascribed to them in the Prospectus or the Letter of Transmittal.
     This will instruct you, the registered holder and/or book-entry transfer facility participant, as to the action to be taken by you relating to the Exchange Offer with respect to the Old Debentures held by you for the account of the undersigned.
     The aggregate face amount of the Old Debentures held by you for the account of the undersigned is (fill in amount):
     $                     of the 6 7/8% Senior Notes due 2015
     With respect to the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby instructs you (check appropriate box):
     o To TENDER the following Old Debentures held by you for the account of the undersigned (insert principal amount of Old Debentures to be tendered, if any):
     $                     of the 6 7/8% Senior Notes due 2015
     o NOT to TENDER any Old Debentures held by you for the account of the undersigned.
     If the undersigned instructs you to tender the Old Debentures held by you for the account of the undersigned, it is understood that you are authorized to make, on behalf of the undersigned (and the undersigned, by its signature below, hereby makes to you), the representations and warranties contained in the Letter of Transmittal that are to be made with respect to the undersigned as a beneficial owner, including but not limited to the representations, that (i) the holder is not an “affiliate” of the Company, (ii) any New Debentures to be received by the holder are being acquired in the ordinary course of its business, and (iii) the holder has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate, and is not engaged and does not intend to engage, in a distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of such New Debentures. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive New Debentures for its own account in exchange for Old Debentures, it represents that such Old Debentures were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, and it acknowledges that it will deliver a

 


 

prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such New Debentures. By acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such New Debentures, such broker-dealer is not deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
SIGN HERE
     
Name of beneficial owner:
   
 
   
     
Signature(s):
   
 
   
     
Name(s) (please print):
   
 
   
     
Address:
   
 
   
 
   
 
     
Telephone Number:
   
 
   
     
Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number:
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
     
Date:
   
 
   

 

exv99w5
 

Offer to Exchange
6 7/8% Exchange Senior Notes due 2015
(Registered under the Securities Act of 1933)
for Any and All Outstanding
6 7/8% Senior Notes due 2015
of
MOBILE MINI, INC.
To Registered Holders and The Depository Trust Company Participants:
     Enclosed are the materials listed below relating to the offer by Mobile Mini, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), to exchange its 6 7/8% Exchange Senior Notes due 2015 (the “New Debentures”), pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for a like principal amount of its issued and outstanding 6 7/8% Senior Notes due 2015 (the “Old Debentures”) upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Company’s Prospectus, dated June ___, 2007, and the related Letter of Transmittal (which together constitute the “Exchange Offer”).
     Enclosed herewith are copies of the following documents:
  1.   Prospectus dated June ___, 2007;
 
  2.   Letter of Transmittal;
 
  3.   Notice of Guaranteed Delivery;
 
  4.   Instruction to Registered Holder and/or Book-Entry Transfer Participant from Owner; and
 
  5.   Letter which may be sent to your clients for whose account you hold Old Debentures in your name or in the name of your nominee, to accompany the instruction form referred to above, for obtaining such client’s instruction with regard to the Exchange Offer.
     We urge you to contact your clients promptly. Please note that the Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2007 unless extended.
     The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any minimum number of Old Debentures being tendered.
     Pursuant to the Letter of Transmittal, each holder of Old Debentures will represent to the Company that (i) the holder is not an “affiliate” of the Company, (ii) any New Debentures to be received by it are being acquired in the ordinary course of its business, and (iii) the holder has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate, and is not engaged and does not intend to engage, in a distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of such New Debentures. If the tendering holder is a broker-dealer that will receive New Debentures for its own account in exchange for Old Debentures, you will represent on behalf of such broker-dealer that the Old Debentures to be exchanged for the New Debentures were acquired by it as a result

 


 

of market-making activities or other trading activities, and acknowledge on behalf of such broker-dealer that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such New Debentures. By acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such New Debentures, such broker-dealer is not deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.
     The enclosed Instruction to Registered Holder and/or Book-Entry Transfer Participant From Owner contains an authorization by the beneficial owners of the Old Debentures for you to make the foregoing representations.
     The Company will not pay any fee or commission to any broker or dealer or to any other persons (other than the Exchange Agent) in connection with the solicitation of tenders of Old Debentures pursuant to the Exchange Offer. The Company will pay or cause to be paid any transfer taxes payable on the transfer of Old Debentures to it, except as otherwise provided in Instruction 10 of the enclosed Letter of Transmittal.
     Additional copies of the enclosed material may be obtained from the undersigned.
         
  Very truly yours,


DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, EXCHANGE AGENT
 
 
     
     
     
 
NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN OR IN THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS SHALL CONSTITUTE YOU THE AGENT OF MOBILE MINI, INC. OR THE BANK OF NEW YORK OR AUTHORIZE YOU TO USE ANY DOCUMENT OR MAKE ANY STATEMENT ON THEIR BEHALF IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXCHANGE OFFER OTHER THAN THE DOCUMENTS ENCLOSED HEREWITH AND THE STATEMENTS CONTAINED THEREIN.